texlive[60590] Master/texmf-dist: glossaries-extra (23sep21)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Thu Sep 23 22:13:37 CEST 2021
Revision: 60590
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=60590
Author: karl
Date: 2021-09-23 22:13:37 +0200 (Thu, 23 Sep 2021)
Log Message:
-----------
glossaries-extra (23sep21)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.glstex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-bookindex.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-longextra.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-topic.sty
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-longchild.bib
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib 2021-09-23 20:13:37 UTC (rev 60590)
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+ at entry{hiersedmattis,
+ user1 = {example-image},
+ name = {sed mattis},
+ description = {Erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris. Ut pellentesque augue sed urna. Vestibulum
+diam eros, fringilla et, consectetuer eu, nonummy id, sapien. Nullam
+at lectus. In sagittis ultrices mauris. Curabitur malesuada erat sit
+amet massa. Fusce blandit. Aliquam erat volutpat.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hierloremi-ii,
+ parent = {hiersedmattis},
+ name = {lorem 1--2},
+ description = {Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit,
+vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
+id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
+habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
+turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem. Nulla
+et lectus vestibulum urna fringilla ultrices. Phasellus eu tellus
+sit amet tortor gravida placerat. Integer sapien est, iaculis in,
+pretium quis, viverra ac, nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices
+bibendum. Aenean faucibus. Morbi dolor nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar
+at, mollis ac, nulla. Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius
+orci eget risus. Duis nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend,
+sagittis quis, diam. Duis eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.
+
+Nam dui ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel,
+wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo. Nam lacus libero, pretium at,
+lobortis vitae, ultricies et, tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed
+accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio
+metus a mi. Morbi ac orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut
+massa. Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque
+penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
+Aliquam tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper vestibulum turpis.
+Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hierloremiii-iv,
+ user1 = {example-image},
+ parent = {hiersedmattis},
+ name = {lorem 3--4},
+ description = {Nulla malesuada porttitor diam. Donec felis erat, congue non,
+volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus viverra fermentum
+felis. Donec nonummy pellentesque ante. Phasellus adipiscing semper
+elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam turpis, molestie
+vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo. Maecenas lacinia. Nam ipsum
+ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit a, ipsum. Morbi blandit
+ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat lorem. Sed lacinia
+nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus vel magna. Integer
+non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec bibendum quam in
+tellus. Nullam cursus pulvinar lectus. Donec et mi. Nam vulputate
+metus eu enim. Vestibulum pellentesque felis eu massa.
+
+Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum. Cras nibh. Morbi vel justo
+vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+consectetuer adipiscing elit. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
+Integer tempus convallis augue. Etiam facilisis. Nunc elementum
+fermentum wisi. Aenean placerat. Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida
+sollicitudin, felis odio placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget
+enim. Nunc vitae tortor. Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl. Vivamus
+quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hierloremv-vi,
+ parent = {hiersedmattis},
+ name = {lorem 5--6},
+ description = {Fusce mauris. Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus. Sed bibendum, nulla
+a faucibus semper, leo velit ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu
+wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam. Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis
+sagittis posuere, turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros
+eget felis. Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.
+Vestibulum porttitor. Nulla facilisi. Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo
+facilisis. Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo lectus
+sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui. Mauris tempor
+ligula sed lacus. Duis cursus enim ut augue. Cras ac magna. Cras
+nulla. Nulla egestas. Curabitur a leo. Quisque egestas wisi eget
+nunc. Nam feugiat lacus vel est. Curabitur consectetuer.%
+
+Suspendisse vel felis. Ut lorem lorem, interdum eu, tincidunt sit
+amet, laoreet vitae, arcu. Aenean faucibus pede eu ante. Praesent
+enim elit, rutrum at, molestie non, nonummy vel, nisl. Ut lectus
+eros, malesuada sit amet, fermentum eu, sodales cursus, magna. Donec
+eu purus. Quisque vehicula, urna sed ultricies auctor, pede lorem
+egestas dui, et convallis elit erat sed nulla. Donec luctus.
+Curabitur et nunc. Aliquam dolor odio, commodo pretium, ultricies
+non, pharetra in, velit. Integer arcu est, nonummy in, fermentum
+faucibus, egestas vel, odio.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hiergravida,
+ name = {gravida},
+ description = {Malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec
+vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
+senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
+leo.
+
+Morbi ultrices rutrum lorem. Nam elementum ullamcorper
+leo. Morbi dui. Aliquam sagittis. Nunc placerat. Pellentesque
+tristique sodales est. Maecenas imperdiet lacinia velit. Cras non
+urna. Morbi eros pede, suscipit ac, varius vel, egestas non, eros.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hierloremvii-viii,
+ user1 = {example-image-b},
+ parent = {hiergravida},
+ name = {lorem 7--8},
+ description = {Sed commodo posuere pede. Mauris ut est. Ut quis purus. Sed ac odio.
+Sed vehicula hendrerit sem. Duis non odio. Morbi ut dui. Sed
+accumsan risus eget odio. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
+Pellentesque non elit. Fusce sed justo eu urna porta tincidunt.
+Mauris felis odio, sollicitudin sed, volutpat a, ornare ac, erat.
+Morbi quis dolor. Donec pellentesque, erat ac sagittis semper, nunc
+dui lobortis purus, quis congue purus metus ultricies tellus. Proin
+et quam. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia
+nostra, per inceptos hymenaeos. Praesent sapien turpis, fermentum
+vel, eleifend faucibus, vehicula eu, lacus.
+
+Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada
+fames ac turpis egestas. Donec odio elit, dictum in, hendrerit sit
+amet, egestas sed, leo. Praesent feugiat sapien aliquet odio.
+Integer vitae justo. Aliquam vestibulum fringilla lorem. Sed neque
+lectus, consectetuer at, consectetuer sed, eleifend ac, lectus.
+Nulla facilisi. Pellentesque eget lectus. Proin eu metus. Sed
+porttitor. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Suspendisse eu lectus.
+Ut mi mi, lacinia sit amet, placerat et, mollis vitae, dui. Sed ante
+tellus, tristique ut, iaculis eu, malesuada ac, dui. Mauris nibh
+leo, facilisis non, adipiscing quis, ultrices a, dui.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hierloremix-x,
+ user1 = {example-image-c},
+ parent = {hiergravida},
+ name = {lorem 9--10},
+ description = {Morbi luctus, wisi viverra faucibus pretium, nibh est placerat odio,
+nec commodo wisi enim eget quam. Quisque libero justo, consectetuer
+a, feugiat vitae, porttitor eu, libero. Suspendisse sed mauris
+vitae elit sollicitudin malesuada. Maecenas ultricies eros sit amet
+ante. Ut venenatis velit. Maecenas sed mi eget dui varius euismod.
+Phasellus aliquet volutpat odio. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in
+faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Pellentesque
+sit amet pede ac sem eleifend consectetuer. Nullam elementum, urna
+vel imperdiet sodales, elit ipsum pharetra ligula, ac pretium ante
+justo a nulla. Curabitur tristique arcu eu metus. Vestibulum lectus.
+Proin mauris. Proin eu nunc eu urna hendrerit faucibus. Aliquam
+auctor, pede consequat laoreet varius, eros tellus scelerisque quam,
+pellentesque hendrerit ipsum dolor sed augue. Nulla nec lacus.
+
+Suspendisse vitae elit. Aliquam arcu neque, ornare in, ullamcorper
+quis, commodo eu, libero. Fusce sagittis erat at erat tristique
+mollis. Maecenas sapien libero, molestie et, lobortis in, sodales
+eget, dui. Morbi ultrices rutrum lorem. Nam elementum ullamcorper
+leo. Morbi dui. Aliquam sagittis. Nunc placerat. Pellentesque
+tristique sodales est. Maecenas imperdiet lacinia velit. Cras non
+urna. Morbi eros pede, suscipit ac, varius vel, egestas non, eros.
+Praesent malesuada, diam id pretium elementum, eros sem dictum
+tortor, vel consectetuer odio sem sed wisi.}
+}
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-longchild.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-longchild.bib (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-longchild.bib 2021-09-23 20:13:37 UTC (rev 60590)
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+ at entry{longsedmattis,
+ name = {sed mattis},
+ description = {erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longgravida,
+ parent = {longsedmattis},
+ name = {gravida},
+ description = {malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec
+vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
+senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
+leo.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longelitaugue,
+ parent = {longsedmattis},
+ name = {elit augue},
+ description = {egestas diam metus rhoncus sem. Nulla et lectus vestibulum
+urna fringilla ultrices. Phasellus eu tellus sit amet tortor gravida
+placerat.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longtempus,
+ parent = {longsedmattis},
+ name = {tempus},
+ description = {scelerisque est, iaculis in, pretium quis, viverra ac,
+nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices bibendum. Aenean
+faucibus.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longnunc,
+ name = {nunc},
+ description = {nisl vitae nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar at, mollis ac, nulla.
+Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius orci eget risus. Duis
+nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend, sagittis quis, diam. Duis
+eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longlibero,
+ parent = {longnunc},
+ name = {libero},
+ description = {sed consequat ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales,
+sollicitudin vel, wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longfeugiat,
+ parent = {longnunc},
+ name = {feugiat},
+ description = {massa libero, pretium at, lobortis vitae, ultricies et,
+tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna,
+vitae ornare odio metus a mi.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longporta,
+ parent = {longnunc},
+ name = {porta},
+ description = {eros in eleifend orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut massa.
+Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque penatibus
+et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longvariuserat,
+ parent = {longnunc},
+ name = {varius erat},
+ description = {leo rutrum dui tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper
+vestibulum turpis. Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longnonconvallis,
+ name = {non convallis},
+ description = {lectus orci ut nibh porttitor diam. Donec felis erat,
+congue non, volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus
+viverra fermentum felis.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longsedlorem,
+ parent = {longnonconvallis},
+ name = {sedlorem},
+ description = {massa pellentesque ante. Phasellus
+adipiscing semper elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam
+turpis, molestie vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longnonummyquis,
+ parent = {longnonconvallis},
+ name = {nonummy
+quis},
+ description = {egestas id nam ipsum ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit
+a, ipsum. Morbi blandit ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat
+lorem.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longcondimentum,
+ name = {condimentum},
+ description = {at nisl nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus
+vel magna. Integer non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec
+bibendum quam in tellus.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longmaecenas,
+ parent = {longcondimentum},
+ name = {maecenas},
+ description = {at nibh fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel,
+wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo. Nam lacus libero, pretium at,
+lobortis vitae, ultricies et, tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed
+accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio
+metus a mi. Morbi ac orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut
+massa. Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque
+penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
+Aliquam tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper vestibulum turpis.
+Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longaliquamet,
+ name = {aliquam et},
+ description = {augue felis erat, congue non,
+volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus viverra fermentum
+felis. Donec nonummy pellentesque ante.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longatnunc,
+ parent = {longaliquamet},
+ name = {at nunc},
+ description = {pellentesque ullamcorper el justo
+vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+consectetuer adipiscing elit.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longduisnisl,
+ parent = {longatnunc},
+ name = {duisnisl},
+ description = {laoreet suscipit ac venenatis arcu
+wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam. Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis
+sagittis posuere, turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros
+eget felis. Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longduisnibh,
+ parent = {longatnunc},
+ name = {duisnibh},
+ description = {convallis ut justo lectus
+sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui. Mauris tempor
+ligula sed lacus. Duis cursus enim ut augue. Cras ac magna.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longrutrum,
+ name = {rutrum},
+ description = {id, enim elit, rutrum at, molestie non, nonummy vel, nisl. Ut lectus
+eros, malesuada sit amet, fermentum eu, sodales cursus, magna. Donec
+eu purus. Quisque vehicula, urna sed ultricies auctor, pede lorem
+egestas dui, et convallis elit erat sed nulla.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longphasellus,
+ parent = {longrutrum},
+ name = {phasellus},
+ description = {odio volutpat a, ornare ac, erat.
+Morbi quis dolor. Donec pellentesque, erat ac sagittis semper, nunc
+dui lobortis purus, quis congue purus metus ultricies tellus. Proin
+et quam.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longnullanulla,
+ parent = {longrutrum},
+ name = {nulla nulla},
+ description = {elit, molestie non wisi viverra faucibus pretium, nibh est placerat odio,
+nec commodo wisi enim eget quam. Quisque libero justo, consectetuer
+a, feugiat vitae, porttitor eu, libero.}
+}
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-longchild.bib
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES 2021-09-23 20:12:59 UTC (rev 60589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES 2021-09-23 20:13:37 UTC (rev 60590)
@@ -1,3 +1,70 @@
+1.46 (2021-09-20):
+
+ * Test bib files added to provide bib2gls support for the
+ corresponding test files added to glossaries v4.47:
+
+ example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib
+ example-glossaries-longchild.bib
+
+ * glossaries-extra.sty:
+
+ - Package option record=alsoindex is has been changed to record=hybrid
+ (alsoindex is now a deprecated synonym).
+
+ This name change is to avoid ambiguity. The "alsoindex" refers to not
+ only adding records to the aux file (for bib2gls) but also indexing
+ using the more conventional makeindex/xindy route. This hybrid approach
+ is provided for the rare instances where an existing xindy
+ rule or module is too complicated to convert to a bib2gls rule but the
+ entries need to be fetched from a bib file. There's
+ no benefit in using this option with makeindex.
+
+ - Altered the warning text if \printglossary (or
+ \printglossaries) is omitted with record=hybrid (since the
+ default text with \makeglossaries provided by glossaries.sty
+ assumes no bib2gls).
+
+ - Bug fix #175: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=175
+ (Spurious space with hyperoutside being false in math mode)
+
+ This is actually a bug in \@glsxtrsetaliasnoindex which
+ introduced unwanted scoping in v1.21 when \ifglshasfield (which
+ doesn't add grouping) was replaced with the unstarred version of
+ \glsxtrifhasfield (which does). This was causing
+ \glsxtrsetaliasnoindex to be scoped so it no longer had any
+ effect but it also introduced {} which only makes a noticeable
+ visual difference under very specific circumstances, such as
+ the one in the bug report.
+
+ - replaced some instances of \edef with \protected at edef when
+ defining control sequences that store labels or lists of
+ labels. Similarly for \xdef and \eappto. (Aiming towards support
+ for UTF-8 characters in labels with PDFLaTeX, but may not be fully
+ implemented so not yet documented.)
+
+ Note that letter group formations using TeX
+ (\printnoidxglossary or \printunsrtglossary without bib2gls) still
+ don't work if the sort value starts with a UTF-8 character with
+ PDFLaTeX. (This is also a limitation of makeindex regardless of
+ the TeX engine.)
+
+ * glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty:
+
+ - Bug fix #181: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=181
+ (stylemods alttree introduces a space at the start of descriptions)
+
+ New commands have now been added to replace the use of
+ \glstreepredesc and \glstreechildpredesc (which were causing
+ the problem): \glsalttreepredesc and \glsalttreechildpredesc
+
+ * glossary-topic.sty:
+
+ - Bug fix #176: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=176
+ (Last displayed topic subitem has invalid indentation)
+
+ - Bug fix #182: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=182
+ (topic style doesn't retain hangindent for multi-paragraph descriptions)
+
1.45 (2020-04-01):
* glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty:
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README 2021-09-23 20:12:59 UTC (rev 60589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README 2021-09-23 20:13:37 UTC (rev 60590)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.45 (2020-04-01)
+LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.46 (2021-09-20)
Author : Nicola Talbot
https://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3
for the details of that license.
-Copyright 2015-2020 Nicola Talbot
+Copyright 2015-2021 Nicola Talbot
DESCRIPTION
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html 2021-09-23 20:12:59 UTC (rev 60589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html 2021-09-23 20:13:37 UTC (rev 60590)
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
>
<head><title></title>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
<!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 -->
<meta name="src" content="glossaries-extra-manual.tex" />
@@ -34,6 +34,10 @@
.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
.cmr-9{font-size:90%;}
.cmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}
.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
@@ -45,10 +49,6 @@
.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
.cmti-10{ font-style: italic;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
.cmitt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace; font-style: italic;}
.cmmi-9{font-size:90%;font-style: italic;}
.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@
p + p{margin-top:1em;}
p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;}
div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;}
+a { overflow-wrap: break-word; word-wrap: break-word; word-break: break-word; hyphens: auto; }
@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}
a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
@@ -72,9 +73,12 @@
td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
.Canvas { position:relative; }
img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;}
li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
+li p:first-child{ margin-bottom; }
li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+li p:first-child{ margin-bottom:0; }
li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }
.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}
.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}
@@ -88,7 +92,7 @@
td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
.centerline {text-align:center;}
.rightline {text-align:right;}
-div.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; }
+pre.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; text-align:left; clear:both; }
.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
div.fbox {display:table}
div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
@@ -159,7 +163,6 @@
p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
-.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:justify;}
.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
@@ -166,12 +169,12 @@
div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
-.quotation {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }
h1.partHead{text-align: center}
-.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
+div.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
div.abstract {width:100%;}
+.abstracttitle{text-align:center;margin-bottom:1em;}
.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; }
-.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; }
+.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; font-family:monospace,monospace; }
.equation td{text-align:center; }
.equation-star td{text-align:center; }
table.equation-star { width:100%; }
@@ -219,12 +222,12 @@
>
<!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" >
</p><!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.45: an extension to the</span>
+class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.46: an extension to the</span>
<span
class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span>
</p>
<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+
><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col
id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1"
@@ -243,7 +246,7 @@
class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table>
</div>
<!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2020-04-01</span></p></div>
+class="cmr-12">2021-09-20</span></p></div>
<div
class="abstract"
>
@@ -252,11 +255,10 @@
</p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 237--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 237--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span></p></div>
+ <h3 class="abstracttitle">
+<span
+class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span>
+</h3>
<!--l. 238--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package is an extension to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, providing
@@ -278,12 +280,20 @@
id="dx1-2"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
+</p><!--l. 252--><p class="indent" > <span
+class="cmbx-10">The </span><span
+class="cmssbx-10">glossaries-extra </span><span
+class="cmbx-10">package uses a different set of defaults to the base</span>
+<span
+class="cmssbx-10">glossaries </span><span
+class="cmbx-10">package. </span>See the Introduction for more details.
+</p><!--l. 254--><p class="indent" >
</p>
</div>
-<!--l. 253--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span
+<!--l. 256--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>internally loads the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you also need to have
<span
@@ -313,18 +323,21 @@
href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution" >How do I update my TeX distribution?</a> or <a
href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux" >Updating TeX on Linux</a>.)
</div>
-</p><!--l. 268--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 270--><p class="indent" > Additional resources: </p>
+</p><!--l. 271--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 273--><p class="indent" > Additional resources: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">The <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 275--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>documented code <a
href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf" >glossaries-extra-code.pdf</a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The <a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 278--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries-extra" ><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>gallery</a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 281--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <a
id="dx1-11"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide.
@@ -331,18 +344,21 @@
(<a
href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls-begin.pdf</span></a>).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 285--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the
document build</a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The <a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 289--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/software/bib2gls" ><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> application.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The base <a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 293--><p class="noindent" >The base <a
href="https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></a> package.</li></ul>
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></a> package.</p></li></ul>
@@ -479,15 +495,15 @@
-<!--l. 295--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a
+<!--l. 298--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a
id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2>
-</p><!--l. 298--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 301--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is a flexible package, but it’s also a heavy-weight package
that uses a lot of resources. As package developer, I’m caught between those users
who complain about the drawbacks of a heavy-weight package with a large user
manual and those users who want more features (which necessarily adds to the
package weight and manual size).
-</p><!--l. 305--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 308--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package is an attempt to provide a compromise for this
conflict. Version 4.22 of the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is the last version to incorporate new
@@ -503,10 +519,10 @@
extra features available will have more of a chance of getting their feature requests
accepted.
</p>
-<!--l. 319--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 322--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a
id="sec:defaults"></a>Package Defaults</h3>
-<!--l. 322--><p class="noindent" >I’m not happy with some of the default settings assumed by the <span
+<!--l. 325--><p class="noindent" >I’m not happy with some of the default settings assumed by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package,
and, judging from code I’ve seen, other users also seem unhappy with them, as
certain package options are often used in questions posted on various sites. I can’t
@@ -516,9 +532,10 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is a separate package, I have decided to implement some of
these commonly-used options by default. You can switch them back if they’re not
appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 332--><p class="indent" > The new defaults are: </p>
+</p><!--l. 335--><p class="indent" > The new defaults are: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 337--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.toc"><span
class="cmss-10">toc</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
@@ -528,8 +545,9 @@
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-3002"></a> to
switch this back off.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 340--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
@@ -543,8 +561,9 @@
class="cmss-10">postdot</span></a><a
id="dx1-3005"></a> to restore the
terminating full stop (period).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 345--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.noredefwarn"><span
class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
@@ -564,8 +583,12 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has already been loaded
before you use the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">If <span
+
+
+
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 352--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-3010"></a> has been loaded, the <a
href="#styopt.translate"><span
@@ -582,11 +605,20 @@
change to the default if <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-3014"></a> hasn’t been loaded.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 357--><p class="noindent" >The default style used by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-3015"></a> is <a
+href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
+class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-3016"></a>. (That is, the long
+ form is not shown on <a
+ id="dx1-3017"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.)
+</p>
</li></ul>
-
-
-
-<!--l. 356--><p class="indent" > The examples below illustrate the difference in explicit package options between
+<!--l. 363--><p class="indent" > The examples below illustrate the difference in explicit package options between
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. There may be other differences resulting from
@@ -593,146 +625,201 @@
modifications to commands provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(see <a
href="#sec:modifications"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2 </a><a
-href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing
-Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 362--><p class="indent" >
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:modifications
+</a><a
+href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>).
+</p><!--l. 369--><p class="indent" >
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-3016x1">
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3019x1">
+ <!--l. 370--><p class="noindent" >Basic defaults:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
\documentclass{article}
-  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 367--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 374--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
\documentclass{article}
-  <br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
-  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 373--><p class="nopar" >
+ \usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 380--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-3018x2">
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3021x2">
+ <!--l. 382--><p class="noindent" >Language defaults:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
\documentclass[british]{article}
-  <br />\usepackage{babel}
-  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 380--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+ \usepackage{babel}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 387--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
\documentclass[british]{article}
-  <br />\usepackage{babel}
-  <br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot,translate=babel]{glossaries}
-  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 387--><p class="nopar" >
+ \usepackage{babel}
+ \usepackage[toc,nopostdot,translate=babel]{glossaries}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 394--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-3020x3">
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3023x3">
+ <!--l. 396--><p class="noindent" >Combined with <span
+class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a
+ id="dx1-3024"></a>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
\documentclass{memoir}
-  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 393--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 400--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
\documentclass{memoir}
-  <br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot,noredefwarn]{glossaries}
-  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 399--><p class="nopar" > <span
+ \usepackage[toc,nopostdot,noredefwarn]{glossaries}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 406--><p class="nopar" > <span
class="cmti-10">However</span>
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
\documentclass{memoir}
-  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}
-  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 405--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+ \usepackage{glossaries}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 412--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
\documentclass{memoir}
-  <br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
-  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 411--><p class="nopar" > Since by the time <span
+ \usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 418--><p class="nopar" > Since by the time <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has been loaded, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>has already
redefined <span
class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a
- id="dx1-3021"></a>’s glossary-related commands.</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 417--><p class="indent" > Another noticeable change is that by default <span
+ id="dx1-3025"></a>’s glossary-related commands.
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3027x4">
+ <!--l. 423--><p class="noindent" >Abbreviations are defined with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \newabbreviation{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+ \begin{document}
+ First use: \gls{svm}. Explicit full form: \glsxtrfull{svm}.
+ \end{document}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 430--><p class="nopar" > This is the closest to:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+ \usepackage{glossaries}
+ \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+ \begin{document}
+ First use: \gls{svm}. Explicit full form: \acrfull{svm}.
+ \end{document}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 438--><p class="nopar" > If you want to continue using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>then you will need to change the
+ style for the <span
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-3028"></a> category:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
+ \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+ \begin{document}
+ First use: \gls{svm}. Explicit full form: \glsxtrfull{svm}.
+ \end{document}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 448--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 451--><p class="indent" > Another noticeable change is that by default <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>will now display
information text in the document if the external glossary file doesn’t exist. This is
explanatory text to help new users who can’t work out what to do next to complete
the document build. Once the document is set up correctly and the external files have
been generated, this text will disappear.
-</p><!--l. 424--><p class="indent" > This change is mostly likely to be noticed by users with one or more
+</p><!--l. 458--><p class="indent" > This change is mostly likely to be noticed by users with one or more
redundant empty glossaries who ignore transcript messages, explicitly use
<a
- id="dx1-3022"></a><a
+ id="dx1-3029"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a
- id="dx1-3023"></a><a
+ id="dx1-3030"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> on just the non-empty glossary (or glossaries) and use the iterative
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-3024"></a> command instead of <span
+ id="dx1-3031"></a> command instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-3025"></a>. For example, consider the
+ id="dx1-3032"></a>. For example, consider the
following:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
- <br />emission of radiation}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{laser}
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 448--><p class="nopar" > The above document will only display the list of acronyms at the place where
+\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{laser}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 482--><p class="nopar" > The above document will only display the list of acronyms at the place where
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-3026"></a> occurs. However it will also attempt to input the <span
+ id="dx1-3033"></a> occurs. However it will also attempt to input the <span
class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>file
associated with the <span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary.
-</p><!--l. 454--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
- id="dx1-3027"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 488--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
+ id="dx1-3034"></a><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a>, you’ll get the warning message:
@@ -739,15 +826,15 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
Warning: File 'test.glo' is empty.
- <br />Have you used any entries defined in glossary 'main'?
- <br />Remember to use package option 'nomain' if you
- <br />don't want to use the main glossary.
-</div>
-<!--l. 460--><p class="nopar" > (where the original file is called <span
+Have you used any entries defined in glossary 'main'?
+Remember to use package option 'nomain' if you
+don't want to use the main glossary.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 494--><p class="nopar" > (where the original file is called <span
class="cmtt-10">test.tex</span>) but if you simply call <a
- id="dx1-3028"></a><a
+ id="dx1-3035"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> directly
to generate the <span
@@ -758,28 +845,28 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
No file test.gls.
-</div>
-<!--l. 467--><p class="nopar" > This doesn’t occur with <a
- id="dx1-3029"></a><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 501--><p class="nopar" > This doesn’t occur with <a
+ id="dx1-3036"></a><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> as it will create the <span
class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>file containing
the single command <span
class="cmtt-10">\null</span>.
-</p><!--l. 471--><p class="indent" > If you simply change from <span
+</p><!--l. 505--><p class="indent" > If you simply change from <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>in this document, you’ll
find a change in the resulting PDF if you don’t use <a
- id="dx1-3030"></a><span
+ id="dx1-3037"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>and you only
generate the <span
class="cmtt-10">.acr </span>file with <a
- id="dx1-3031"></a><a
+ id="dx1-3038"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 476--><p class="indent" > The transcript file will still contain the message about the missing <span
+</p><!--l. 510--><p class="indent" > The transcript file will still contain the message about the missing <span
class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>, but now
you’ll also see information in the actual PDF document. The simplest remedy is to
follow the advice inserted into the document at that point, which is to add the
@@ -786,36 +873,38 @@
<a
href="#styopt.nomain"><span
class="cmss-10">nomain</span></a><a
- id="dx1-3032"></a> package option:
+ id="dx1-3039"></a> package option:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[nomain,acronym,postdot]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
- <br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
- <br />emission of radiation}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{laser}
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 500--><p class="nopar" > (Note the need to set the acronym style using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle </span>before
-<span
+\usepackage[nomain,acronym,postdot]{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
+\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{laser}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 534--><p class="nopar" > (Note the need to set the acronym style using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span>
+before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. See <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a
-href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 505--><p class="noindent" >
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations </a><a
+href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a> for further
+details.)
+</p><!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 505--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a
id="sec:pkgopts"></a>New or Modified Package Options</h3>
-<!--l. 508--><p class="noindent" >If you haven’t already loaded <span
+<!--l. 542--><p class="noindent" >If you haven’t already loaded <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you can use any of the package options
provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>when you load <span
@@ -830,7 +919,7 @@
remember that not all of the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options may be used in that
command.
-</p><!--l. 516--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section only lists options that are either unrecognised by the <span
+</p><!--l. 550--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section only lists options that are either unrecognised by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package or are a modified version of options of the same name provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
@@ -837,8 +926,8 @@
See the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual for details about the unmodified options.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 522--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 524--><p class="indent" > The new and modified options provided by <span
+</p><!--l. 556--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 558--><p class="indent" > The new and modified options provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are described
below:
@@ -845,11 +934,13 @@
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.debug"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">debug</span><a
- id="dx1-4002"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">The <span
+ id="dx1-4002"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has a <span
class="cmss-10">debug </span>option that allows the values <span
class="cmss-10">false</span>,
@@ -865,7 +956,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you
must make sure that your version of <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>supports it.
- <!--l. 537--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package extends this option to provide the additional
values <a
href="#styopt.debug"><span
@@ -876,7 +967,7 @@
class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
id="dx1-4005"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 541--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+ </p><!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="#styopt.debug"><span
class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=showwrgloss</span><a
@@ -885,16 +976,16 @@
class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
id="dx1-4007"></a> and uses
- </p><!--l. 543--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-4008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwrglossmark </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 545--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 579--><p class="noindent" >
to show a mark <span
class="cmsy-10">⋅ </span>just before the write operation performed by the
indexing commands. If you use <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
id="dx1-4009"></a> there will be a mark
for the write operation to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file for <a
@@ -909,7 +1000,7 @@
id="dx1-4012"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>.
- </p><!--l. 553--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+ </p><!--l. 587--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="#styopt.debug"><span
class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
@@ -924,35 +1015,42 @@
class="cmss-10">=showwrgloss</span><a
id="dx1-4015"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.postdot"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">postdot</span><a
- id="dx1-4016"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to version 1.12.) This option is just a shortcut for <a
+ id="dx1-4016"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.12.) This option is just a shortcut for <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-4017"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.postpunc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">postpunc</span><a
- id="dx1-4018"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to version 1.21.) This option sets the post-description punctuation to
- the given value. For example: <span
+ id="dx1-4018"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.21.) This option sets the post-description punctuation to the
+ given value. For example: <span
class="cmss-10">postpunc=; </span>does
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
\renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{;}
-</div>
- <!--l. 564--><p class="nopar" > The value may also be one of the following keywords:
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 598--><p class="nopar" > The value may also be one of the following keywords:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmtt-10">comma</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><a
+class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.postpunc"><span
class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=comma</span><a
@@ -960,15 +1058,18 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
\renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{,}
-</div>
- <!--l. 571--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 605--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 607--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmtt-10">dot</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><a
+class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 607--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.postpunc"><span
class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=dot</span><a
@@ -976,15 +1077,18 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
\renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{.\spacefactor\sfcode`\. }
-</div>
- <!--l. 577--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 611--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmtt-10">none</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><a
+class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.postpunc"><span
class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=none</span><a
@@ -992,21 +1096,22 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
\renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{}
-</div>
- <!--l. 583--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
- <!--l. 585--><p class="noindent" >The default definition is
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 617--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
+ <!--l. 619--><p class="noindent" >The default definition is
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
\newcommand*{\glspostdescription}{%
-  <br />  \ifglsnopostdot\else.\spacefactor\sfcode`\. \fi
-  <br />}
-</div>
- <!--l. 590--><p class="nopar" > where the conditional is determined by the <a
+   \ifglsnopostdot\else.\spacefactor\sfcode`\. \fi
+ }
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 624--><p class="nopar" > where the conditional is determined by the <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a
id="dx1-4022"></a> package option.
@@ -1024,7 +1129,7 @@
id="dx1-4025"></a> will restore
the original definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>.
- </p><!--l. 597--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 631--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-4026"></a> package adjusts the predefined styles
that had a hard-coded <span
@@ -1046,11 +1151,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
\usepackage[postpunc=comma,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
-  <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\hfil}
-</div>
- <!--l. 607--><p class="nopar" > Be careful with doing this as it will look odd if the <a
+ \renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\hfil}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 641--><p class="nopar" > Be careful with doing this as it will look odd if the <a
id="dx1-4030"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is missing.
(With <a
@@ -1063,27 +1168,31 @@
has a <a
id="dx1-4032"></a>number list.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.prefix"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-4033"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Load the <span
+ id="dx1-4033"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-4034"></a> package (if not already loaded).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 651--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.accsupp"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-4035"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Load the <span
+ id="dx1-4035"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 651--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-4036"></a> package (if not already loaded).
- <!--l. 620--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
+ </p><!--l. 654--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-4037"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features
are liable to change. </div>
- </p><!--l. 623--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 625--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support
+ </p><!--l. 657--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support
provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-4038"></a> use the <span
@@ -1104,13 +1213,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>) but if it
has been loaded, then the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span
-class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands will add the
- accessibility information. (See <a
+class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands will add the accessibility
+ information. (See <a
href="#sec:accsupp"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>12.2 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:accsupp </a><a
href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a> for further
details.)
- </p><!--l. 635--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a
+ </p><!--l. 669--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
id="dx1-4042"></a> option can only be used as a package option (and can’t
@@ -1122,23 +1232,29 @@
be loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>if it’s required.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 674--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.stylemods"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-4045"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-4045"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 674--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option used to load the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-4046"></a>
- package. The value may be a comma-separated list of options to pass to that
- package. (Remember to group ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ if it contains any commas.) The value may
- be omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a
+ id="dx1-4046"></a> package.
+ The value may be a comma-separated list of options to pass to that package.
+ (Remember to group ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ if it contains any commas.) The value may be
+ omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a
href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a
-href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style
- Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a> for further details. There are two special keyword values:
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glosstylemods </a><a
+href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary
+ Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a> for further details. There are two special keyword values:
<a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><span
@@ -1149,33 +1265,32 @@
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
id="dx1-4048"></a>, which
loads all the predefined styles.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.undefaction"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">undefaction</span><a
- id="dx1-4049"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-4049"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option, which has two allowed values: <span
-class="cmss-10">warn </span>and
-
-
-
- <span
-class="cmss-10">error</span>. This indicates what to do if an undefined glossary entry is referenced. The
- default behaviour is <a
+class="cmss-10">warn </span>and <span
+class="cmss-10">error</span>. This
+ indicates what to do if an undefined glossary entry is referenced. The default
+ behaviour is <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=error</span><a
- id="dx1-4050"></a>, which produces an error message (the
- default for <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). You can switch this to a warning message (and ??
- appearing in the text) with <a
+ id="dx1-4050"></a>, which produces an error message (the default
+ for <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). You can switch this to a warning message (and ?? appearing in
+ the text) with <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
id="dx1-4051"></a>.
- <!--l. 660--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Undefined entries can’t be picked up by any commands that iterate
+ </p><!--l. 694--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Undefined entries can’t be picked up by any commands that iterate
over a glossary list. This includes <span
class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries</span><a
id="dx1-4052"></a> and <span
@@ -1182,27 +1297,30 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a
id="dx1-4053"></a>.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 664--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 666--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span
+ </p><!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 700--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-4054"></a> will display ?? in the document text with
- <a
+ id="dx1-4054"></a> will display ?? in the document text with <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-4055"></a> if the entry hasn’t been defined, as the underlying boolean
- variable doesn’t exist and so is neither true nor false. (There will also
- be a warning in the transcript.) See <a
+ id="dx1-4055"></a>
+ if the entry hasn’t been defined, as the underlying boolean variable
+ doesn’t exist and so is neither true nor false. (There will also be a
+ warning in the transcript.) See <a
href="#sec:glsunset"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.6 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glsunset </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">First Use Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for further
details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.indexcrossrefs"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexcrossrefs</span><a
- id="dx1-4056"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a boolean option. If <span
+ id="dx1-4056"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If <span
class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index any
cross-referenced entries that haven’t been marked as used at the end of the
document. Note that this necessarily adds to the overall document build time,
@@ -1228,7 +1346,7 @@
id="dx1-4062"></a> to
<span
class="cmss-10">false</span>.
- <!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a
+ </p><!--l. 718--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a
id="dx1-4063"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can automatically find dependent entries when it
@@ -1243,23 +1361,28 @@
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-4065"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 723--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.autoseeindex"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">autoseeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-4066"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description"> (New to v1.16.) This is a boolean option. If true (default), this makes
- the <span
+ id="dx1-4066"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 723--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.16.) This is a boolean option. If true (default), this makes the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-4067"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-4067"></a>
+ and <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-4068"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry
- is defined. If false, the value of those keys will still be stored in their
+ id="dx1-4068"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry is
+ defined. If false, the value of those keys will still be stored in their
corresponding fields (and can be accessed using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso</span>) but cross-reference won’t be automatically
indexed.
- <!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a
+ </p><!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
@@ -1268,37 +1391,37 @@
class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-4070"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 701--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as
+ </p><!--l. 735--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
\newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={},see={bar,baz}}
-</div>
- <!--l. 704--><p class="nopar" > then with <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 738--><p class="nopar" > then with <span
class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=true</span>, this is equivalent to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
\newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={}}
-  <br />\glssee{foo}{bar,baz}
-  <br />\glossariesextrasetup{indexcrossrefs=true}
-  <br />\GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
-</div>
- <!--l. 711--><p class="nopar" > but with <span
+ \glssee{foo}{bar,baz}
+ \glossariesextrasetup{indexcrossrefs=true}
+ \GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 745--><p class="nopar" > but with <span
class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=false</span>, this is equivalent to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
\newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={}}
-  <br />\GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
-</div>
- <!--l. 716--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a
+ \GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 750--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a
href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a
id="dx1-4071"></a> isn’t automatically implemented by the presence of the
@@ -1308,9 +1431,9 @@
href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span
class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><a
id="dx1-4073"></a> is false.
- </p><!--l. 721--><p class="noindent" >It’s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and
+ </p><!--l. 755--><p class="noindent" >It’s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and
set their position within the glossary style.
- </p><!--l. 724--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries
+ </p><!--l. 758--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries
before the external indexing files have been opened with <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
Since the appropriate file isn’t open, the information can’t be written to it.
@@ -1319,33 +1442,50 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) to
prevent an error occurring.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.record"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">record</span><a
- id="dx1-4074"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.08.) This is a ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-4074"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.08.) This is a ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option provided for the benefit of
- <a
+class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option provided for the benefit of <a
id="dx1-4075"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see <a
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>
+ (see <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
- <!--l. 735--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can’t be used after
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). If you want to
+ use <a
+ id="dx1-4076"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>, the recommended setting is <a
+href="#styopt.record"><span
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a
+ id="dx1-4077"></a> if you have hyperlinks
+ and <a
+href="#styopt.record"><span
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
+ id="dx1-4078"></a> if you don’t have hyperlinks.
+ </p><!--l. 771--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can’t be used after
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. If the value is missing <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4076"></a> is assumed.
+ id="dx1-4079"></a> is assumed.
Permitted values:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >
<span
-class="cmssbx-10">off</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is the default setting. The indexing is performed as normal using
+class="cmssbx-10">off</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >This is the default setting. The indexing is performed as normal using
either <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. This setting
@@ -1353,94 +1493,118 @@
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=error</span><a
- id="dx1-4077"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-4080"></a>.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" >
<span
-class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">The indexing is performed by <a
- id="dx1-4078"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(see <a
+class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" >The indexing (recording) is performed by <a
+ id="dx1-4081"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(see <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls
+ </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:
- Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). Neither <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>nor
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>is permitted. This setting implements
- <a
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
+ Neither <span
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>nor <span
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>is permitted.
+ This setting implements <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-4079"></a> and automatically loads the supplementary
- <span
+ id="dx1-4082"></a> and automatically loads
+ the supplementary <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4080"></a> package. (There should be no need to explicitly
- load <span
+ id="dx1-4083"></a> package. (There should be
+ no need to explicitly load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4081"></a>.)
- <!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span
+ id="dx1-4084"></a>.)
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 786--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>).
- </p><!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span
+ </p><!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
pdflatex myDoc
-  <br />bib2gls myDoc
-  <br />pdflatex myDoc
-</div>
- <!--l. 759--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 761--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a
+ bib2gls myDoc
+ pdflatex myDoc
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 795--><p class="nopar" > If you want letter groups you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch when
+ invoking <a
+ id="dx1-4085"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+ pdflatex myDoc
+ bib2gls -g myDoc
+ pdflatex myDoc
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 802--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 804--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4082"></a> will prevent the <span
+ id="dx1-4086"></a> will prevent the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-4083"></a> from automatically
+ id="dx1-4087"></a> from automatically
implementing <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>. (<a
- id="dx1-4084"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4088"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> deals with the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-4085"></a> field.) You
+ id="dx1-4089"></a> field.) You
may explicitly use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>in the document, but <a
- id="dx1-4086"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4090"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will
ignore the cross-reference if the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-4087"></a> field was already set for that
+ id="dx1-4091"></a> field was already set for that
entry.
- </p><!--l. 767--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+ </p><!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4088"></a> option will automatically set the <span
+ id="dx1-4092"></a> option will automatically set the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
<a
href="#styopt.sort"><span
class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=none</span><a
- id="dx1-4089"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to
+ id="dx1-4093"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.30.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" >
<span
-class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.37 and requires <a
- id="dx1-4090"></a><span
+class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37 and requires <a
+ id="dx1-4094"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+.) This option is like
<a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4091"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by
+ id="dx1-4095"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabel </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>, and provides a more reliable way of
@@ -1449,7 +1613,7 @@
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ for the given location. This option requires
<span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-4092"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records.
+ id="dx1-4096"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records.
Remember that <span
class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref </span>is always globally updated whenever
<span
@@ -1459,176 +1623,247 @@
<a
href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4093"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry
+ id="dx1-4097"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry
is indexed, which affects this option. See <a
href="#sec:recordnameref"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9.3.2 </a><a
-href="#sec:recordnameref">Nameref Record<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordnameref --></a> for further
- details.
- <!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:recordnameref </a><a
+href="#sec:recordnameref">Nameref
+ Record<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordnameref --></a> for further details.
+ </p><!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a
href="#styopt.counter"><span
class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=chapter</span><a
- id="dx1-4094"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-4098"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.counter"><span
class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=section</span><a
- id="dx1-4095"></a> if you
+ id="dx1-4099"></a> if you
want the title included in the location list. If the indexing counter is the
default <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-4096"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for
+ id="dx1-4100"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for
<a
href="#styopt.counter"><span
class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4097"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4101"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.equations"><span
class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4098"></a>).
+ id="dx1-4102"></a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >
<span
-class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a hybrid setting that uses <a
- id="dx1-4099"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to fetch entry information
- from <span
+class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >Deprecated synonym of <span
+class="cmss-10">hybrid</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >
+ <span
+class="cmssbx-10">hybrid</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >This is a hybrid setting that uses <a
+ id="dx1-4103"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to fetch entry information from
+
+
+
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files, but uses <a
- id="dx1-4100"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4104"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4101"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4105"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary
- files. This option should be used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>but not
- with its optional argument. This option should not be used with
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary files (which
+ are input with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
+ id="dx1-4106"></a>). Note that this requires a slower and
+ more complicated build process (see below).
+ </p><!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >This hybrid approach is provided for the rare instances where an existing
+ <a
+ id="dx1-4107"></a><a
+href="#glo:xindy"><span
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule or module is too complicated to convert to a <a
+ id="dx1-4108"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> rule but
+ the entries need to be fetched from a <span
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
+ id="dx1-4109"></a> file. There’s no benefit in using
+ this option with <a
+ id="dx1-4110"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>.
+ </p><!--l. 848--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since it’s redundant to make <a
+ id="dx1-4111"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>also sort, use <span
+class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>in
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. You may need to change the transcript file used
- by <a
- id="dx1-4102"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to avoid a clash with the transcript file used by <a
- id="dx1-4103"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>
- or <a
- id="dx1-4104"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. (This can be done with <a
- id="dx1-4105"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>for a faster build. </div>
+ </p><!--l. 851--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 853--><p class="noindent" >This option must be used with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4112"></a> but not with its optional
+ argument. This option should not be used with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>.
+ You may need to change the transcript file used by <a
+ id="dx1-4113"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to avoid a
+ clash with the transcript file used by <a
+ id="dx1-4114"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <a
+ id="dx1-4115"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. (This can be
+ done with <a
+ id="dx1-4116"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--log-file</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span></span></span>
- option.)
- <!--l. 802--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span
+class="cmtt-10">-t</span></span></span> option.)
+ </p><!--l. 860--><p class="noindent" >Each glossary should be displayed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>). This option is expected to be used with <a
- id="dx1-4106"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>for all of them). This option is expected to be used
+ with <a
+ id="dx1-4117"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>setting and so <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4107"></a> is not automatically
-
-
-
- loaded.
- </p><!--l. 807--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span
+ id="dx1-4118"></a> is not
+ automatically loaded.
+ </p><!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
pdflatex myDoc
-  <br />bib2gls myDoc
-  <br />pdflatex myDoc
-  <br />makeglossaries myDoc
-  <br />pdflatex myDoc
-</div>
- <!--l. 815--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
- <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a
+ bib2gls myDoc
+ pdflatex myDoc
+ makeglossaries myDoc
+ pdflatex myDoc
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 873--><p class="nopar" > Note that, in this case, it’s redundant to call <a
+ id="dx1-4119"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span>
+ or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch as <a
+ id="dx1-4120"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a
+ id="dx1-4121"></a><a
+href="#glo:xindy"><span
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> will insert the group heading
+ information into the corresponding glossary file. (If you want
+ <a
+ id="dx1-4122"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to form the letter groups then this hybrid method is
+ inappropriate.)</p></dd></dl>
+ <!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4108"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-4123"></a>, <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-4109"></a>), any of the commands
- that would typically index the entry (such as <span
+class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a
+ id="dx1-4124"></a> or <a
+href="#styopt.record"><span
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
+ id="dx1-4125"></a>), any of
+ the commands that would typically index the entry (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>)
- will add a <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) will add a <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record </span>entry to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. <a
- id="dx1-4110"></a><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can then
- read these lines to find out which entries have been used. (Remember
- that commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>don’t index, so any use of these
- commands won’t add a corresponding <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record </span>entry to the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) See <a
+ id="dx1-4126"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can then
+ read these lines to find out which entries have been used. (Remember that
+ commands like <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>don’t index, so any use of these commands
+ won’t add a corresponding <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record </span>entry to the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) See
+ <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a> for further
details.
+ </p><!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" >The hybrid method additionally performs the standard indexing action that’s
+ required for <a
+ id="dx1-4127"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <a
+ id="dx1-4128"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>to work.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.equations"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">equations</span><a
- id="dx1-4111"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
+ id="dx1-4129"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
automatically switch to <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4112"></a> when inside a numbered equation
+ id="dx1-4130"></a> when inside a numbered equation
environment, such as <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4113"></a><a
- id="dx1-4114"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-4131"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4132"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">align</span><a
- id="dx1-4115"></a><a
- id="dx1-4116"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
+ id="dx1-4133"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4134"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
with <span
class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-4117"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span
+ id="dx1-4135"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as
usual.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.floats"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">floats</span><a
- id="dx1-4118"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
+ id="dx1-4136"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
automatically switch to the corresponding counter when inside a floating
environment, such as <span
class="cmss-10">figure</span><a
- id="dx1-4119"></a><a
- id="dx1-4120"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-4137"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4138"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">table</span><a
- id="dx1-4121"></a><a
- id="dx1-4122"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
+ id="dx1-4139"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4140"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
with <span
class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-4123"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span
+ id="dx1-4141"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as
usual. Remember that within floats it’s the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\caption </span>command that
- actually uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>, so indexing before the caption will
- result in the wrong reference. The commands for use in captions and
- sections, such as <span
+class="cmtt-10">\caption </span>command that actually
+ uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>, so indexing before the caption will result in the wrong
+
+
+
+ reference. The commands for use in captions and sections, such as
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>, don’t index. (See <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle
</a><a
href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a>). You may
want to consider using <span
@@ -1637,35 +1872,38 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
\begin{figure}[htbp]
-  <br />  \centering
-  <br />  \includegraphics{example-image}
-  <br />  \caption{Sample \glsfmttext{foobar} figure}
-  <br />  \glsadd{foobar}
-  <br />\end{figure}
-</div>
- <!--l. 854--><p class="nopar" >
+   \centering
+   \includegraphics{example-image}
+   \caption{Sample \glsfmttext{foobar} figure}
+   \glsadd{foobar}
+ \end{figure}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 920--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.indexcounter"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexcounter</span><a
- id="dx1-4124"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn’t take a value) is primarily
+ id="dx1-4142"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn’t take a value) is primarily
intended for use with <a
- id="dx1-4125"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4143"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (v1.4+) and <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-4126"></a>. It can be used
+ id="dx1-4144"></a>. It can be used
with <a
- id="dx1-4127"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4145"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4128"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4146"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> but it will interfere with the <a
- id="dx1-4129"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4147"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>
collation, so you won’t have ranges and you’ll have duplicate page numbers
present (but each page number will link to the relevant part of the page
@@ -1674,43 +1912,43 @@
href="#styopt.counter"><span
class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4130"></a>.
- <!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span
+ id="dx1-4148"></a>.
+ </p><!--l. 931--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4131"></a> and adding <span
+ id="dx1-4149"></a> and adding <span
class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a
- id="dx1-4132"></a>. This can
+ id="dx1-4150"></a>. This can
cause a problem if the indexing occurs in an <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4133"></a><a
- id="dx1-4134"></a> environment as <span
+ id="dx1-4151"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4152"></a> environment as <span
class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a
- id="dx1-4135"></a>
+ id="dx1-4153"></a>
forbids multiple occurrences of <span
class="cmtt-10">\label </span>(resulting in the “Multiple <span
class="cmtt-10">\label</span>’s”
error). It’s best to change the counter to <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-4136"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-4154"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4137"></a> when in maths mode
+ id="dx1-4155"></a> when in maths mode
with this option. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
\renewcommand{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
-  <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
-  <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
-  <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
-</div>
- <!--l. 878--><p class="nopar" > </div>
- </p><!--l. 879--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span
+  \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
+ \renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
+  \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 944--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+ </p><!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-4138"></a>), the page numbers in <a
- id="dx1-4139"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4156"></a>), the page numbers in <a
+ id="dx1-4157"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number lists</a> link back to the
top of the relevant page (provided the format uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span>). The
@@ -1717,10 +1955,10 @@
<a
href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4140"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where
+ id="dx1-4158"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where
the indexing occurred. It does this by creating a new counter (called <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4141"></a>)
+ id="dx1-4159"></a>)
that’s incremented with <span
class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>every time an entry is indexed (but
not via cross-referencing commands, such as <span
@@ -1731,57 +1969,57 @@
class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span>. The location, as seen by the indexing application, is
the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4142"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page
+ id="dx1-4160"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page
reference when <a
- id="dx1-4143"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all
+ id="dx1-4161"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all
entries and is incremented every time any indexing occurs, neither
<a
- id="dx1-4144"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4162"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> nor <a
- id="dx1-4145"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4163"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> can correctly collate the lists. For example, if the first
term to be referenced is indexed three times on page 5 without any
intervening terms then the actual locations obtained from <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4146"></a>
+ id="dx1-4164"></a>
will be 1, 2 and 3, which <a
- id="dx1-4147"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4165"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and <a
- id="dx1-4148"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4166"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>will try to form into
the range 1–3, but they should actually all simply appear as page 5,
whereas it can actually end up with 5–5. Conversely, a range may not be
formed where it would naturally occur if just the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-4149"></a> counter was
+ id="dx1-4167"></a> counter was
used.
- </p><!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >Since <a
- id="dx1-4150"></a><a
+ </p><!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >Since <a
+ id="dx1-4168"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is designed specifically to work with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>,
<a
- id="dx1-4151"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4169"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(v1.4+) will check for <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4152"></a> locations. If the default
+ id="dx1-4170"></a> locations. If the default
<span
class="cmtt-10">--merge-wrglossary-records </span>is on, then any records for the same page
for a given entry will be merged. In the above example with three
references on page 5, only a single record for page 5 for that entry will be
added to the <a
- id="dx1-4153"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on
+ id="dx1-4171"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on
that page. Whereas if you use the <span
class="cmtt-10">--no-merge-wrglossary-records</span>
switch, the <a
- id="dx1-4154"></a>number list will contain three instance of page 5, with
+ id="dx1-4172"></a>number list will contain three instance of page 5, with
each linking to the corresponding place on that page. In both cases,
consecutive pages can form ranges, but it may look strange in the second
case.
- </p><!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >See the <a
- id="dx1-4155"></a><span
+ </p><!--l. 984--><p class="noindent" >See the <a
+ id="dx1-4173"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>documentation for the <span
class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option
for more details.
@@ -1789,38 +2027,42 @@
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.docdef"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">docdef</span><a
- id="dx1-4156"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This option governs the use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a
- boolean option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following
- values (if the value is omitted, <span
-class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed):
+ id="dx1-4174"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >This option governs the use of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a boolean
+ option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following values (if
+ the value is omitted, <span
+class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed): </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 992--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4158"></a> is not permitted in the <span
+ id="dx1-4176"></a> is not permitted in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4159"></a><a
- id="dx1-4160"></a> environment
+ id="dx1-4177"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4178"></a> environment
(default).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>behaves as it does in the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
That is, where its use is permitted in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4162"></a><a
- id="dx1-4163"></a> environment, it
+ id="dx1-4180"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4181"></a> environment, it
uses the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>temporary file to store the entry definitions so
that on the next LaTeX run the entries are defined at the beginning
of the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4164"></a><a
- id="dx1-4165"></a> environment. This allows the entry information
+ id="dx1-4182"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4183"></a> environment. This allows the entry information
to be referenced in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs before
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary is displayed
@@ -1828,31 +2070,32 @@
next LaTeX run has drawbacks that are detailed in the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
user manual.
- <!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span
+ </p><!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>wouldn’t be allowed in the
<span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4166"></a><a
- id="dx1-4167"></a> environment with the base <span
+ id="dx1-4184"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4185"></a> environment with the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, then it still
won’t be allowed with <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4168"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the
+ id="dx1-4186"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the
end of the document, consider using <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4169"></a> instead.
+ id="dx1-4187"></a> instead.
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize">(new to version 1.06) <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >(new to version 1.06) <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4171"></a> is permitted in the
+ id="dx1-4189"></a> is permitted in the
<span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4172"></a><a
- id="dx1-4173"></a> environment without using the <span
+ id="dx1-4190"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4191"></a> environment without using the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file. This means
that all entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed, but
it avoids the complications associated with saving the entry details
@@ -1861,15 +2104,15 @@
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ mechanism
(that is, the comma and equal sign) and any <a
- id="dx1-4174"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4192"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4175"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4193"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>
character that occurs in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-4176"></a> key or label. If any of those characters
+ id="dx1-4194"></a> key or label. If any of those characters
are made active in the document, then it can cause problems with
the entry definition. This option will allow <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to
@@ -1877,52 +2120,77 @@
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>, but note that
<span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>remains a preamble-only command.
- <!--l. 965--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been
+ </p><!--l. 1031--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been
defined, an error will occur (or a warning if the <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-4177"></a>
+ id="dx1-4195"></a>
option is used.) If you edit your document and either remove an entry
+
+
+
or change its label, you may need to delete the document’s temporary
files (such as the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>files).
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize">(new to version 1.34) This option behaves like <a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >(new to version 1.34) This option behaves like <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4179"></a> but
+ id="dx1-4197"></a> but
creates the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file for <a
href="https://atom.io/packages/autocomplete-glossaries" >atom’s autocomplete support</a>. This file
isn’t input by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and so associated problems with the
-
-
-
use of this file are avoided, but it allows the autocomplete support
to find the labels in the file. As with <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4180"></a>, entries may
+ id="dx1-4198"></a>, entries may
be defined in the preamble or anywhere in the document, but they
may only be referenced after they have been defined. Entries must
be defined before the associated glossary is displayed.
+ </p><!--l. 1050--><p class="noindent" >If you need a list of all entry labels for the use of an editor or helper
+ script you may also want to consider the package options <a
+href="#styopt.writeglslabels"><span
+class="cmss-10">writeglslabels</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-4199"></a>
+ and <a
+href="#styopt.writeglslabelnames"><span
+class="cmss-10">writeglslabelnames</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-4200"></a> provided by the base <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4201"></a> package. Note
+ that with these options and <a
+href="#styopt.docdef"><span
+class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=atom</span><a
+ id="dx1-4202"></a>, only the entry labels visible
+ to LaTeX can be saved. So if you are using <a
+ id="dx1-4203"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you will only
+ get the labels of the entries that are selected by <a
+ id="dx1-4204"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.
+</p>
</li></ul>
- <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>within the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4181"></a><a
- id="dx1-4182"></a>
+ id="dx1-4205"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4206"></a>
environment (when used with <a
- id="dx1-4183"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4207"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4184"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4208"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>) but the user manual warns
against this usage. By default the <span
@@ -1931,13 +2199,13 @@
allowing definitions within the preamble. If you are really determined to define
entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4185"></a><a
- id="dx1-4186"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you
+ id="dx1-4209"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4210"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you
can restore this with <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4187"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the
+ id="dx1-4211"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the
prohibitions that the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has in certain circumstances (for
example, when using “option 1”). See the <span
@@ -1947,56 +2215,63 @@
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4188"></a>. Only use <a
+ id="dx1-4212"></a>. Only use <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4189"></a> if document definitions
+ id="dx1-4213"></a> if document definitions
are necessary and one or more of the glossaries occurs in the front
matter.
- </p><!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span
+ </p><!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>, such as
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the “on-the-fly” commands described in <a
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the “on-the-fly” commands described in
+ <a
href="#sec:onthefly"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11
- </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:onthefly </a><a
href="#sec:onthefly">On-the-Fly Document Definitions<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:onthefly --></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.nomissingglstext"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nomissingglstext</span><a
- id="dx1-4190"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the
- warning written to the transcript and the warning text that will appear
- in the document if the external glossary files haven’t been generated
- due to an incomplete document build. However, it’s probably simpler
- just to fix whatever has caused the failure to build the external file or
- files.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-4214"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the warning written to the
+ transcript and the warning text that will appear in the document if the
+ external glossary files haven’t been generated due to an incomplete document
+ build. However, it’s probably simpler just to fix whatever has caused the failure
+ to build the external file or files.
+
+
+
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.abbreviations"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-4191"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This option has no value and can’t be cancelled. If used, it will
- automatically create a new glossary with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and
- redefines <span
+ id="dx1-4215"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" >This option has no value and can’t be cancelled. If used, it will automatically
+ create a new glossary with the label <span
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and redefines
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype </span>to this label. (The file extensions are <span
class="cmtt-10">glg-abr</span><a
- id="dx1-4192"></a>,
+ id="dx1-4216"></a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">gls-abr</span><a
- id="dx1-4193"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-4217"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">glo-abr</span><a
- id="dx1-4194"></a>.) In addition, this option defines a shortcut
+ id="dx1-4218"></a>.) In addition, this option defines a shortcut
command
- <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4195"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1097--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4219"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printabbreviations[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1099--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -2003,67 +2278,65 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[type=\glsxtrabbrvtype,</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-
-
-
</div>
</div> If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4196"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+ id="dx1-4220"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
provide:
- <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4197"></a> <span
+ <!--l. 1106--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4221"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1034--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4198"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by
- </p><!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4199"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4222"></a>.
+ </p><!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by
+ </p><!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4223"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1040--><p class="noindent" >
- If this command is already defined, it’s left unchanged. Otherwise it’s defined
- to “Abbreviations” if <span
+ </p><!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" >
+ If this command is already defined, it’s left unchanged. Otherwise it’s defined to
+ “Abbreviations” if <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-4200"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if
- <span
+ id="dx1-4224"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-4201"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span
+ id="dx1-4225"></a> has
+ been loaded. However, if you’re using <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-4202"></a> it’s likely you
- will need to change this. (See <a
+ id="dx1-4226"></a> it’s likely you will need
+ to change this. (See <a
href="#sec:lang"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:lang </a><a
href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a> for further
details.)
- </p><!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a
+ </p><!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4203"></a> package option, the <span
+ id="dx1-4227"></a> package option, the <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span>
command won’t be defined (unless it’s defined by an included language file).
</div>
- </p><!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 1053--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
+ </p><!--l. 1125--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4204"></a> option is used and the <a
+ id="dx1-4228"></a> option is used and the <a
href="#styopt.acronym"><span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4205"></a> option provided by the
+ id="dx1-4229"></a> option provided by the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package hasn’t been used, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-4206"></a> will be set to
+ id="dx1-4230"></a> will be set to
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span><a
- id="dx1-4207"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span
+ id="dx1-4231"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-4208"></a> can be added
+ id="dx1-4232"></a> can be added
to the list of abbreviations. If you want acronyms in the <span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary and
other abbreviations in the <span
@@ -2075,27 +2348,29 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
\renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{main}
-</div>
- <!--l. 1063--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1137--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 1139--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <a
href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span
class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4209"></a>
+ id="dx1-4233"></a>
option (or associated commands) as the abbreviation mechanism is handled
differently with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.symbols"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-4210"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is passed to <span
+ id="dx1-4234"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define
- <!--l. 1072--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4211"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4235"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -2103,7 +2378,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1074--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -2123,39 +2398,44 @@
</div>
</div> Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-4212"></a> key is set to the ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-4236"></a> key is set to the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ not the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">symbol</span>⟩ as the symbol will
likely contain commands.
- <!--l. 1083--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ <!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4213"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+ id="dx1-4237"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
provide:
- </p><!--l. 1085--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4214"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4238"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1161--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4215"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4239"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.numbers"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a
- id="dx1-4216"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is passed to <span
+ id="dx1-4240"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define
- <!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4217"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1166--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4241"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1094--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
+
+
+
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span
@@ -2171,93 +2451,100 @@
class="cmtt-10">},type=numbers,category=number,</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-
-
-
</div>
</div>
- <!--l. 1101--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4218"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+ id="dx1-4242"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
provide:
- </p><!--l. 1103--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4219"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4243"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1105--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4220"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4244"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.acronyms"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-4221"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4245"></a> <span
class="cmbx-10">(or </span><a
id="styopt.acronym"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-4222"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">)</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is passed to <span
+ id="dx1-4246"></a><span
+class="cmbx-10">)</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4223"></a> is
- also loaded then this option will additionally provide:
- <!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4224"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4247"></a> is also loaded then this
+ option will additionally provide:
+ </p><!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4248"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4225"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span
+ id="dx1-4249"></a>.
+ </p><!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span
class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>not <span
class="cmtt-10">acronyms</span>. You
may find it easier to reference it with the command <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-4226"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4250"></a>.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.index"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-4227"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is passed to <span
+ id="dx1-4251"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4228"></a> is also loaded then this
+ id="dx1-4252"></a> is also loaded then this
option will additionally provide:
- <!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4229"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4253"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4230"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4254"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.shortcuts"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a
- id="dx1-4231"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Unlike the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn’t
- boolean but has multiple values:
+ id="dx1-4255"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn’t boolean
+ but has multiple values: </p>
+
+
+
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-4232"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4256"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a
- id="dx1-4233"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
+ id="dx1-4257"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>). Note that the
@@ -2273,13 +2560,14 @@
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-4234"></a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ id="dx1-4258"></a>.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1218--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-4235"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span
+ id="dx1-4259"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for
acronyms (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>) but uses the <span
@@ -2291,138 +2579,146 @@
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>rather than <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-
-
-
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-4236"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4260"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a
- id="dx1-4237"></a>):
- set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
+ id="dx1-4261"></a>): set the abbreviation
+ shortcuts provided by <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrshortcuts
</a><a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>.) These settings don’t switch on the acronym
shortcuts provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=other</span><a
- id="dx1-4238"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
+ id="dx1-4262"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
commands for abbreviations or the acronym shortcuts provided by
<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The “other” shortcuts are:
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The “other” shortcuts are: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1236--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4239"></a> equivalent to <span
+ id="dx1-4263"></a> equivalent to <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4240"></a>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ id="dx1-4264"></a>
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newsym</span><a
- id="dx1-4241"></a> equivalent to <span
+ id="dx1-4265"></a> equivalent to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-4242"></a> (see the <a
+ id="dx1-4266"></a> (see the <a
href="#styopt.symbols"><span
class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4243"></a>
+ id="dx1-4267"></a>
option).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1239--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newnum</span><a
- id="dx1-4244"></a> equivalent to <span
+ id="dx1-4268"></a> equivalent to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a
- id="dx1-4245"></a> (see the <a
+ id="dx1-4269"></a> (see the <a
href="#styopt.numbers"><span
class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4246"></a>
- option).</li></ul>
+ id="dx1-4270"></a>
+ option).</p></li></ul>
</li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
- id="dx1-4247"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4271"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4248"></a>): implements <a
+ id="dx1-4272"></a>): implements <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-4249"></a>,
+ id="dx1-4273"></a>,
<a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-4250"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-4274"></a> and <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=other</span><a
- id="dx1-4251"></a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ id="dx1-4275"></a>.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1247--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=none</span><a
- id="dx1-4252"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4276"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
- id="dx1-4253"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut
- commands (default).</li></ul>
- <!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a
+ id="dx1-4277"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut
+ commands (default).</p></li></ul>
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4254"></a> option <span
+ id="dx1-4278"></a> option <span
class="cmti-10">within the same option</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">list </span>will override each other.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1181--><p class="indent" > After the <span
+<!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" > After the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has been loaded, you can set available options
using
-</p><!--l. 1183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4255"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4279"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" >
The <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4256"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-4280"></a> and <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4257"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally,
+ id="dx1-4281"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally,
<a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4258"></a> can’t be used after <span
+ id="dx1-4282"></a> can’t be used after <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-4259"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4283"></a>.
</p>
-<!--l. 1190--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1264--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 1264--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a
id="sec:modifications"></a>Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles</h2>
</p>
-<!--l. 1193--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1267--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a
id="definingentries"></a>Defining Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 1269--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
id="dx1-6001"></a> which may be used in the <span
@@ -2431,10 +2727,10 @@
suppress the post-description hook. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another
command
-</p><!--l. 1199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-6003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" >
which has a similar function but only suppresses the post-description punctuation. It
doesn’t suppress the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>which allows the use of
@@ -2446,19 +2742,20 @@
post-description hook can counter-act the effect of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span>
using
-</p><!--l. 1210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-6004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1286--><p class="noindent" >
These commands have no effect outside of the glossary (except with standalone
entries that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, see <a
+class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, see
+<a
href="#sec:glossentry"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10.4
-</a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glossentry </a><a
href="#sec:glossentry">Standalone Entry Items<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glossentry --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 1217--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span
+</p><!--l. 1291--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to automatically produce an error if an entry is
undefined (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a
@@ -2467,39 +2764,49 @@
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><a
id="dx1-6006"></a> option into
account.
-</p><!--l. 1221--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
id="dx1-6007"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this
is <span
class="cmtt-10">general</span>. See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further information about categories.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further information about
+ categories.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
id="dx1-6008"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a
href="#sec:alias"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10.5 </a><a
-href="#sec:alias">Entry
- Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a> for further details.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:alias
+ </a><a
+href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a> for further details.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1303--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
id="dx1-6009"></a>, which performs much like <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-6010"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and
- “see also” treatment. See <a
+ “see also” treatment. See <a
href="#sec:see"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.3 </a><a
-href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for
- further details.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1233--><p class="noindent" >This apply to all entry defining commands (such as <span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:see </a><a
+href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see
+ also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for further details.</p></li></ul>
+
+
+
+<!--l. 1307--><p class="noindent" >This apply to all entry defining commands (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1236--><p class="indent" > The test file <span
+</p><!--l. 1310--><p class="indent" > The test file <span
class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a
mixture of <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
@@ -2515,10 +2822,7 @@
id="dx1-6014"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 1243--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1317--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12)
that doesn’t automatically insert
@@ -2525,11 +2829,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
\leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc
-</div>
-<!--l. 1247--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
-</p><!--l. 1249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1321--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
+</p><!--l. 1323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-6015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry*{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -2538,17 +2842,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1325--><p class="noindent" >
The <span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a
id="dx1-6016"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
+</p><!--l. 1329--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses:
-</p><!--l. 1258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-6017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1260--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1334--><p class="noindent" >
This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the
<span
class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example:
@@ -2556,12 +2860,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1266--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1340--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
suppress the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 1270--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span
+</p><!--l. 1344--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-6018"></a> package’s treatment of the
<span
@@ -2580,10 +2884,10 @@
singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-6022f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 1285--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span
+</p><!--l. 1359--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span>
to the description’s plural form.
-</p><!--l. 1288--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1362--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
id="dx1-6028"></a> command (defined through the <a
href="#styopt.index"><span
@@ -2593,21 +2897,22 @@
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
id="dx1-6030"></a>. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-6031"></a> command is modified
-to use the new abbreviation interface provided by <span
+ id="dx1-6031"></a> command is modified to use
+the new abbreviation interface provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations
</a><a
href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 1294--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1368--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-6032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1371--><p class="noindent" >
If ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is empty, <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the
@@ -2615,22 +2920,22 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that
need processing with an external indexing application.
-</p><!--l. 1303--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a
+</p><!--l. 1377--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
id="dx1-6033"></a> package option. Without
-the optional argument, it’s permitted with <a
+the optional argument, it’s required with <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-6034"></a>. With the optional
-argument, it’s only permitted with the default <a
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
+ id="dx1-6034"></a>. With the optional argument,
+it’s only permitted with the default <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=off</span><a
id="dx1-6035"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1308--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span
+</p><!--l. 1382--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩
and <span
@@ -2637,14 +2942,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.)
-</p><!--l. 1313--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩, you can’t define entries in the document
(even with the <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a
id="dx1-6036"></a> option). </div>
-</p><!--l. 1316--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1318--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a
+</p><!--l. 1390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1392--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a
id="dx1-6037"></a><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of
@@ -2662,18 +2967,18 @@
class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a
id="dx1-6040"></a>
option.
-</p><!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a
id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 1327--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span
+<!--l. 1401--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>where the mandatory
argument is a comma-separated list of labels:
-</p><!--l. 1330--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddeach[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -2680,7 +2985,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1406--><p class="noindent" >
This simply iterates over ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ and does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[</span>⟨<span
@@ -2689,7 +2994,7 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each entry in the
list.
-</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 1410--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>
automatically use <span
@@ -2701,7 +3006,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>etc).
-</p><!--l. 1341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -2711,7 +3016,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">glsadd options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1417--><p class="noindent" >
The optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>and indicates the label to use in
@@ -2726,61 +3031,63 @@
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>prepended to the
list.
-</p><!--l. 1351--><p class="indent" > For example, with:
+</p><!--l. 1425--><p class="indent" > For example, with:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat{hyperbf}{counter=chapter}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1354--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1428--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
\glsadd[format=hyperbf,counter=chapter]{sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1358--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1432--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include
them in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format list</span>⟩ (in which case, be sure to add both the start and end
formats).
-</p><!--l. 1363--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example:
+</p><!--l. 1437--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[dual.\glslabel]{hyperbf}{}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1366--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1440--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will now be equivalent to:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
\glsadd[format=hyperbf]{dual.sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1371--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1373--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1445--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1447--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat </span>is not applied to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>as it could cause an infinite
loop. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1376--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1378--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1450--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1452--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1455--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-7003"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing. (That is,
- it prevents <span
+ id="dx1-7003"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1455--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing. (That is, it
+ prevents <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or whatever from adding a line to the external glossary
file.) This is more useful than the <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
@@ -2793,71 +3100,75 @@
want to apply <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-7006"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them, you
- can use the <a
+ id="dx1-7006"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them,
+ you can use the <a
href="#catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
id="dx1-7007"></a> attribute, see <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
- Note that the <span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>
+ for further details.) Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
id="dx1-7008"></a> key isn’t available for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-7009"></a> (and <span
+ id="dx1-7009"></a>
+ (and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a
- id="dx1-7010"></a>)
- since the whole purpose of that command is to index an entry.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-7010"></a>) since the whole purpose of that command is to index
+ an entry.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a
- id="dx1-7011"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.14.) This is may only take the values <span
+ id="dx1-7011"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.14.) This is may only take the values <span
class="cmss-10">before </span>or <span
-class="cmss-10">after</span>. By
- default, commands that both index and display link text (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>), perform the indexing before the link text as the
- indexing creates a whatsit that can cause problems if it occurs after the
- link text. However, it may be that in some cases (such as long phrases) you
- may actually want the indexing performed after the link text. In this case
- you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this option
- doesn’t have an effect if the indexing has been suppressed through other
- settings (such as <span
+class="cmss-10">after</span>. By default,
+ commands that both index and display link text (such as <span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>
+ and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>), perform the indexing before the link text as the indexing
+ creates a whatsit that can cause problems if it occurs after the link text.
+ However, it may be that in some cases (such as long phrases) you may
+ actually want the indexing performed after the link text. In this case you
+ can use <span
+class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this option doesn’t
+ have an effect if the indexing has been suppressed through other settings
+ (such as <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
id="dx1-7012"></a>).
- <!--l. 1408--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
- </p><!--l. 1409--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 1482--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
+ </p><!--l. 1483--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1411--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1485--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrinitwrgloss}{%
-  <br /> \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{wrgloss}{after}%
-  <br /> {%
-  <br />   \glsxtrinitwrglossbeforefalse
-  <br /> }%
-  <br /> {%
-  <br />   \glsxtrinitwrglossbeforetrue
-  <br /> }%
-  <br />}
-</div>
- <!--l. 1423--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
- </p><!--l. 1426--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+  \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{wrgloss}{after}%
+  {%
+    \glsxtrinitwrglossbeforefalse
+  }%
+  {%
+    \glsxtrinitwrglossbeforetrue
+  }%
+ }
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1497--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
+ </p><!--l. 1500--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a
id="dx1-7014"></a> </div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1501--><p class="noindent" >
which is used to determine where to perform the indexing.
- </p><!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a
+ </p><!--l. 1504--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a
href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span
class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a
id="dx1-7015"></a> attribute to <span
@@ -2871,15 +3182,17 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span>.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a
- id="dx1-7018"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.21.) This is a boolean key. The default is <span
+ id="dx1-7018"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.21.) This is a boolean key. The default is <span
class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=true</span>,
which puts the hyperlink outside <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span>, so that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
- will effectively do <div class="alltt">
+ will effectively do </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink{</span>⟨<span
@@ -2910,6 +3223,9 @@
class="cmitt-10"> text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
class="cmsy-10">}</span>
+
+
+
</div>
</div> You can use the <a
href="#catattr.hyperoutside"><span
@@ -2925,10 +3241,10 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
\glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{hyperoutside}{false}
-</div>
- <!--l. 1457--><p class="nopar" > will set <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1531--><p class="nopar" > will set <span
class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=false </span>for all entries that are assigned to the category
<span
class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and
@@ -2936,10 +3252,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
\glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{textformat}{mathrel}
-</div>
- <!--l. 1462--><p class="nopar" > will use <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1536--><p class="nopar" > will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\mathrel </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>resulting in: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -2959,63 +3275,73 @@
id="dx1-7021"></a> key set to <span
class="cmtt-10">mathrelation</span>.
</dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a
- id="dx1-7022"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The
- command formed from this name must exist and must take one argument.
- (Use <span
-class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a
+ id="dx1-7022"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The command formed
+ from this name must exist and must take one argument. (Use <span
+class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for
+ default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a
href="#catattr.textformat"><span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a
- id="dx1-7023"></a>
- attribute and <span
+ id="dx1-7023"></a> attribute and
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span>. See the <span
class="cmss-10">soul</span><a
id="dx1-7024"></a> example in <a
href="#sec:glsunset"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.6 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glsunset </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">First Use
Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-7025"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Locally redefines <span
+ id="dx1-7025"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" >Locally redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span><a
id="dx1-7026"></a> to the given value. It should match the
prefix for the desired glossary.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">thevalue</span><a
- id="dx1-7027"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Explicitly set the location to this value (see below).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-7027"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" >Explicitly set the location to this value (see below).
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1558--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">theHvalue</span><a
- id="dx1-7028"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below).
+ id="dx1-7028"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1558--><p class="noindent" >Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below).
+</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span
+<!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
id="dx1-7029"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-7030"></a> etc with:
-</p><!--l. 1491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1565--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1567--><p class="noindent" >
For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1498--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1572--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want
the location added to the <a
id="dx1-7032"></a><a
@@ -3024,7 +3350,7 @@
argument of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1505--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span
+</p><!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span
class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and
<span
@@ -3035,18 +3361,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a
id="dx1-7034"></a>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 1511--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1513--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1515--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span
+</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1589--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-7035"></a>, you can instead use:
-</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 1591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1593--><p class="noindent" >
This has the advantage of also working for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you
want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly
@@ -3055,12 +3381,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
\backmatter
- <br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1526--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span
+\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1600--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1602--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-7036"></a> have star (<span
class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span
@@ -3070,7 +3396,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a
third modifier, if required, using
-</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
@@ -3077,7 +3403,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1534--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1608--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ is the character used as the modifier and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is the default set of
@@ -3084,19 +3410,19 @@
options (which may be overridden). Note that ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ must be a single character (not a
UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>).
-</p><!--l. 1541--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 1615--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1546--><p class="indent" > Example:
+</p><!--l. 1618--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1620--><p class="indent" > Example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1549--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1623--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s
not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do
@@ -3104,51 +3430,51 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
\gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1555--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1629--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you
can’t combine the <span
class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers.
-</p><!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
+</p><!--l. 1634--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
external glossary files:
-</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1564--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined.
(See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses
this hook to determine which entries haven’t been indexed.)
-</p><!--l. 1571--><p class="indent" > There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options
+</p><!--l. 1645--><p class="indent" > There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options
are set by the <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands:
-</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1648--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1576--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" >
(The base package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
id="dx1-7040"></a> that’s used immediately after the
options are set.)
-</p><!--l. 1580--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span
+</p><!--l. 1654--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpresetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1657--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpostsetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="noindent" >
For example, to default to using the <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
id="dx1-7043"></a> counter in maths mode:
@@ -3156,13 +3482,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
\renewcommand{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
- <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
- <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
- <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1595--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span
+ \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
+\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
+ \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1669--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span
class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
id="dx1-7044"></a> in the
optional argument of <span
@@ -3172,19 +3498,19 @@
href="#styopt.equations"><span
class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><a
id="dx1-7045"></a> package option.)
-</p><!--l. 1601--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument):
+</p><!--l. 1675--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
\renewcommand{\glslinkpostsetkeys}{%
- <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
- <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%
- <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1608--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1610--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span
+ \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
+\renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%
+ \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1682--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1684--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-7046"></a> and <span
@@ -3199,7 +3525,7 @@
id="dx1-7048"></a> keys is intended
primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can’t be obtained from
a counter.
-</p><!--l. 1619--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span
+</p><!--l. 1693--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-7049"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span
class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a
@@ -3212,12 +3538,12 @@
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩. In general,
there’s little need for this key as the prefix is typically associated with a counter that
can be used to form hypertargets.
-</p><!--l. 1627--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 1701--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-7052"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application
that will accept the given value. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1630--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1632--><p class="indent" > For example, <span
+</p><!--l. 1704--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1706--><p class="indent" > For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-7053"></a> will only accept locations in the form [⟨<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span
@@ -3238,10 +3564,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
\glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary Material}]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1642--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1716--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a
id="dx1-7055"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, since it will allow any location and
@@ -3256,24 +3582,24 @@
id="dx1-7058"></a> key to prevent a
hyperlink if one can’t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location
value.
-</p><!--l. 1651--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span
+</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span
class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
- <br />\renewcommand{\thepage}{S.\arabic{page}}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />First page.
- <br />\newpage
- <br />\gls{sample}.
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1666--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
+\renewcommand{\thepage}{S.\arabic{page}}
+\begin{document}
+First page.
+\newpage
+\gls{sample}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1740--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-7059"></a> to <span
@@ -3283,24 +3609,24 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />Some \gls{sample} text.
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1685--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
+\begin{document}
+Some \gls{sample} text.
+\printglossaries
+\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1759--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-7060"></a> as it’s in the form ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sep</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 1689--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
+</p><!--l. 1763--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
<a
href="#catattr.externallocation"><span
class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a
@@ -3309,21 +3635,21 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
\glssetcategoryattribute{supplemental}{externallocation}{suppl.pdf}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,
- <br /> name={sample},description={an example}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1697--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,
+ name={sample},description={an example}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1771--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span
class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
\glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1701--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1775--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-7062"></a> package. Remember that the counter
used for the location also needs to match. If <span
@@ -3339,14 +3665,14 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-7064"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1711--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span
+</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span
class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the
relevant place in the external PDF file <span
class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not
support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1716--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1718--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span
+</p><!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1792--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span>
are in the same directory, then viewing <span
@@ -3354,7 +3680,7 @@
take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2
external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked
document.
-</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" > This method can only be used where there is one external source for the
+</p><!--l. 1799--><p class="indent" > This method can only be used where there is one external source for the
designated category (identified by the <a
href="#catattr.externallocation"><span
class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a
@@ -3368,103 +3694,90 @@
of the designated external documents without the need to explicitly use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a
id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</h3>
-<!--l. 1736--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span
+<!--l. 1810--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>,
-where the <span
+ id="dx1-8001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with
+<span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, where the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8002"></a> value is simply used to directly write a line to the corresponding
-glossary file and is then discarded. This is why the <span
+ id="dx1-8002"></a> value is simply used to directly write a line to the
+corresponding glossary file and is then discarded. This is why the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8003"></a> key can’t be used
-before <span
+ id="dx1-8003"></a> key
+can’t be used before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8004"></a> (since the file hasn’t been opened yet). It’s also the
-reason why the <span
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8005"></a> key doesn’t have any effect when used in entries that
-are defined in the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-8006"></a><a
- id="dx1-8007"></a> environment. Since the value isn’t saved, it’s
-not available when the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file is created at the end of the document
-and so isn’t available at the start of the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-8008"></a><a
- id="dx1-8009"></a> environment on the next
-run.
-</p><!--l. 1749--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span
+ id="dx1-8004"></a> (since the file hasn’t been opened
+yet).
+</p><!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide
-</p><!--l. 1750--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8010"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 1752--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" >
which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused
cross-references unless the package option <a
href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8011"></a> was set to false.
-</p><!--l. 1757--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span
+ id="dx1-8006"></a> was set to false.
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 1826--><p class="indent" > Note that even though the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8012"></a> key will now work for entries
-defined in the <span
+ id="dx1-8007"></a> key will now work for entries defined in the
+<span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-8013"></a><a
- id="dx1-8014"></a> environment, but it’s still best to define entries in the
-preamble, and the <span
+ id="dx1-8008"></a><a
+ id="dx1-8009"></a> environment, it’s still best to define entries in the preamble, and
+the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8015"></a> key still can’t perform any indexing before the file has been
-opened by <span
+ id="dx1-8010"></a> key still can’t perform any indexing before the file has been opened
+by <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Note that <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.24 introduced the <a
href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span
class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8016"></a>
+ id="dx1-8011"></a>
package option, which can be used to suppress the error when the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8017"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8012"></a> key
is used before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>, so <a
href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span
class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ignore</span><a
- id="dx1-8018"></a> will allow the <span
+ id="dx1-8013"></a> will allow the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8019"></a>
+ id="dx1-8014"></a>
value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that
point.
-</p><!--l. 1768--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
+</p><!--l. 1837--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
entry using
-</p><!--l. 1770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1841--><p class="noindent" >
This internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1843--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseeformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1776--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1845--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ are obtained from the value of the entry’s <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8022"></a> field (if
+ id="dx1-8017"></a> field (if
non-empty). By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span
@@ -3473,17 +3786,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span>,
which is how the cross-reference is displayed in the <a
- id="dx1-8023"></a><a
+ id="dx1-8018"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. Note that
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>does nothing if the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8024"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by
+ id="dx1-8019"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" > As with the base <span
+</p><!--l. 1854--><p class="indent" > As with the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8025"></a> package, <span
+ id="dx1-8020"></a> package, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is defined to do <span
class="cmtt-10">\emph{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span
@@ -3494,30 +3807,30 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The third argument is always ignored and is present for
<span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8026"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated
+ id="dx1-8021"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated
location. The command
-</p><!--l. 1791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 1860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a
- id="dx1-8027"></a><span
+ id="dx1-8022"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1792--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1861--><p class="noindent" >
used to iterate over the list of cross-reference labels is also unchanged from
the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8028"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according
+ id="dx1-8023"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according
to:
-</p><!--l. 1797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 1866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitem</span><a
- id="dx1-8029"></a><span
+ id="dx1-8024"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1798--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1867--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8030"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-8025"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink[\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span
@@ -3529,46 +3842,45 @@
</div> So the actual formatting for each cross-referenced entry is performed by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span><a
- id="dx1-8031"></a>, which is redefined by <span
+ id="dx1-8026"></a>, which is redefined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-8032"></a>, as described in <a
+ id="dx1-8027"></a>, as described in
+<a
href="#sec:modifications"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2
-</a><a
-href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>. This now displays the value of the
-<span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:modifications </a><a
+href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>. This now
+displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-8033"></a> field for abbreviations and the value of the <span
+ id="dx1-8028"></a> field for abbreviations and the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-8034"></a> field otherwise. There’s no
-indication of the entry hierarchy, which could confuse the reader. Therefore, as from
-
-
-
-<span
+ id="dx1-8029"></a> field
+otherwise. There’s no indication of the entry hierarchy, which could confuse
+the reader. Therefore, as from <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-8035"></a> v1.37, there are some new commands that include the hierarchical
-information. You may prefer to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>to use one of this if you
-have sub-entries. For example:
+ id="dx1-8030"></a> v1.37, there are some new
+commands that include the hierarchical information. You may prefer to
+redefine <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>to use one of this if you have sub-entries. For
+example:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsxtrhiername{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1816--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1885--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1890--><p class="noindent" >
to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8037"></a> key or <span
+ id="dx1-8032"></a> key or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>). This
was originally defined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span
@@ -3577,19 +3889,19 @@
cross-reference to match the way the term appears in the glossary. Unfortunately this
caused a problem when the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-8038"></a> field was sanitized, which used to be the default
+ id="dx1-8033"></a> field was sanitized, which used to be the default
setting, so <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0 changed the default definition of this command to
use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>instead. Since the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-8039"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-8034"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-8040"></a> field are quite often
+ id="dx1-8035"></a> field are quite often
the same, this change usually doesn’t have a noticeable effect. However,
now that the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-8041"></a> field is no longer sanitized (following the redesign of
+ id="dx1-8036"></a> field is no longer sanitized (following the redesign of
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.0) it makes more sense to restore this command to its original
behaviour, but to take account of abbreviations <span
@@ -3599,50 +3911,51 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%
- <br /> \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1840--><p class="nopar" > (Note that as from <span
+ \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1909--><p class="nopar" > (Note that as from <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>version 1.42, this now uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname </span>instead of just referencing the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-8042"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-8037"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-8043"></a> fields. This helps to ensure
+ id="dx1-8038"></a> fields. This helps to ensure
that any formatting is correctly applied.)
-</p><!--l. 1846--><p class="indent" > If you want to restore the <span
+</p><!--l. 1915--><p class="indent" > If you want to restore the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1849--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1851--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1918--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1920--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-8044"></a> package provides <span
+ id="dx1-8039"></a> package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span><a
- id="dx1-8045"></a> and its case-changing
+ id="dx1-8040"></a> and its case-changing
variants that may be used within the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>if required.
These display the hierarchy for sub-entries rather than just the name, which may be
more helpful in cross-references.
-</p><!--l. 1856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8046"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1858--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1927--><p class="noindent" >
performs a recursive action:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8048x1">If the entry given by ⟨<span
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8043x1">
+ <!--l. 1930--><p class="noindent" >If the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a parent, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">parent</span>
@@ -3650,84 +3963,85 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>is done followed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span>then:
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8050x2">If the entry given by ⟨<span
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8045x2">
+ <!--l. 1933--><p class="noindent" >If the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is an abbreviation (that is, it has the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-8051"></a> field
+ id="dx1-8046"></a> field
set) then the short form is displayed (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>) otherwise the
name is displayed (using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span>).</li></ol>
-<!--l. 1869--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span>).</p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 1938--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated
by:
-</p><!--l. 1871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8052"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1873--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1942--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to “ <span
class="cmmi-9">⊳ </span>”. This can be redefined as appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 1877--><p class="indent" > There are some case-changing variants:
-</p><!--l. 1878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8053"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1946--><p class="indent" > There are some case-changing variants:
+</p><!--l. 1947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1880--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1949--><p class="noindent" >
The top-level has the first letter changed to upper case (either <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span>). There’s no case-change for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 1885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8054"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrhiername{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1956--><p class="noindent" >
All levels have the first letter changed to upper case (either <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8055"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1962--><p class="noindent" >
The top-level is converted to upper case (either <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span>).
There’s no case-change for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 1898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8056"></a> <span
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 1967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSXTRhiername{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1900--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="noindent" >
All levels are converted to upper case (either <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span>).
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 1904--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a
- id="dx1-8057"></a>number list using <a
+</p><!--l. 1973--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a
+ id="dx1-8052"></a>number list using <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8058"></a>. This
+ id="dx1-8053"></a>. This
will automatically prevent the cross-references from being displayed. The
<a
href="#styopt.seeautonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8059"></a> package option will automatically enable the <a
- id="dx1-8060"></a>number list for entries
+ id="dx1-8054"></a> package option will automatically enable the <a
+ id="dx1-8055"></a>number list for entries
that have the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8061"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a
- id="dx1-8062"></a>number
+ id="dx1-8056"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a
+ id="dx1-8057"></a>number
list.
-</p><!--l. 1911--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
+</p><!--l. 1980--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For
example:
@@ -3735,22 +4049,22 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{%
- <br /> \ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
- <br /> {, \glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
- <br /> {}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1920--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a
- id="dx1-8063"></a><a
+ \ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
+ {, \glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
+ {}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1989--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a
+ id="dx1-8058"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been
suppressed.
-</p><!--l. 1924--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span
+</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8064"></a> key. Unlike <span
+ id="dx1-8059"></a> key. Unlike <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8065"></a>, this doesn’t have an
+ id="dx1-8060"></a>, this doesn’t have an
optional part for the textual tag. The syntax <span
class="cmtt-10">seealso={</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr-labels</span>⟩<span
@@ -3761,76 +4075,76 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>but the
information is stored in a separate field. If you need a different tag, use the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8066"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8061"></a> key
instead (or redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described
below).
-</p><!--l. 1932--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span
+</p><!--l. 2001--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8067"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8062"></a> key
using:
-</p><!--l. 1934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8068"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1936--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2005--><p class="noindent" >
This works in much the same way as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8069"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 2008--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1941--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{%
- <br /> \ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
- <br /> {, \glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
- <br /> {}%
- <br /> \ifglshasfield{seealso}{\glscurrententrylabel}
- <br /> { (\glsxtruseseealso{\glscurrententrylabel})}%
- <br /> {}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1952--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1954--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ \ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
+ {, \glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifglshasfield{seealso}{\glscurrententrylabel}
+ { (\glsxtruseseealso{\glscurrententrylabel})}%
+ {}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2021--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2023--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-8070"></a> key only contains a single label not a list, but if you want to ensure
+ id="dx1-8065"></a> key only contains a single label not a list, but if you want to ensure
consistent formatting with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso </span>you can use
(from v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 1957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8071"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusealias{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1959--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1961--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 2028--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2030--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>⟩ stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8072"></a> field
+ id="dx1-8067"></a> field
can be accessed with:
-</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8073"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 2032--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1965--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="noindent" >
This will just expand to the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>⟩ provided in the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8074"></a> key. There’s
+ id="dx1-8069"></a> key. There’s
no corresponding command to access the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8075"></a> field. If you really need to access it, you
+ id="dx1-8070"></a> field. If you really need to access it, you
can use commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse</span>, but remember that it may start with
<span
@@ -3838,10 +4152,10 @@
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can’t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated
list.
-</p><!--l. 1973--><p class="indent" > As mentioned above, the base <span
+</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" > As mentioned above, the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a
- id="dx1-8076"></a>, which
+ id="dx1-8071"></a>, which
requires a comma-separated list of labels as the argument. The argument isn’t fully
expanded, so it’s not suitable to use, for example, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>⟨<span
@@ -3849,25 +4163,25 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>as
the argument. For convenience, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides
-</p><!--l. 1978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8077"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1980--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" >
which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1983--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2052--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8078"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
-</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8079"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-8073"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
+</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexseealso{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1986--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="noindent" >
which just does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -3884,42 +4198,42 @@
</div> unless the <a
href="#styopt.xindy"><span
class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8080"></a> option is used with <span
+ id="dx1-8075"></a> option is used with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8081"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
+ id="dx1-8076"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
<span
class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead.
-<!--l. 1995--><p class="indent" > The command that produces this “see also” text is
-</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8082"></a> <span
+<!--l. 2064--><p class="indent" > The command that produces this “see also” text is
+</p><!--l. 2065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2067--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname</span><a
- id="dx1-8083"></a> (provided by language packages) is defined then <span
+ id="dx1-8078"></a> (provided by language packages) is defined then <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>will
simply be defined to <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>otherwise it will be defined to <span
class="cmtt-10">see also</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="indent" > The language-sensitive <span
+</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" > The language-sensitive <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>is used by general indexing packages, such as
<span
class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a
- id="dx1-8084"></a>, so if you redefine <span
+ id="dx1-8079"></a>, so if you redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>the change will apply to normal indexes as well
as glossaries. If you only want to change the text produced by the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8085"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8080"></a> key
without affecting general indexing (with <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span>) then redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a
id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2013--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
+<!--l. 2082--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at
that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant
@@ -3930,7 +4244,7 @@
it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry
format.
-</p><!--l. 2020--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
+</p><!--l. 2089--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-9002"></a>) used in the <a
id="dx1-9003"></a>link-text by commands like
@@ -3953,35 +4267,39 @@
entries, which are determined as follows:
</p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2097--><p class="noindent" >If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-9010"></a> attribute set (see <a
+ id="dx1-9010"></a> attribute set
+ (see <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6
- </a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>), the entry is considered a regular entry, even if it has a value
- for the <span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>), the entry is considered a regular entry,
+ even if it has a value for the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-9011"></a> key. In this case <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>
+ uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-9012"></a>
- (provided by <span
+ id="dx1-9012"></a> (provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>), which uses the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-9013"></a> (or <span
+ id="dx1-9013"></a> (or
+ <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-9014"></a>) value on <a
id="dx1-9015"></a><a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first
- use</a> and the <span
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
id="dx1-9016"></a> (or <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-9017"></a>) value on subsequent use.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">An entry that doesn’t have a value for the <span
+ id="dx1-9017"></a>) value on subsequent
+ use.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" >An entry that doesn’t have a value for the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-9018"></a> key is assumed to
be a regular entry, even if the <a
@@ -3993,42 +4311,45 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-9020"></a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">If an entry does has a value for the <span
+
+
+
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >If an entry does has a value for the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-9021"></a> key and hasn’t been marked as
- a regular entry through the <a
+ id="dx1-9021"></a> key and hasn’t been marked
+ as a regular entry through the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-9022"></a> attribute, it’s not considered a regular
-
-
-
- entry. In this case <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
+ id="dx1-9022"></a> attribute, it’s not considered
+ a regular entry. In this case <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-9023"></a> (defined by
- <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) which is governed by the abbreviation style (see <a
+ id="dx1-9023"></a>
+ (defined by <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) which is governed by the abbreviation style
+ (see <a
href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.2
- </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrstyle </a><a
href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>).
+</p>
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2051--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
+<!--l. 2120--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style.
-</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span
+</p><!--l. 2124--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-9024"></a> now puts <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a
id="dx1-9025"></a> in the argument of
the new command
-</p><!--l. 2057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2059--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" >
This just does its argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. This means that if you want regular
entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then
@@ -4041,15 +4362,15 @@
href="#catattr.textformat"><span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a
id="dx1-9028"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2071--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2140--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the
category:
@@ -4056,11 +4377,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
- <br /> \glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2077--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
+ \glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2146--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
<span
class="cmtt-10">font</span>:
@@ -4067,34 +4388,34 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{font}{sf}
- <br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
- <br /> \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2085--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example:
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
+ \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2154--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{textformat}{textsf}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2089--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2158--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2092--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
+</p><!--l. 2161--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>:
-</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" >
This also just does its argument by default. Font changes made by abbreviation styles
are within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2169--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information
after the <a
@@ -4103,29 +4424,29 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined
to
-</p><!--l. 2103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" >
This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
id="dx1-9032"></a> attribute
is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do
-</p><!--l. 2109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2180--><p class="noindent" >
if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and
-</p><!--l. 2113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2115--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" >
if a full stop has been discarded.
-</p><!--l. 2118--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
+</p><!--l. 2187--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
attribute) to determine whether or not to discard a following full stop. In which case
you can redefine:
-</p><!--l. 2121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span
@@ -4132,7 +4453,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2123--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" >
You can access the field’s label using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. This command should do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the
@@ -4143,12 +4464,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod}[2]{#2}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2130--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2199--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
attributes will be checked.)
-</p><!--l. 2134--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span
+</p><!--l. 2203--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the
post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like
@@ -4157,11 +4478,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>(<a
href="#sec:nested"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.8 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2139--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2141--><p class="indent" > By default <span
+</p><!--l. 2208--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="indent" > By default <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
@@ -4173,7 +4495,7 @@
id="dx1-9037"></a> category, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been
defined.)
-</p><!--l. 2146--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span
+</p><!--l. 2215--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span>, for
example:
@@ -4180,13 +4502,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
- <br /> \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2152--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2221--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
@@ -4193,7 +4515,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -4207,7 +4529,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 2164--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
+<!--l. 2233--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
@@ -4222,18 +4544,18 @@
adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional
material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be
reinserted.
-</p><!--l. 2177--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
+</p><!--l. 2246--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
the post-<a
id="dx1-9041"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks:
-</p><!--l. 2179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >
This will add the description in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-9043"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2184--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
+</p><!--l. 2253--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-9044"></a>first
use for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
@@ -4242,24 +4564,24 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinksymbol}{%
- <br />  \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2191--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+  \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2260--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2264--><p class="noindent" >
This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-9047"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. (Does nothing if
the symbol hasn’t been set.)
-</p><!--l. 2199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >
(New to v1.31.) On <a
id="dx1-9049"></a>first use, this will append <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span
@@ -4268,7 +4590,7 @@
symbol is defined otherwise it just appends <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
+</p><!--l. 2276--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-9050"></a> within the post-<a
@@ -4277,7 +4599,7 @@
id="dx1-9052"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have
been unset. Instead you can use
-</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span
@@ -4284,7 +4606,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2281--><p class="noindent" >
This will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the last used entry was the <a
id="dx1-9054"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it
@@ -4295,7 +4617,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a
id="dx1-9055"></a>link-text
hook.
-</p><!--l. 2220--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 2289--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-9056"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
@@ -4318,8 +4640,8 @@
id="dx1-9063"></a>first use otherwise
the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2229--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2231--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
+</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
id="dx1-9064"></a>link-text
on <a
id="dx1-9065"></a>first use for the <span
@@ -4329,13 +4651,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
- <br />  \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2237--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2239--><p class="indent" > The <a
+  \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2306--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-9067"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a
@@ -4342,22 +4664,23 @@
id="dx1-9068"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the
footnote after trailing punctuation characters.
-</p><!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a
id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2247--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a
+<!--l. 2316--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a
id="dx1-10001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you may find it more convenient to use the record
-count commands described in <a
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you may find it more convenient to use the record count
+commands described in <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 2251--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2320--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
id="dx1-10002"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
@@ -4365,45 +4688,47 @@
id="dx1-10003"></a>
attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a
+class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see
+<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6
-</a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2257--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
+</p><!--l. 2326--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
\glsenableentrycount
-</div>
-<!--l. 2260--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2329--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
\glsenableentrycount
- <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2265--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2334--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-10004"></a> category, but any
entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged.
-</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
+</p><!--l. 2339--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
described in <a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7.1 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycount </a><a
href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a
id="sec:glsunset"></a>First Use Flag</h3>
-<!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 2345--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 2278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 2347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-11001"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -4413,7 +4738,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2348--><p class="noindent" >
to determine whether or not an entry has been used. This requires the entry to have
been defined. If the entry is undefined, then the underlying boolean variable doesn’t
exist and so is neither true nor false. This command will produce an error with the
@@ -4432,7 +4757,7 @@
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ will be performed if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t
exist.
-</p><!--l. 2290--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</p><!--l. 2359--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-11004"></a> option automatically implements <a
@@ -4445,7 +4770,7 @@
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. In this case, you may prefer
to use:
-</p><!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -4454,7 +4779,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >
(new to v1.34) which does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is undefined or if
@@ -4461,31 +4786,32 @@
the entry is marked as unused. Remember that neither <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused </span>nor
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined </span>should be used in the post-link hook as the
-<a
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined </span>should be used in the post-link hook as the <a
id="dx1-11008"></a><a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have already been unset before the hook is performed.
-(Instead, <span
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
+flag</a> will have already been unset before the hook is performed. (Instead,
+<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><a
id="dx1-11009"></a> should be used, see <a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.4 </a><a
-href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style
-Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
-</p><!--l. 2306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entryfmtmods </a><a
+href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display
+Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
+</p><!--l. 2375--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2377--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 2310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2312--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2381--><p class="noindent" >
These behave like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>but the argument is a
@@ -4493,7 +4819,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 2316--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span
+</p><!--l. 2385--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is modified first to allow for the
changing in entry counting, described above, but also to allow for buffering pending
unsets when commands like <span
@@ -4506,18 +4832,18 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
\ul{Some text about \gls{html}.}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2325--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2394--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
Glossary entry `{html}' has not been defined.
-</div>
-<!--l. 2329--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2398--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span> inside the argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\mbox</span>. For
example:
@@ -4525,27 +4851,27 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
\ul{Some text about \mbox{\gls{html}}.}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2334--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2403--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
first use flag causes a problem and results in the error:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
! Package soul Error: Reconstruction failed.
-</div>
-<!--l. 2340--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2409--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of temporarily switching off <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>
so that it just makes a note of the entry’s label but doesn’t actually perform the
change:
-</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2415--><p class="noindent" >
The unstarred version doesn’t check for duplicates, so the internal list may
end up with multiple occurrences of the same label. The starred version
only adds a label to the internal list if it’s not already in it. Note that this
@@ -4553,12 +4879,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and does not affect the local
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2354--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span
+</p><!--l. 2423--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and unset all buffered labels using:
-</p><!--l. 2356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2427--><p class="noindent" >
The starred form <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering* </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>instead. For
@@ -4567,84 +4893,84 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
- <br />\usepackage{soul}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
- <br />\ul{Some text about \mbox{\gls{html}}.}
- <br />\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
- <br />Next use: \gls{html}.
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2377--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{soul}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\begin{document}
+\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
+\ul{Some text about \mbox{\gls{html}}.}
+\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
+Next use: \gls{html}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2446--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
using
-</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2449--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2451--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument (which is the entry label).
This is best used with the starred version <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering* </span>to avoid
duplicates.
-</p><!--l. 2387--><p class="indent" > You can discard the buffer and restore <span
+</p><!--l. 2456--><p class="indent" > You can discard the buffer and restore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>to its normal behaviour with
(new to v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2393--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until
+</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2462--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span>, multiple references of the same term within the
buffering zone will always be treated as first use (if the term wasn’t used before the
buffering started). </div>
-</p><!--l. 2399--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span
+</p><!--l. 2468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2470--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span
class="cmtt-10">\mbox </span>can’t break across a
line so you may end up with an overfull line or excessive white space within the
paragraph.
-</p><!--l. 2405--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
+</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
- <br />\ul{Some text about \protect\gls{html}.}
- <br />\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
-</div>
-<!--l. 2410--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another
+\ul{Some text about \protect\gls{html}.}
+\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2479--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another
possibility is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
- <br />\usepackage{soul}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
- <br />\newrobustcmd{\gul}[1]{%
- <br />  {%
- <br />   \def\glsxtrabbreviationfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
- <br />   \def\glsxtrregularfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
- <br />   #1%
- <br />  }%
- <br />}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\ul{Some text about }\gls[textformat=gul]{html}.
- <br />Next use: \gls{html}.
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2433--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span
+\usepackage{soul}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newrobustcmd{\gul}[1]{%
+  {%
+   \def\glsxtrabbreviationfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
+   \def\glsxtrregularfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
+   #1%
+  }%
+}
+\begin{document}
+\ul{Some text about }\gls[textformat=gul]{html}.
+Next use: \gls{html}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2502--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>outside of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>and uses <span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span><a
@@ -4659,7 +4985,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gul</span>, which locally changes the regular
font and the default abbreviation font to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\ul</span>. It then uses
-</p><!--l. 2440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
@@ -4666,7 +4992,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2511--><p class="noindent" >
which (protected) fully expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ before applying ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩, which must be a control
@@ -4678,12 +5004,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>can’t deal with. For example, if an abbreviation style is used
that contains complex formatting or if the field value contains problematic
content.
-</p><!--l. 2452--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2452--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a
id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 2454--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
+<!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are
plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies,
sheep). The <span
@@ -4697,7 +5023,7 @@
the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the
singular.
-</p><!--l. 2463--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
+</p><!--l. 2532--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-12003"></a> package lets the <span
@@ -4713,11 +5039,11 @@
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-12007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the
exceptions.
-</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span
+</p><!--l. 2541--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-12008"></a> field will always need to
be supplied, where needed.
-</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2544--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-12009"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
@@ -4727,11 +5053,12 @@
you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to
supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the
context).
-</p><!--l. 2481--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span
+</p><!--l. 2550--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-12012"></a> package follows these rules: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">If <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2553--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-12013"></a> is missing, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to the <span
@@ -4763,8 +5090,9 @@
id="dx1-12024"></a> field) with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>appended.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">If the <span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2563--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
id="dx1-12025"></a> field is missing, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to
@@ -4773,8 +5101,9 @@
id="dx1-12026"></a> field, if the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
id="dx1-12027"></a> field has been supplied.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">If the <span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2567--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-12028"></a> field is missing then, <span
class="cmti-10">with the base </span><span
@@ -4787,8 +5116,9 @@
id="dx1-12030"></a> is appended to the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-12031"></a> field.
+</p>
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2504--><p class="indent" > This <span
+<!--l. 2573--><p class="indent" > This <span
class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the
<span
@@ -4803,12 +5133,15 @@
implemented, <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to
use
-</p><!--l. 2512--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-12035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2514--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their
+
+
+
own command for the plural suffix, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix</span>, so if you want to
completely strip all the plural suffixes used for abbreviations then you need to
@@ -4819,10 +5152,7 @@
the style. Redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix </span>will have no affect, since it’s not used by the
new abbreviation mechanism.
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 2524--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
+</p><!--l. 2593--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
@@ -4832,10 +5162,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
'\abbrvpluralsuffix
-</div>
-<!--l. 2529--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2598--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second
attribute is <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
@@ -4846,12 +5176,12 @@
same as <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-12039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a
id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3>
-<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
+<!--l. 2607--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-13001"></a> in the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -4864,22 +5194,23 @@
For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an
abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext
Markup Language.
-</p><!--l. 2546--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
+</p><!--l. 2615--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
\newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{Server Side Includes}
- <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext Markup Language}
- <br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2552--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2554--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext Markup Language}
+\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2621--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2623--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13006x1"><a
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13006x1">
+ <!--l. 2625--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nestedfirstucprob"></a> The first letter upper casing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-13007"></a>, won’t work for the
@@ -4892,10 +5223,11 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
\gls{\uppercase ssi} enabled \gls{html}
-</div>
- <!--l. 2562--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2631--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this
will effectively try to do
@@ -4902,10 +5234,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
\uppercase{\gls{ssi}} enabled \gls{html}
-</div>
- <!--l. 2567--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2636--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised.
This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as
<span
@@ -4912,8 +5244,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a
id="dx1-13009"></a>.
</p></li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13011x2"><a
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13011x2">
+ <!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nonexpandprob"></a> The long and abbreviated forms accessed through <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a
id="dx1-13012"></a> and
@@ -4921,16 +5254,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a
id="dx1-13013"></a> are no longer expandable and so can’t be used be used in
contexts that require this, such as PDF bookmarks.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13015x3"><a
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13015x3">
+ <!--l. 2646--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nestedsortprob"></a> The nested commands may end up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-13016"></a> key, which will confuse the
indexing.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13018x4"><a
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13018x4">
+ <!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob"></a> The <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces inconsistent results depending on whether the <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi</span>
@@ -4943,18 +5278,19 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
This section discusses \gls{ssi}, \gls{html} and \gls{shtml}.
-</div>
- <!--l. 2586--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 2589--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
- markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div>
- <!--l. 2592--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2655--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 2658--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
+ markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-13019"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”.
- </p><!--l. 2595--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is
@@ -4964,21 +5300,21 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
The sample files are either \gls{html} or \gls{shtml}, but let's
-  <br />first discuss \gls{ssi}.
-</div>
- <!--l. 2601--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
+ first discuss \gls{ssi}.
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2670--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s
- first discuss SSI.</p></div>
- <!--l. 2609--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ first discuss SSI.</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 2678--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-13020"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange.
- </p><!--l. 2613--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two
entries:
@@ -4985,20 +5321,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
This article is an introduction to \gls{shtml}.
-</div>
- <!--l. 2617--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
- enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div>
- <!--l. 2623--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2686--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 2689--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
+ enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 2692--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-13021"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more
strange.
- </p><!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2696--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example:
@@ -5006,10 +5342,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-</div>
- <!--l. 2632--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2701--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the
long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so
@@ -5021,7 +5357,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">html </span>by
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>.
- </p><!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>
entry. For example:
@@ -5029,13 +5365,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
\gls{shtml} ... \glsreset{html}\gls{shtml}
-</div>
- <!--l. 2644--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2713--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”,
which is downright weird.
- </p><!--l. 2648--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
+ </p><!--l. 2717--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem
for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span
@@ -5043,8 +5379,9 @@
id="dx1-13023"></a>),
this will produce an odd result.
</p></li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13025x5"><a
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13025x5">
+ <!--l. 2723--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:indexingprob"></a> Each time the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used, the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry will also be indexed and
@@ -5055,9 +5392,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">html</span>
entries. This kind of duplication in the location list isn’t usually particularly
helpful to the reader.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13028x6"><a
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13028x6">
+ <!--l. 2729--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nestedhyplinkprob"></a> If <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-13029"></a> is in use, you’ll get nested hyperlinks and there’s no consistent way
@@ -5067,8 +5405,9 @@
HTML (SHTML)” link, they may be directed to the HTML entry
in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the
glossary.
+</p>
</li></ol>
-<!--l. 2669--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
+<!--l. 2738--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
id="dx1-13031"></a> or <span
@@ -5080,23 +5419,23 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
\newacronym
- <br /> [description={\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}]
- <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2677--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+ [description={\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}]
+ {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2746--><p class="nopar" > with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
\newabbreviation
- <br /> [description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}]
- <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2683--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+ [description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}]
+ {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2752--><p class="nopar" > with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t
use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
@@ -5107,7 +5446,7 @@
id="dx1-13034"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed
above.
-</p><!--l. 2690--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2759--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>:
@@ -5114,17 +5453,17 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
- <br />\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side includes}
- <br />\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}
- <br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi} enabled
- <br />\glsabbrvfont{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2699--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
+\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side includes}
+\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi} enabled
+\glsabbrvfont{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2768--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same
style.
-</p><!--l. 2704--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span
+</p><!--l. 2773--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-13035"></a> in a field that may be included
within some <a
@@ -5145,19 +5484,19 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2715--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2784--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}} enabled
- <br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2720--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a
+{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2789--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a
href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a
href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a
href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems <a
@@ -5173,7 +5512,7 @@
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13040"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2731--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2800--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
id="dx1-13041"></a> or
<span
@@ -5208,10 +5547,10 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
\newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2744--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2813--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-13047"></a> style) the <a
@@ -5221,20 +5560,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled
- <br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
-</div>
-<!--l. 2750--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
+{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2819--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
\newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled
- <br />\glsxtrshort{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2755--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
+\glsxtrshort{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2824--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
id="dx1-13049"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like:
@@ -5241,11 +5580,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled
- <br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
-</div>
-<!--l. 2760--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
+{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2829--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in
this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The
@@ -5256,8 +5595,8 @@
id="dx1-13051"></a>. Note
that <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style.
-</p><!--l. 2768--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use:
-</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2837--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use:
+</p><!--l. 2838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -5264,7 +5603,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2771--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2840--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span
@@ -5274,39 +5613,40 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (e.g. <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
-</p><!--l. 2777--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2845--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
+</p><!--l. 2846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2779--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and
-</p><!--l. 2781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2786--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ commands described
in <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a
-href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> but the post-link
-hook is also suppressed and extra grouping is added. It automatically sets
-<span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle </a><a
+href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> but
+the post-link hook is also suppressed and extra grouping is added. It automatically
+sets <span
class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
id="dx1-13055"></a> to <span
class="cmtt-10">false </span>and <span
@@ -5314,38 +5654,38 @@
id="dx1-13056"></a> to <span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 2793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2795--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
\glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2799--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2868--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested
links.
-</p><!--l. 2804--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
+</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
command:
-</p><!--l. 2806--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2808--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" >
which by default just does
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2812--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2881--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the
glossary. For example:
@@ -5352,40 +5692,40 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
\renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2817--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2819--><p class="indent" > For example,
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2886--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2888--><p class="indent" > For example,
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2822--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2891--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
{\let\glspostlinkhook\relax
- <br /> \glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2828--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
+ \glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2897--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
{\let\glspostlinkhook\relax
- <br /> \glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2834--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
-</p><!--l. 2837--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ \glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2903--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
+</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent
to
@@ -5392,14 +5732,14 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
{\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2841--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2910--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a
href="#catattr.headuc"><span
class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13059"></a> attribute.)
-</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" > If <span
+</p><!--l. 2913--><p class="indent" > If <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-13060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
@@ -5406,8 +5746,8 @@
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩
(<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example).
-</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands
-</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2917--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands
+</p><!--l. 2918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrp{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -5414,9 +5754,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2920--><p class="noindent" >
for first letter upper case and
-</p><!--l. 2853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrp{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -5423,9 +5763,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >
for all upper case.
-</p><!--l. 2858--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2927--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-13063"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a
@@ -5437,8 +5777,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-13066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used
by those case-changing commands. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a
+</p><!--l. 2933--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2935--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a
href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the
start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing
commands like <span
@@ -5445,54 +5785,54 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" > If you <span
+</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="indent" > If you <span
class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi} enabled
- <br />\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2876--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
-</p><!--l. 2879--><p class="indent" > Example document:
+\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2945--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
+</p><!--l. 2948--><p class="indent" > Example document:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
\documentclass{report}
- <br />\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
- <br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
- <br />\usepackage{slantsc}
- <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
- <br />\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
- <br />\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side includes}
- <br />\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}
- <br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsps{ssi} enabled {}\glsps{html}}
- <br />\pagestyle{headings}
- <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{headuc}{true}
- <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{glossdesc}{title}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\tableofcontents
- <br />\chapter{\glsfmtfull{shtml}}
- <br />First use: \gls{shtml}, \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}.
- <br />Next use: \gls{shtml}, \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}.
- <br />\newpage
- <br />Next page.
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2917--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" >
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{slantsc}
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
+\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side includes}
+\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsps{ssi} enabled {}\glsps{html}}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{headuc}{true}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{glossdesc}{title}
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+\chapter{\glsfmtfull{shtml}}
+First use: \gls{shtml}, \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}.
+Next use: \gls{shtml}, \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}.
+\newpage
+Next page.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2986--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9 </span> <a
id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2922--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 2991--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and
@@ -5502,21 +5842,22 @@
id="dx1-14001"></a> to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(see <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a
-href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>). The
-simplest way to update a document that uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>from <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations
+</a><a
+href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>). The simplest way to update a document that uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>from
<span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is do just add
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2930--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2999--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
id="dx1-14002"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
@@ -5550,41 +5891,41 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
id="dx1-14013"></a> etc.
-</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="indent" > For example, the following document using just <span
+</p><!--l. 3010--><p class="indent" > For example, the following document using just <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[acronym,nopostdot,toc]{glossaries}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\setacronymstyle{long-short}
- <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{html}
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2952--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span
+\usepackage[acronym,nopostdot,toc]{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+\setacronymstyle{long-short}
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{html}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3021--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
- <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{html}
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2964--><p class="nopar" > Table <a
+\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{html}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3033--><p class="nopar" > Table <a
href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the
predefined acronym styles provided by <span
@@ -5591,15 +5932,16 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but note that the new styles use
different formatting commands. See <a
href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.4 </a><a
-href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles">Predefined Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefabbrvstyles --></a> for further
-details.
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:predefabbrvstyles </a><a
+href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles">Predefined
+Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefabbrvstyles --></a> for further details.
</p>
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 2971--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 3040--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -5618,39 +5960,39 @@
class="cmti-10">new-style-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-140141 -->
<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+
><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col
id="TBL-2-1" /><col
id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2978--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2979--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td10"><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
id="dx1-14015"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14016"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2981--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a
id="dx1-14017"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2981--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a
id="dx1-14018"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
id="dx1-14019"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-14020"></a> <br
@@ -5667,64 +6009,64 @@
class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a
id="dx1-14021"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-14022"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-14023"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-14024"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-14025"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-14026"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14027"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14028"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14029"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14030"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14031"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14032"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14033"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14034"></a> <br
@@ -5741,100 +6083,100 @@
class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14035"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14036"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14037"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14038"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14039"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14040"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
id="dx1-14041"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
id="dx1-14042"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14043"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14044"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
id="dx1-14045"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-14046"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a
id="dx1-14047"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-14048"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a
id="dx1-14049"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-14050"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14051"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14052"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14053"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14054"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14055"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14056"></a> </p></td></tr></table></div>
@@ -5843,7 +6185,7 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 3006--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
+<!--l. 3075--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are
@@ -5852,13 +6194,13 @@
However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-14057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" >
(before any use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-</p><!--l. 3018--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 3087--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same
@@ -5868,7 +6210,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span
@@ -5880,27 +6222,28 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-14061"></a> as it will cause unexpected results.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 3030--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3032--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a
-document that uses <span
+</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3101--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span
+class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a document
+that uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-14062"></a>, then it’s best to either stick with just
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for that document or define an equivalent abbreviation style with
-<span
+ id="dx1-14062"></a>, then it’s best to either stick with just <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for that
+document or define an equivalent abbreviation style with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-14063"></a>. (See <a
+ id="dx1-14063"></a>.
+(See <a
href="#sec:newabbrvstyle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.5 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:newabbrvstyle </a><a
href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further
details.)
-</p><!--l. 3039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-14064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="noindent" >
The space command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
@@ -5907,14 +6250,14 @@
id="dx1-14065"></a> acronym style provided
by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses
-</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-14066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" >
instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be
changed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span
+</p><!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a
id="dx1-14067"></a> (such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
@@ -5926,18 +6269,18 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3056--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3058--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3125--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="indent" > The <a
id="dx1-14069"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 3059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" >
is redefined to use the <a
id="dx1-14070"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a
@@ -5944,12 +6287,12 @@
id="dx1-14071"></a>.
This will be reset if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3066--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 3067--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 3135--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
+</p><!--l. 3136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="noindent" >
is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a
id="dx1-14072"></a>.
@@ -5956,10 +6299,10 @@
This will be reset if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
</p>
-<!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3143--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10 </span> <a
id="glossaries"></a>Glossaries</h3>
-<!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
id="dx1-15001"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -5969,24 +6312,25 @@
be used with the <a
href="#catattr.targeturl"><span
class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a
- id="dx1-15002"></a> attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See <a
+ id="dx1-15002"></a> attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See
+<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6
-</a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) As from v1.12 both the starred and unstarred version
-check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package omits this
-check.)
-</p><!--l. 3085--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
-</p><!--l. 3086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) As from v1.12 both the starred and
+unstarred version check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+package omits this check.)
+</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
+</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-15003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >
which will only define the glossary if it doesn’t already exist. This also has a starred
version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span
+</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
id="dx1-15004"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
@@ -5995,7 +6339,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have extra keys:
</p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3167--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">target</span><a
id="dx1-15006"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic
hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span
@@ -6006,8 +6351,9 @@
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a
id="dx1-15007"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span
@@ -6017,8 +6363,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span>
this doesn’t affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-15008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span
@@ -6032,8 +6379,9 @@
id="dx1-15010"></a>
key in commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3185--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">label</span><a
id="dx1-15011"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span
@@ -6046,15 +6394,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>to the glossary’s TOC title (to provide text for
<span
class="cmtt-10">\nameref</span>). You can also set the label before the glossary using:
- <!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-15012"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 3190--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-15012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3192--><p class="noindent" >
but take care of duplicate labels if it’s not scoped.
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3196--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">groups</span><a
id="dx1-15013"></a>. This is a boolean key (new to v1.44) designed for use with
<span
@@ -6064,7 +6413,7 @@
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>.
- <!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" >If true (default), group formation (group header and group skip) will be
+ </p><!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" >If true (default), group formation (group header and group skip) will be
attempted if the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
id="dx1-15014"></a> key has been defined and set. Note that some styles
@@ -6074,7 +6423,8 @@
there will be no visual separation regardless of style or the group skip
setting.
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3210--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">leveloffset</span><a
id="dx1-15015"></a>. This key (new to v1.44) is designed for use with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>
@@ -6084,7 +6434,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>.
- <!--l. 3146--><p class="noindent" >The value may either be a simple integer ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 3215--><p class="noindent" >The value may either be a simple integer ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ to indicate assignment or in the
form <span
class="cmtt-10">++</span>⟨<span
@@ -6094,22 +6444,26 @@
class="cmmi-10">N </span>more than it would normally be (where <span
class="cmmi-10">N </span>is
the level offset). For example, a top-level entry (that is, an entry without a
+
+
+
parent) would normally have a hierarchical level of 0. With a level offset of 1,
it would be treated by the glossary style as though it was actually a
level 1 entry. (Remember that some styles don’t support hierarchical
glossaries.)
- </p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group formation (if supported) will still occur between entries
+ </p><!--l. 3226--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group formation (if supported) will still occur between entries
that don’t have a parent, regardless of the level offset. This can cause odd
- results.</p></li></ul>
-
-
-
-<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" >
+ results but can be switched off with <span
+class="cmss-10">groups</span><a
+ id="dx1-15016"></a>. See <a
+href="https://dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-inner" >Gallery: Inner or Nested
+ Glossaries</a> for an example.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.1 </span> <a
id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h4>
-<!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 3236--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-16001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the
<span
@@ -6121,10 +6475,11 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These modifications are described in more detail
in <a
href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:stylemods </a><a
href="#x1-190002.10.1">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3172--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3243--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-16003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first
checking if <span
@@ -6145,7 +6500,7 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title
using
-</p><!--l. 3184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-16006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -6152,18 +6507,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3186--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3257--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3190--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3261--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
use
-</p><!--l. 3193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-16007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -6170,12 +6525,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3197--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3266--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3268--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a
id="x1-170002.10.1"></a>Style Hooks</h5>
-<!--l. 3200--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span
+<!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-17001"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
@@ -6191,14 +6546,15 @@
id="dx1-17005"></a> and <a
href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-17006"></a> attributes
-(see <a
+ id="dx1-17006"></a> attributes (see
+<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This means you can make simple font or case-changing
modifications to the name and description without defining a new glossary
style.
-</p><!--l. 3207--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.42.) The command <span
+</p><!--l. 3278--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.42.) The command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
id="dx1-17007"></a> is modified to take into
account the <a
@@ -6229,12 +6585,12 @@
class="cmti-10"> code</span>⟩ part is robust and deals with the actual typesetting of the symbol.
The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">PDF</span>⟩ part is simply:
-<!--l. 3220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 3291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3293--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined to just do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -6245,7 +6601,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol </span>to use a more appropriate field. (If you do redefine this
command, remember that it needs to fully expand.)
-</p><!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" > For example, if you are using <span
+</p><!--l. 3300--><p class="indent" > For example, if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-17014"></a>, you could use the <span
class="cmss-10">symbolaccess</span><a
@@ -6255,10 +6611,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
\renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentrysymbolaccess{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3233--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3304--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a
id="dx1-17016"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you can use the TeX parser library to
@@ -6270,11 +6626,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
  replicate-fields={symbol=user1},
- <br />  interpret-fields={user1}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3240--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span
+  interpret-fields={user1}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3311--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
id="dx1-17018"></a> field, so you can then
do:
@@ -6282,17 +6638,17 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
\renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentryuseri{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3245--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> with this method.) This allows
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3316--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> with this method.) This allows
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>to be used in a section heading with standalone definitions.
-</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span
+</p><!--l. 3321--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-17019"></a>, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 3252--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -6299,7 +6655,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3254--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves just like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys <a
href="#catattr.glossname"><span
@@ -6320,17 +6676,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">description</span>). See the key to field mappings table in the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user
manual.
-</p><!--l. 3263--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
+</p><!--l. 3334--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-17024"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-17025"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3338--><p class="noindent" >
By default this checks the <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
@@ -6337,7 +6693,7 @@
id="dx1-17027"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed
using
-</p><!--l. 3272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 3343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a
id="dx1-17028"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -6346,12 +6702,13 @@
class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span
class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3344--><p class="noindent" >
See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:autoindex </a><a
href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 3277--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span
+</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span
@@ -6366,12 +6723,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space
- <br /> (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3288--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3359--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 3361--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
@@ -6378,7 +6735,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3292--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -6392,23 +6749,23 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3299--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
-</p><!--l. 3300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 3370--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
+</p><!--l. 3371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3302--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" >
(before <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩) to allow for additional non-category related code.
This does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 3307--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
+</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
does
-</p><!--l. 3309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3311--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3382--><p class="noindent" >
This occurs before the original <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
@@ -6416,7 +6773,7 @@
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-17033"></a>
option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3316--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
+</p><!--l. 3387--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists, where
⟨<span
@@ -6430,7 +6787,7 @@
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-17035"></a>. For
convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
@@ -6437,7 +6794,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3396--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -6451,19 +6808,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3332--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
+<!--l. 3403--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set
-</p><!--l. 3333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3406--><p class="noindent" >
to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these
post-description hooks if you need to reference the label.
-</p><!--l. 3340--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
+</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-17038"></a> category, then you could
@@ -6472,14 +6829,14 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space
- <br /> (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3346--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
+ (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3417--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the
underlying glossary style.)
-</p><!--l. 3351--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
+</p><!--l. 3422--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if
you redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span
@@ -6491,7 +6848,8 @@
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a
id="dx1-17039"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a
href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:stylemods </a><a
href="#x1-190002.10.1">The
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a> to patch the predefined styles provided by <span
@@ -6498,20 +6856,20 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
that are missing <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3360--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3362--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3431--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3433--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a
id="x1-180002.10.1"></a>Number List</h5>
-<!--l. 3365--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+<!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" >The <a
id="dx1-18001"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of
-</p><!--l. 3366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="noindent" >
This is internally used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
@@ -6522,7 +6880,7 @@
id="dx1-18004"></a>number list, but it
still saves the <a
id="dx1-18005"></a>number list in case it’s required.
-</p><!--l. 3374--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a
+</p><!--l. 3445--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a
id="dx1-18006"></a>number list always use the <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
@@ -6529,13 +6887,13 @@
id="dx1-18007"></a> option
instead of redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="indent" > For example, to change the font for the entire <a
+</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" > For example, to change the font for the entire <a
id="dx1-18008"></a>number list redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3384--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a
+</p><!--l. 3455--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a
id="dx1-18009"></a>number list. This
is quite fiddly to do with the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span
@@ -6542,7 +6900,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a
way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display
using:
-</p><!--l. 3389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">page</span>⟩<span
@@ -6549,7 +6907,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">pages</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3391--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3462--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">page</span>⟩ is the text to display if the <a
id="dx1-18011"></a>number list only contains a single location and
@@ -6559,28 +6917,28 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: }
-</div>
-<!--l. 3397--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
-</p><!--l. 3400--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3468--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
+</p><!--l. 3471--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span
class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span
class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page
number (and only index the entry once). </div>
-</p><!--l. 3403--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3405--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 3474--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3407--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
+</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
id="dx1-18012"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty
location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 3482--><p class="indent" > <a
id="dx1-18013"></a><a
href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use
-</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
@@ -6591,7 +6949,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3415--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3486--><p class="noindent" >
This command is provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check
@@ -6600,8 +6958,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to
obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting
command.
-</p><!--l. 3422--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
-</p><!--l. 3423--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3493--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
+</p><!--l. 3494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
@@ -6608,9 +6966,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3425--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3496--><p class="noindent" >
otherwise it uses
-</p><!--l. 3427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
@@ -6617,11 +6975,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3500--><p class="noindent" >
for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩)
or
-</p><!--l. 3432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendloc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
@@ -6628,14 +6986,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3505--><p class="noindent" >
for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 3438--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in
-</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3509--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in
+</p><!--l. 3510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3512--><p class="noindent" >
and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span
@@ -6646,9 +7004,9 @@
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
(If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span
class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
+</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
does
-</p><!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
@@ -6655,7 +7013,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3453--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3524--><p class="noindent" >
(which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span
@@ -6669,34 +7027,34 @@
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
and then sets <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty.
-</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="indent" > This means that the list
+</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="indent" > This means that the list
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{(textbf}{1},
- <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
- <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 3465--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3536--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
- <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
- <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 3471--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3542--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
accommodate the ranges.
-</p><!--l. 3475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a
id="x1-190002.10.1"></a>The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h5>
-<!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span
+<!--l. 3549--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-19001"></a> that
@@ -6708,12 +7066,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3487--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span
+\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3558--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span
class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing ⟨<span
@@ -6725,11 +7083,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3495--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a
+\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3566--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-19003"></a> key when you load <span
@@ -6743,10 +7101,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
\usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3502--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3573--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-19005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package
@@ -6755,19 +7113,19 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
\usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3507--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3578--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
\usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3511--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3513--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3582--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
id="dx1-19006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
provided by the <span
@@ -6792,7 +7150,7 @@
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a
id="dx1-19009"></a> option, but the post-description
category hook can still be used.
-</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3598--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-19010"></a><a
id="dx1-19011"></a>-like styles, such as <span
@@ -6819,15 +7177,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, you must also
reset the glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span
+</p><!--l. 3609--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span
class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a
id="dx1-19016"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in many of
the predefined styles is replaced with
-</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3614--><p class="noindent" >
This just defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example:
@@ -6834,33 +7192,33 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3548--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3619--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3621--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-19018"></a> styles use
-</p><!--l. 3551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3553--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 3555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3557--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3628--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
+</p><!--l. 3631--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
by:
-</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3564--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3635--><p class="noindent" >
for the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-19022"></a> and <span
@@ -6868,7 +7226,7 @@
id="dx1-19023"></a> styles (but not the <span
class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
id="dx1-19024"></a> variations).
-</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="indent" > For just the <span
+</p><!--l. 3639--><p class="indent" > For just the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-19025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span
class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
@@ -6878,12 +7236,12 @@
variations) the <a
id="dx1-19028"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> for child entries is followed by
-</p><!--l. 3571--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3642--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3573--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3644--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to a full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3576--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span
+</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a
id="dx1-19030"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start
of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should
@@ -6890,14 +7248,14 @@
take into account situations where <span
class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the
document.
-</p><!--l. 3581--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a
+</p><!--l. 3652--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
id="dx1-19031"></a>) is now given by:
-</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3585--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\indexspace </span>with penalties to deter page breaks. This command
isn’t used if <a
@@ -6904,7 +7262,7 @@
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
id="dx1-19033"></a> is set.
-</p><!--l. 3590--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-19034"></a> package introduced new commands in v4.22, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><a
@@ -6927,7 +7285,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-19038"></a>
defines:
-</p><!--l. 3603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -6935,7 +7293,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 3605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3676--><p class="noindent" >
which simply does <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -6946,17 +7304,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt </span>all in terms of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3611--><p class="indent" > This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only
+</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only
need to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>, but if you only want to redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>without affecting the other two commands, then you now
can.
-</p><!--l. 3617--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups without headers is given by:
-</p><!--l. 3618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups without headers is given by:
+</p><!--l. 3689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3620--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a
id="dx1-19041"></a> without penalties. This command isn’t
@@ -6967,17 +7325,17 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeheadergroupskip </span>in v1.42 as they are inappropriate when there’s no
header.)
-</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from
+</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from
v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 3627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3629--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span>with penalties to deter page breaks after the
group heading.
-</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" > The styles that display the group titles now use:
-</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3704--><p class="indent" > The styles that display the group titles now use:
+</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreePreHeader{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -6984,7 +7342,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3636--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the group label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is the group title. This does nothing by
@@ -6996,319 +7354,355 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
\renewcommand{\glstreePreHeader}[2]{%
- <br /> \pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3646--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span
+ \pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3717--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>helps to provide
unique bookmark labels in the event of multiple glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 3651--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3722--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
+ id="dx1-19045"></a> package provides the commands
+</p><!--l. 3723--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19046"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 3727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19047"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3729--><p class="noindent" >
+(which both default to a space) and uses them in the <span
+class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
+ id="dx1-19048"></a>-like styles, but not for the
+<span
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
+ id="dx1-19049"></a> style. The <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
+ id="dx1-19050"></a> package modifies the <span
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
+ id="dx1-19051"></a> style so that it
+has equivalent hooks:
+</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19052"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreepredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3736--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 3738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19053"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreechildpredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3740--><p class="noindent" >
+These do nothing by default.
+</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-19045"></a>-like and <span
+ id="dx1-19054"></a>-like and <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19046"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a
- id="dx1-19047"></a><a
+ id="dx1-19055"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a
+ id="dx1-19056"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> space with
-</p><!--l. 3653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19048"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3655--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 3657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19049"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3659--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span
+</p><!--l. 3754--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package also provides:
-</p><!--l. 3664--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19050"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3756--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3666--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3758--><p class="noindent" >
which is used by the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-19051"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
+ id="dx1-19060"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
description and the post-description hook. Similarly for the symbol:
-</p><!--l. 3670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19052"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3672--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" >
The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don’t have the name or
symbol displayed for the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-19053"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child
+ id="dx1-19062"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child
description:
-</p><!--l. 3676--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19054"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3678--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3680--><p class="indent" > For the <span
+</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3772--><p class="indent" > For the <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19055"></a> styles (but not the <span
+ id="dx1-19064"></a> styles (but not the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-19056"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-19065"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19057"></a> styles), the description is
+ id="dx1-19066"></a> styles), the description is
displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19058"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3684--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" >
and the symbol with:
-</p><!--l. 3686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19059"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" >
Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The child entries
use:
-</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19060"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19069"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3693--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" >
for the description and
-</p><!--l. 3695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19061"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" >
for the symbol. As from version 1.41, there are now wrapper commands
for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc </span>that check for the description
-
-
-
and symbol to determine what separator to use before the page list. These
are:
-</p><!--l. 3703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19062"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeDescLoc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3797--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19063"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3799--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeChildDescLoc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3801--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 3712--><p class="indent" > If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span
+</p><!--l. 3804--><p class="indent" > If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>
or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation</span>, respectively. Otherwise, both will use (from
v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 3715--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19064"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3717--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3809--><p class="noindent" >
The default is a space. This means that you could have, say, a comma followed by a
space for terms that are simply an alias, but just have a space for terms that have a
description that ends with a full stop (or that just have a symbol without a
description) where the comma would be inappropriate.
-</p><!--l. 3724--><p class="indent" > Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that
+</p><!--l. 3816--><p class="indent" > Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that
caused the name to run into the location list if there was no symbol and no
description.
-</p><!--l. 3728--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span
+</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some
additional commands for use with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19065"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
+ id="dx1-19074"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
commands are only defined if the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19066"></a> package has already been loaded,
+ id="dx1-19075"></a> package has already been loaded,
which is typically the case unless the <a
href="#styopt.notree"><span
class="cmss-10">notree</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19067"></a> option has been used when loading
+ id="dx1-19076"></a> option has been used when loading
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19068"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3738--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" >
(New to version 1.21.) This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19069"></a>) but
+ id="dx1-19078"></a>) but
performs a global assignment.
-</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19070"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3745--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>but performs a protected expansion on ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. This has a
localised effect. For a global setting, use
-</p><!--l. 3749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19071"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" >
The following only set the value if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is wider than the current value (new to
version 1.23). Local update:
-</p><!--l. 3754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19072"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19081"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3756--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >
Global update:
-</p><!--l. 3758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19073"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3760--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3852--><p class="noindent" >
Locale update (expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩):
-</p><!--l. 3762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19074"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3854--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="noindent" >
Global update (expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩):
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19075"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19084"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3768--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
-</p><!--l. 3772--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19076"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
+</p><!--l. 3864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19085"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3774--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >
for the top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3776--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19077"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19086"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3870--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the level number.
-</p><!--l. 3781--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a
- id="dx1-19078"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a
+ id="dx1-19087"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can use the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span>
which will try to determine the widest name of all the selected entries. This isn’t
guaranteed to work as it may depend on fonts or commands that <a
- id="dx1-19079"></a><span
+ id="dx1-19088"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>
can’t replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just consist of text,
and can be more efficient than iterating over all the defined entries using
TeX.
-</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" > The command <span
+</p><!--l. 3881--><p class="indent" > The command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19080"></a> has a
+ id="dx1-19089"></a> has a
CamelCase synonym:
-</p><!--l. 3791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19081"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19090"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3885--><p class="noindent" >
Similar commands are also provided:
-</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19082"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19091"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3797--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="noindent" >
This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only
useful if the glossaries that use the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19083"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
+ id="dx1-19092"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. (Alternatively,
place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the
next run.)
-</p><!--l. 3805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19084"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19093"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3807--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-19085"></a> key. This is useful if
+ id="dx1-19094"></a> key. This is useful if
all levels should have the same width for the name.
-</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19086"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19095"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3906--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19087"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19096"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels
as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored.
-</p><!--l. 3825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19088"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19097"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3827--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19089"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19098"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7315,26 +7709,23 @@
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3834--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3926--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length
of the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 3839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19090"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19099"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19091"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19100"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7344,22 +7735,22 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3940--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a
- id="dx1-19092"></a><a
+ id="dx1-19101"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
This requires <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-19093"></a> (see the <span
+ id="dx1-19102"></a> (see the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual). The length of
the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>⟩ and the length of the widest <a
- id="dx1-19094"></a>number
+ id="dx1-19103"></a>number
list is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19095"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19104"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7369,11 +7760,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19096"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19105"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7380,62 +7771,62 @@
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the
symbol. The length of the widest <a
- id="dx1-19097"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-19106"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 3871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19098"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19107"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3966--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3878--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a
- id="dx1-19099"></a>number list is governed by
-</p><!--l. 3880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19100"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a
+ id="dx1-19108"></a>number list is governed by
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19109"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3882--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19101"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19110"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3886--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3978--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span
+</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19102"></a>
+ id="dx1-19111"></a>
style:
-</p><!--l. 3891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19103"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19112"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3895--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
+</p><!--l. 3985--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
is provided by the length
-</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19104"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19113"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3901--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span
+</p><!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3993--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19105"></a> style,
+ id="dx1-19114"></a> style,
see the documented code (<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). See also the
accompanying sample files <span
@@ -7447,11 +7838,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 3908--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4000--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 4000--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a
id="newglossarystyles"></a>New Glossary Styles</h2>
-</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with some new styles. The associated style
package needs to be loaded. This can be done with <span
class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>but it’s simpler to
@@ -7460,11 +7851,11 @@
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-20001"></a> option.
</p>
-<!--l. 3915--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
id="x1-210003.1"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 3918--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span
+<!--l. 4010--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has a new supplementary package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-21001"></a>
@@ -7480,12 +7871,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}
- <br />\setglossarystyle{bookindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3928--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a
+\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}
+\setglossarystyle{bookindex}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4020--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-21004"></a> and <span
@@ -7495,10 +7886,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
\usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3932--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4024--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-21006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level,
level 1 and level 2). It’s primarily designed for use with <a
@@ -7516,20 +7907,20 @@
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-21009"></a> package
option.)
-</p><!--l. 3943--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by
-</p><!--l. 3944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by
+</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to 2.
-</p><!--l. 3949--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span
+</p><!--l. 4041--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span
class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
id="dx1-21011"></a><a
id="dx1-21012"></a> environment. If the command
-</p><!--l. 3951--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3953--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4045--><p class="noindent" >
isn’t empty then it’s supplied as the optional argument following <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\begin{multicols}</span></span></span>
<span
@@ -7542,26 +7933,26 @@
class="cmss-10">multicols*</span><a
id="dx1-21016"></a><a
id="dx1-21017"></a> by redefining
-</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3959--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4051--><p class="noindent" >
For example
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv}{multicols*}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3963--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3965--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using
-</p><!--l. 3966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4055--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4057--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using
+</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3968--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4060--><p class="noindent" >
where the entry is identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7572,47 +7963,47 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
- <br /> \glossentryname{#1}%
- <br /> \ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space (\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3977--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
+ \glossentryname{#1}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space (\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4069--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
- <br /> \glossentryname{#1}%
- <br /> \ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space \glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3984--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
-</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
+ \glossentryname{#1}%
+ \ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space \glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4076--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
+</p><!--l. 4079--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ hook to append
information after the name according to the entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 3991--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using
-</p><!--l. 3992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4083--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using
+</p><!--l. 4084--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4086--><p class="noindent" >
which just defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3997--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
+</p><!--l. 4089--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
by
-</p><!--l. 3999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4001--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4093--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This checks if the <span
class="cmtt-10">location </span>field has been set. If it
@@ -7621,10 +8012,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
,\glsxtrprelocation
-</div>
-<!--l. 4007--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4099--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>). If you’re not
using <a
@@ -7633,19 +8024,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, the <span
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
id="dx1-21023"></a> field won’t be set.
-</p><!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4014--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4104--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4016--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4108--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4019--><p class="indent" > The actual location list is encapsulated with:
-</p><!--l. 4020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4111--><p class="indent" > The actual location list is encapsulated with:
+</p><!--l. 4112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -7652,9 +8043,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4114--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 4024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsublocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -7661,27 +8052,27 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4026--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4118--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries. These both just do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location list</span>⟩ by default.
-</p><!--l. 4029--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 4121--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
by
-</p><!--l. 4031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4033--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4125--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopagebreak</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
by
-</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4040--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbetween{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span
@@ -7688,7 +8079,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4138--><p class="noindent" >
This comes after the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label1</span>⟩, if the entry has no children, or after the
last descendent otherwise, so it always comes immediately before the entry given by
@@ -7695,8 +8086,8 @@
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label2</span>⟩ unless the entry occurs at the start of a group. This does nothing by
default.
-</p><!--l. 4053--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4054--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4145--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span
@@ -7703,9 +8094,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4056--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4148--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4150--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span
@@ -7712,9 +8103,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4153--><p class="noindent" >
At the end of each letter group, the following hooks are done in order:
-</p><!--l. 4064--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">sub-sub-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -7722,25 +8113,25 @@
-</p><!--l. 4066--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4067--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">sub-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4069--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4161--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sub-sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 2 entry, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the
last level 1 entry and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 0 entry.
-</p><!--l. 4078--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span
+</p><!--l. 4170--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">seealso=omit </span>instructs <a
id="dx1-21035"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -7756,28 +8147,28 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup}[1]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
- <br />}
- <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexbetween}[2]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{#1}%
- <br />}%
- <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup}[1]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubsubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
- <br />}
- <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween}[2]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{#1}%
- <br />}
- <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup}[1]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}%
- <br />  {\glstreeitem\hspace*{40pt}\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
- <br />}
- <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween}[2]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4108--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
+  \glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexbetween}[2]{%
+  \glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{#1}%
+}%
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup}[1]{%
+  \glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubsubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween}[2]{%
+  \glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{#1}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup}[1]{%
+  \glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}%
+  {\glstreeitem\hspace*{40pt}\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween}[2]{%
+  \glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4200--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span>to indent the cross-reference
according to the next level down, so the cross-reference for a top-level entry is aligned
@@ -7787,7 +8178,7 @@
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-21036"></a>
style only supports a maximum of two sub-levels).
-</p><!--l. 4119--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4211--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-21037"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a
id="dx1-21038"></a><a
@@ -7796,7 +8187,7 @@
it with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch.) The heading will use
-</p><!--l. 4122--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">group title</span>⟩<span
@@ -7803,7 +8194,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4124--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4216--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>has been defined, this will use that command to bookmark the
group title. If <a
@@ -7815,24 +8206,24 @@
isn’t appropriate. If <span
class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>hasn’t been defined, this command does
nothin.
-</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 4133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to
+</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">group title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexformatheader}[1]{%
- <br />  \par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4141--><p class="nopar" > where <span
+  \par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4233--><p class="nopar" > where <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>is provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-21042"></a> package, which is
@@ -7839,7 +8230,7 @@
automatically loaded. Note that the entry names aren’t encapsulated with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4147--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4239--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-21043"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that
aren’t used by default, but may be used when adjusting the style. These commands
@@ -7847,43 +8238,43 @@
class="cmtt-10">\print</span><span
class="cmtt-10">…glossary </span>commands. (That is, they
should only be used in glossary styles.)
-</p><!--l. 4152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4154--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="noindent" >
This writes information to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that can be read on the next run to obtain
the first and last entry on each page of the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4159--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 4161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
+</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4163--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="noindent" >
and the last entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 4166--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4168--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" >
These do nothing if there are no entries marked on the current page (or if the
document build isn’t up to date).
-</p><!--l. 4172--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using:
-</p><!--l. 4173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using:
+</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4175--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="noindent" >
for the first instance and
-</p><!--l. 4177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="noindent" >
for the last.
-</p><!--l. 4182--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
+</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
number is stable. For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname </span>can be redefined to mark the
current entry:
@@ -7891,13 +8282,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{#1}%
- <br />  \glossentryname{#1}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4190--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
+  \glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{#1}%
+  \glossentryname{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4282--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname </span>as it defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>:
@@ -7905,13 +8296,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubname}[1]{%
- <br />  \glossentryname{#1}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4198--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span
+  \glossentryname{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4290--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span
class="cmss-10">fancyhdr</span><a
id="dx1-21049"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last
entry for the current page with:
@@ -7919,21 +8310,21 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
  \pagestyle{fancy}%
- <br />  \lhead{\thepage}%
- <br />  \lfoot{\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark}%
- <br />  \cfoot{}%
- <br />  \rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 4208--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" >
+  \lhead{\thepage}%
+  \lfoot{\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark}%
+  \cfoot{}%
+  \rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4300--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
id="x1-220003.2"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 4213--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span
+<!--l. 4305--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a
@@ -7951,10 +8342,10 @@
id="dx1-22006"></a><a
id="dx1-22007"></a> instead. In order to do this you must
use
-</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmti-10">before the style is set</span>. For example:
@@ -7961,129 +8352,122 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
- <br />\setglossarystyle{long-name-desc}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4227--><p class="nopar" > or
+\setglossarystyle{long-name-desc}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4319--><p class="nopar" > or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
- <br />\printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}]
-</div>
-<!--l. 4232--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
-</p><!--l. 4235--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+\printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4324--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
+</p><!--l. 4327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraTabularVAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4237--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4329--><p class="noindent" >
The default definition is <span
class="cmtt-10">c</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4240--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4332--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4243--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" >
which simply does <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4338--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a
id="dx1-22011"></a> and the column alignment is
given by:
-</p><!--l. 4248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to <span
class="cmtt-10">l </span>(left) by default.
-</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a
id="dx1-22013"></a> and
the column alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4257--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4349--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to <span
class="cmtt-10">c </span>(centred) by default.
-</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4352--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a
id="dx1-22015"></a>
and the column alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
>{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4268--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4360--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
id="dx1-22017"></a> is defined in <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
id="dx1-22018"></a>,
which is automatically loaded.)
-</p><!--l. 4272--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4364--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a
id="dx1-22019"></a> and the column
alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4280--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4372--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
id="dx1-22021"></a> is defined in <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
id="dx1-22022"></a>,
which is automatically loaded.)
-</p><!--l. 4284--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span
+</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, these new styles try
to determine the value of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>at the start of the glossary according to the
number of columns provided by the style. The calculations are performed by the
following commands:
-</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4383--><p class="noindent" >
This is used by the styles that have a name and description column. The value of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is computed as:
</p>
- <table
-class="equation-star"><tr><td>
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span> = <span
-class="cmtt-10">\linewidth</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">- </span>4<span
-class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">- </span><span
-class="cmmi-10">W</span>
-</td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 4296--><p class="nopar" >
-where <span
-class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width of
-the name column header: </p><div class="alltt">
+ <div class="math-display" >
+<img
+src="glossaries-extra-manual0x.png" alt="\glsdescwidth = \linewidth- 4\tabcolsep- W
+" class="math-display" /></div>
+<!--l. 4389--><p class="indent" > where <span
+class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width
+of the name column header: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\settowidth{</span>⟨<span
@@ -8095,22 +8479,19 @@
</div>
</div> If any names in that column are larger than this, then you need to specify the widest
name using:
-<!--l. 4304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 4396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetWidest{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">widest name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="noindent" >
or
-</p><!--l. 4308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidest{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" >
These work like the analogous commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest</span>
@@ -8120,6 +8501,9 @@
widest name is obtained from the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
id="dx1-22027"></a> top-level name if set, otherwise it’s empty,
+
+
+
so you can use <a
id="dx1-22028"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -8127,7 +8511,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option. If you have the entry counter enabled,
you will need to include this with the name for the extra material to be taken into
account.
-</p><!--l. 4320--><p class="indent" > The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
+</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="indent" > The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
want to use <a
id="dx1-22029"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -8136,7 +8520,7 @@
id="dx1-22030"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+) then you need to
redefine:
-</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
@@ -8143,7 +8527,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4418--><p class="noindent" >
This does nothing by default, but if you are including the child names then you need
to redefine this command:
@@ -8150,13 +8534,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild}[2]{%
- <br /> \glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4333--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
+ \glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4425--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span>. For example:
@@ -8163,19 +8547,19 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraSetDescWidth}{%
- <br />  \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4342--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span
+  \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4434--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4436--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set
with:
-</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" >
This first uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8187,30 +8571,30 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth}{%
- <br />  \glslongextraSetDescWidth
- <br />  \addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4359--><p class="nopar" > or
+  \glslongextraSetDescWidth
+  \addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4451--><p class="nopar" > or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth}{%
- <br />  \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4365--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span
+  \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4457--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>
is set using:
-</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4463--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8220,13 +8604,13 @@
both <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>if appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
+</p><!--l. 4469--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set using:
-</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4473--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8234,13 +8618,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. Again, you can redefine this command to
explicitly set both lengths.
-</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4479--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="noindent" >
This does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -8257,30 +8641,30 @@
</div>
</div> which includes the entry counter (if enabled), the target and the post-name
link.
-<!--l. 4397--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 4489--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" >
This does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 4404--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
-</p><!--l. 4405--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4496--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
+</p><!--l. 4497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4407--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4499--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4410--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
-</p><!--l. 4411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4502--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
+</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -8287,14 +8671,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">locations</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4413--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4505--><p class="noindent" >
This just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the label.
-</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4508--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubNameFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
@@ -8301,7 +8685,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4419--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the hierarchical level. This defaults to: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -8317,7 +8701,7 @@
</div>
</div> This includes the sub-entry counter (if enabled) and the target but doesn’t show the
name. The child description is formatted according to:
-<!--l. 4426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 4518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubDescFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
@@ -8324,13 +8708,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</p><!--l. 4431--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
-</p><!--l. 4432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
+</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
@@ -8337,14 +8721,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 4437--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
+</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
using:
-</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubLocationFmt</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
@@ -8353,11 +8737,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">locations</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="noindent" >
This just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the level and label.
-</p><!--l. 4444--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraGroupHeading{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span
@@ -8364,30 +8748,30 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4447--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="noindent" >
which does nothing by default. The first argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the number of columns in the
table. The second argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the group label (not the title, although they may
happen to be the same).
-</p><!--l. 4453--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
+</p><!--l. 4545--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
\renewcommand*{\glslongextraGroupHeading}[2]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#2}{\thisgrptitle}%
- <br />  \glslongextraHeaderFmt{\thisgrptitle}%
- <br />  \tabularnewline
- <br />  \noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4461--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
+  \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#2}{\thisgrptitle}%
+  \glslongextraHeaderFmt{\thisgrptitle}%
+  \tabularnewline
+  \noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4553--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
formatted according to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt </span>(to match the column
header).
-</p><!--l. 4466--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
+</p><!--l. 4558--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
name column’s title is given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span>, the description column’s title is given by
<span
@@ -8395,22 +8779,24 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span>, as for the other long styles that have headers.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
id="dx1-22044"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-22045"></a> style but doesn’t show the
- location list (regardless of the <a
+ id="dx1-22045"></a> style but doesn’t show
+ the location list (regardless of the <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-22046"></a> option). The name is shown in
- the first column and the description in the second.
- <!--l. 4479--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
- </p><!--l. 4481--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22046"></a> option). The name is shown
+ in the first column and the description in the second.
+ </p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
+ </p><!--l. 4573--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4483--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" >
This essentially uses the same code as for <span
class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a
id="dx1-22048"></a> but makes it
@@ -8420,20 +8806,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader\endhead
-  <br />\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot
-</div>
- <!--l. 4490--><p class="nopar" > where:
- </p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ \glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 4582--><p class="nopar" > where:
+ </p><!--l. 4584--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4494--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4586--><p class="noindent" >
sets up the header and
- </p><!--l. 4496--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4588--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4498--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4590--><p class="noindent" >
sets up the footer. If you have setup the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22051"></a><a
@@ -8444,7 +8830,7 @@
id="dx1-22054"></a> environment
(and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span>isn’t used).
- </p><!--l. 4504--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span
+ </p><!--l. 4596--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22055"></a><a
id="dx1-22056"></a>
@@ -8453,81 +8839,90 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraNameDescHeader}{}
-</div>
- <!--l. 4508--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 4600--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraNameAlign}{c}
-</div>
- <!--l. 4512--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 4604--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-loc</span><a
id="dx1-22057"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-22058"></a> style but has a third column for
- the location list. The <span
+ id="dx1-22058"></a> style but has a third column
+ for the location list. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22059"></a><a
id="dx1-22060"></a> header is given by:
- <!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22061"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4519--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4611--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22062"></a><a
id="dx1-22063"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4524--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4616--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4618--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4528--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-name</span><a
id="dx1-22066"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-22067"></a> style but swaps the columns. Note
- that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the
+ id="dx1-22067"></a> style but swaps the columns.
+ Note that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the
second column by default. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22068"></a><a
id="dx1-22069"></a> header is formatted according
to:
- <!--l. 4535--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22070"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4627--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4537--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22071"></a><a
id="dx1-22072"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4540--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4632--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4542--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4544--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4636--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4546--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-name</span><a
id="dx1-22075"></a> This has three columns containing the location list,
description and name. The <span
@@ -8535,272 +8930,289 @@
id="dx1-22076"></a><a
id="dx1-22077"></a> header is formatted according
to:
-
-
-
- <!--l. 4552--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22078"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4644--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4554--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4646--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22079"></a><a
id="dx1-22080"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4557--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4649--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22081"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4559--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4651--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4561--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4563--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4657--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4657--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a
id="dx1-22083"></a> This is has three columns, with the name in the first, the
description in the second and the symbol in the third.
- <!--l. 4569--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 4661--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22084"></a><a
id="dx1-22085"></a> header row is produced with:
- </p><!--l. 4570--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22086"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4572--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22087"></a><a
id="dx1-22088"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4667--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22089"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4577--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4669--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4579--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4671--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22090"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4581--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4675--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4675--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a
id="dx1-22091"></a> This is has four columns, with the name in the first, the
description in the second, the symbol in the third and the location list in the
fourth.
- <!--l. 4587--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 4679--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22092"></a><a
id="dx1-22093"></a> header row is produced with:
- </p><!--l. 4588--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4680--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22094"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4590--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22095"></a><a
id="dx1-22096"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4593--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4685--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22097"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4595--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4687--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4597--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4689--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22098"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4599--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-
+ </p><!--l. 4691--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc</span><a
id="dx1-22099"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a
- id="dx1-22100"></a> but the second and third
- column are swapped. The <span
+ id="dx1-22100"></a> but the second and
+ third column are swapped. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22101"></a><a
id="dx1-22102"></a> header row is given by:
- <!--l. 4604--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22103"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4696--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22103"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4698--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22104"></a><a
id="dx1-22105"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22106"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4611--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4703--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4613--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4705--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22107"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4709--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4709--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc-loc</span><a
id="dx1-22108"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a
- id="dx1-22109"></a> but the second and
- third column are swapped. The <span
+ id="dx1-22109"></a> but the
+ second and third column are swapped. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22110"></a><a
- id="dx1-22111"></a> header row is given by:
- <!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22112"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22111"></a> header row is given
+ by:
+ </p><!--l. 4712--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22112"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4714--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22113"></a><a
id="dx1-22114"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4717--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22115"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4627--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 4719--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4721--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22116"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4631--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4723--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sym-desc-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in the
- second and the name in the third. The <span
+ id="dx1-22117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in
+ the second and the name in the third. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22118"></a><a
id="dx1-22119"></a> header row is given
by:
- <!--l. 4636--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22120"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22120"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4730--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22121"></a><a
id="dx1-22122"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4641--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4733--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22123"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4643--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4735--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4645--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22124"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4647--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-
+ </p><!--l. 4739--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-loc-sym-desc-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in the
- second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The
+ id="dx1-22125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in
+ the second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The
<span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22126"></a><a
id="dx1-22127"></a> header row is given by:
- <!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22128"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4745--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22128"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4747--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22129"></a><a
id="dx1-22130"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4750--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22131"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4660--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4752--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4754--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22132"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4758--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4758--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sym-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in the
- second and the name in the third. The <span
+ id="dx1-22133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in
+ the second and the name in the third. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22134"></a><a
id="dx1-22135"></a> header row is given
by:
- <!--l. 4669--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22136"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4761--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22136"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4671--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22137"></a><a
id="dx1-22138"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4674--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4766--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22139"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4676--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4768--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4678--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4770--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22140"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4680--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4772--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-sym-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the description
- in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the fourth. The
- <span
+ id="dx1-22141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the
+ description in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the
+ fourth. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22142"></a><a
id="dx1-22143"></a> header row is given by:
- <!--l. 4686--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22144"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4778--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22144"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4688--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4780--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22145"></a><a
id="dx1-22146"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4691--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22147"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4785--><p class="noindent" >
and
-
-
-
- </p><!--l. 4695--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4787--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22148"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4697--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4789--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+<!--l. 4793--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4793--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a
id="x1-230003.3"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 4704--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span
+<!--l. 4796--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a
@@ -8820,10 +9232,12 @@
id="dx1-23005"></a>
style.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">topic</span><a
- id="dx1-23006"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style is similar to the <span
+ id="dx1-23006"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
id="dx1-23007"></a> style but the indentation doesn’t start until
the second sub-item level. The top-level entries have the name displayed
@@ -8832,48 +9246,50 @@
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
id="dx1-23008"></a> setting.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">topicmcols</span><a
- id="dx1-23009"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style is like the <span
+ id="dx1-23009"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" >This style is like the <span
class="cmss-10">topic</span><a
- id="dx1-23010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a
- <span
+ id="dx1-23010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a <span
class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
id="dx1-23011"></a><a
- id="dx1-23012"></a> environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the
+ id="dx1-23012"></a>
+ environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the
command:
- <!--l. 4724--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23013"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicColsEnv </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4726--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" >
You can change this to the starred form. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
\renewcommand{\glstopicColsEnv}{multicols*}
-</div>
- <!--l. 4730--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command:
- </p><!--l. 4732--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 4822--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command:
+ </p><!--l. 4824--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-23014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicCols </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4734--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4826--><p class="noindent" >
The default value is 2.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 4738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands.
+</p><!--l. 4830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-23015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicParIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4740--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4832--><p class="noindent" >
This command is a length that’s used for the paragraph indentation in any
multi-paragraph description for top-level entries, but not for the first paragraph (at
the start of the description) which isn’t indented.
-</p><!--l. 4746--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-23016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4748--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4840--><p class="noindent" >
This command is a length that’s used to calculate the hanging indentation for
sub-entries. The level 1 sub-entries don’t indent the name. Level <span
class="cmmi-10">n </span>sub-entries have
@@ -8883,20 +9299,32 @@
class="cmsy-10">×</span><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent</span>. The hanging indent depends on
whether or not a widest name has been set for the level.
-</p><!--l. 4755--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4847--><p class="indent" > As from v1.46, there is also a length for additional indentation used
+in the second paragraph onwards for child entries with multi-paragraph
+descriptions:
+</p><!--l. 4850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-23017"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemParIndent </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4852--><p class="noindent" >
+This is initialised to <span
+class="cmtt-10">\parindent</span><a
+ id="dx1-23018"></a> when <span
+class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a
+ id="dx1-23019"></a> is loaded.
+</p><!--l. 4856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4757--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4858--><p class="noindent" >
Hook used at the start of the glossary. Does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 4760--><p class="indent" > Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many
+</p><!--l. 4861--><p class="indent" > Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many
topics (top-level entries) and you feel that it would help the reader to divide them up
into headed letter groups, you can redefine:
-</p><!--l. 4764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23018"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicGroupHeading{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">group label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4766--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4867--><p class="noindent" >
This does nothing by default. If you want to redefine it, you can fetch the
title corresponding to the group label with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgetgrouptitle</span>. For
@@ -8905,87 +9333,87 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
\renewcommand*{\glstopicGroupHeading}[1]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#1}{\thisgrptitle}%
- <br />  \section*{\thisgrptitle}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4775--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a
- id="dx1-23019"></a><a
+  \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#1}{\thisgrptitle}%
+  \section*{\thisgrptitle}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4876--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a
+ id="dx1-23022"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span>) switch to
support this.
-</p><!--l. 4779--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicItem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4781--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="noindent" >
Used to format the name, symbol, description and location list for the top-level
entries. This starts with a paragraph break followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4785--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPreSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4787--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4888--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\medskip</span>. There is then a hook:
-</p><!--l. 4789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23022"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMarker{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4791--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4892--><p class="noindent" >
which does nothing by default, but may be redefined. For example, to add a line to
the table of contents. The name and symbol are set in the form of a title
using:
-</p><!--l. 4796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23023"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4798--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4899--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname </span>which converts the first letter to upper case. If there’s a
symbol, this is added in parentheses. Both name and symbol (if present) are
encapsulated by
-</p><!--l. 4802--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23024"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitleFont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4804--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="noindent" >
This uses a bold, large font by default.
-</p><!--l. 4807--><p class="indent" > If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span
+</p><!--l. 4908--><p class="indent" > If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span>) then a
paragraph break is inserted followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMidSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4811--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4912--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is followed by the description which is formatted
according to:
-</p><!--l. 4814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23026"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicDesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description
hook.
-</p><!--l. 4820--><p class="indent" > A paragraph break followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23027"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4921--><p class="indent" > A paragraph break followed by:
+</p><!--l. 4922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPostSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4823--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="noindent" >
comes next regardless of whether or not the description was displayed. This defaults
to <span
class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is then followed by:
@@ -8992,33 +9420,33 @@
-</p><!--l. 4827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicLoc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="noindent" >
which may be used to display the location list, but does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 4833--><p class="indent" > The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using:
-</p><!--l. 4835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23029"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="indent" > The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using:
+</p><!--l. 4936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignSubIndent{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4938--><p class="noindent" >
This uses:
-</p><!--l. 4839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23030"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignWidest{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4841--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4942--><p class="noindent" >
to determine if a widest name has been set for the given level.
-</p><!--l. 4844--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry has its information displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23031"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4945--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry has its information displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -9026,52 +9454,52 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4847--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="noindent" >
This encapsulates the name with:
-</p><!--l. 4849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23032"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubNameFont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="noindent" >
By default this just uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span>. This is followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23033"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemSep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4855--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4956--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\quad</span>. The name and separator are passed in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ argument
of:
-</p><!--l. 4858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23034"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemBox{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" >
If a widest name was set for the given level, this will put ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ inside a box of that
width otherwise it just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 4865--><p class="indent" > This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set,
+</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" > This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set,
the description and post-description hook are displayed followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23035"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubPreLocSep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4870--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4971--><p class="noindent" >
(This command isn’t used if the description isn’t set.)
-</p><!--l. 4873--><p class="indent" > Finally the location list is displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="indent" > Finally the location list is displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 4975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubLoc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4977--><p class="noindent" >
which just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ by default.
@@ -9078,11 +9506,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 4879--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 4879--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a
id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="indent" > The new abbreviation system provided by <span
+</p><!--l. 4983--><p class="indent" > The new abbreviation system provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is more flexible
than the acronym handling provided by the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The
@@ -9096,7 +9524,7 @@
See the file <a
href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf" >sample-abbr-styles.pdf</a> for samples of all provided abbreviation
styles.
-</p><!--l. 4894--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
+</p><!--l. 4995--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-24001"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span><a
@@ -9115,8 +9543,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. If you don’t want the full form to show on first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>use one of the
“nolong” or “noshort” styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" > This lack of flexibility in <span
+</p><!--l. 5004--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5006--><p class="indent" > This lack of flexibility in <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>can be demonstrated with the following
document:
@@ -9123,16 +9551,16 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\setabbreviationstyle{footnote}
- <br />\newabbreviation{ex}{EX}{Example}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />Compare \gls{ex}['s] with \glsfirst{ex}['s].
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4917--><p class="nopar" > The <a
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{footnote}
+\newabbreviation{ex}{EX}{Example}
+\begin{document}
+Compare \gls{ex}['s] with \glsfirst{ex}['s].
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5018--><p class="nopar" > The <a
id="dx1-24005"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>has the footnote marker after the inserted material “EX’s<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
@@ -9147,7 +9575,7 @@
inserted material as <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
id="dx1-24007"></a> is in the post-link hook.
-</p><!--l. 4925--><p class="indent" > There are some instances where <span
+</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" > There are some instances where <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>can be useful. It’s used internally by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span><a
@@ -9162,7 +9590,7 @@
about inserted material as the final optional argument isn’t supported by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
+</p><!--l. 5035--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
“laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t
pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often
replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the
@@ -9175,10 +9603,10 @@
class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore
more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the
glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5047--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better
abbreviation handling, with
-</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-24011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9189,48 +9617,51 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
+</p><!--l. 5051--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5053--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
id="dx1-24012"></a> key to <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be
-overridden in ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩. The category may have attributes that modify the way
-abbreviations are defined. For example, the <a
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may
+be overridden in ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩. The category may have attributes that modify
+the way abbreviations are defined. For example, the <a
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24013"></a> attribute will automatically
-insert full stops (periods) into ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-24013"></a> attribute
+will automatically insert full stops (periods) into ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or the <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24014"></a> attribute will set the default
-value of the <span
+ id="dx1-24014"></a>
+attribute will set the default value of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-24015"></a> key to just ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (without appending the plural suffix). See <a
+class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (without
+appending the plural suffix). See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6
-</a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 4962--><p class="indent" > See <a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further
+details.
+</p><!--l. 5063--><p class="indent" > See <a
href="#sec:nested"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.8 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-24016"></a> or
-<span
+ id="dx1-24016"></a>
+
+
+
+or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-24017"></a> within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩.
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
+</p><!--l. 5067--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
or they may not be correctly applied. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4971--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-24018"></a> command provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by
@@ -9242,9 +9673,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(see also
<a
href="#sec:acronymmods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.9 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:acronymmods </a><a
href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so
-</p><!--l. 4975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-24020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9255,7 +9687,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="noindent" >
is
now
equivalent
@@ -9278,7 +9710,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 4984--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package’s <span
@@ -9298,13 +9730,13 @@
styles provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar
results.)
-</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according
to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so,
unlike the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within
the same glossary.
-</p><!--l. 5000--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
+</p><!--l. 5101--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
<a
id="dx1-24025"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span
@@ -9325,7 +9757,7 @@
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-24030"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
different.
-</p><!--l. 5007--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span
+</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-24031"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
@@ -9344,9 +9776,12 @@
id="dx1-24035"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
+</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
text using
-</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-24036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuseabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -9353,14 +9788,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 5019--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label that identifies the abbreviation style. Similarly
for the formatting command use by the long form:
-</p><!--l. 5023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-24037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuselongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -9367,8 +9799,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5025--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5027--><p class="indent" > You can’t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new
+</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5128--><p class="indent" > You can’t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new
abbreviations provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package. The style commands that
replace <span
@@ -9375,17 +9807,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>etc are described in <a
href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.2 </a><a
-href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>.
-The <a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrstyle
+</a><a
+href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>. The <a
href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span
class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24038"></a> package option and associated commands aren’t supported. The
-<span
+ id="dx1-24038"></a> package option and associated commands
+aren’t supported. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-24039"></a> command, which iterates over all acronym lists, should be replaced
-with:
-</p><!--l. 5034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24039"></a> command, which iterates over all acronym
+lists, should be replaced with:
+</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-24040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\forallabbreviationlists{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
@@ -9392,15 +9825,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5038--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5139--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a
id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3>
-<!--l. 5041--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
+<!--l. 5142--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 5044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-25001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
@@ -9407,9 +9840,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="noindent" >
before you define your abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 5049--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 5150--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (a control sequence) to accept a single
argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal
behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in
@@ -9418,12 +9851,12 @@
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
id="dx1-25002"></a> attribute set to
“true”. For those cases it will use
-</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-25003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5058--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="noindent" >
This command defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a
id="dx1-25004"></a><span
@@ -9430,7 +9863,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required.
-</p><!--l. 5062--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred
version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred
@@ -9439,19 +9872,24 @@
commands, ensure that you don’t redefine something important. In fact, just
forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention
it.
-</p><!--l. 5071--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list
-of category names. The <a
+</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated
+list of category names. The <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for those
-categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see <a
+ id="dx1-25005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for
+those categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see
+<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but
-this must be done before the glossary is displayed.
-</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but this must be done before the glossary is
+displayed.
+</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both
+
+
+
the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-25006"></a> and <span
@@ -9461,10 +9899,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5083--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5184--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For
example:
@@ -9471,30 +9909,30 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
\newacronym
- <br /> [description={a system for detecting the location and
- <br /> speed of ships, aircraft, etc, through the use of radio
- <br /> waves}% description of this term
- <br /> ]
- <br /> {radar}% identifying label
- <br /> {radar}% short form (i.e. the word)
- <br /> {\itag{ra}dio \itag{d}etection \itag{a}nd \itag{r}anging}
- <br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
- <br /> {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5098--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
+ [description={a system for detecting the location and
+ speed of ships, aircraft, etc, through the use of radio
+ waves}% description of this term
+ ]
+ {radar}% identifying label
+ {radar}% short form (i.e. the word)
+ {\itag{ra}dio \itag{d}etection \itag{a}nd \itag{r}anging}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
+ {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5199--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
entries with the <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
id="dx1-25008"></a> attribute set.
-</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5204--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5103--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5204--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a
id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 5106--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
-</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 5207--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
+</p><!--l. 5209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
@@ -9501,7 +9939,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5110--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5211--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style-name</span>⟩ is the name of the style and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label
@@ -9523,11 +9961,11 @@
id="dx1-26004"></a> attribute to
<span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5121--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
+</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
different category to each group and set the style for the given category.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5125--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 5226--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
id="dx1-26005"></a> is disabled by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -9545,10 +9983,11 @@
id="dx1-26006"></a> (see
<a
href="#sec:acronymmods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.9 </a><a
-href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is
-incompatible with all the commands described here.
-<!--l. 5137--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:acronymmods </a><a
+href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym
+interface is incompatible with all the commands described here.
+<!--l. 5238--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-26007"></a>,
@@ -9558,7 +9997,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-26009"></a>).
The short form can be produced with:
-</p><!--l. 5141--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9567,12 +10006,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5143--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="noindent" >
(Use this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
id="dx1-26011"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
+</p><!--l. 5248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9581,13 +10020,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5149--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="noindent" >
(Use this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
id="dx1-26013"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 5153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9596,11 +10035,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5155--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5256--><p class="noindent" >
(This this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
id="dx1-26015"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5158--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 5259--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-26016"></a> for abbreviations,
especially if you use the ⟨<span
@@ -9608,8 +10047,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a
reset) or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5165--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
+</p><!--l. 5264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5266--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
used on <a
id="dx1-26017"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span
@@ -9620,21 +10059,22 @@
short form on <a
id="dx1-26019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
short form in parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
+</p><!--l. 5273--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
commands described in <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a
-href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and
-Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5178--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle </a><a
+href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers,
+Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
+</p><!--l. 5277--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5279--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ are the same as for commands such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5182--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 5183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5283--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 5284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9643,9 +10083,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5185--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5187--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 5188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5288--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 5289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9654,9 +10094,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5293--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9665,12 +10105,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5195--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5197--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 5296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 5198--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9679,9 +10119,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5200--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5202--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5301--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 5304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9690,9 +10130,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5205--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5207--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 5208--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5308--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 5309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9701,10 +10141,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
-</p><!--l. 5214--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5313--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
+</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9713,8 +10153,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5217--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5318--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9723,8 +10163,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5220--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5221--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9733,9 +10173,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5223--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5225--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5326--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9744,8 +10184,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5229--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5330--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9754,8 +10194,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5231--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9764,9 +10204,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5234--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5236--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9775,8 +10215,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9785,8 +10225,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -9795,8 +10235,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5245--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
+</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5348--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and
@@ -9811,13 +10251,13 @@
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a
id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 5258--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a
+<!--l. 5359--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a
@@ -9832,13 +10272,14 @@
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
id="dx1-27003"></a>. (You can use both settings at the
same time.) The provided shortcut commands listed in <a
-href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table 4.1</a>.
+href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table <span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>tab:abbrshortcuts</a>.
</p>
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 5265--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 5366--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -9848,7 +10289,7 @@
><span class="id">Table 4.1: </span><span
class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-270041 -->
<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+
><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col
id="TBL-3-1" /><col
id="TBL-3-2" /><col
@@ -10156,10 +10597,10 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 5303--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a
id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
+<!--l. 5407--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
regular entry (so that <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-28001"></a> uses <span
@@ -10170,7 +10611,7 @@
id="dx1-28003"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a
id="dx1-28004"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a
+</p><!--l. 5412--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-28005"></a> attribute to “true” for the
@@ -10195,7 +10636,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-28013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5320--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a
+</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-28014"></a> attribute. The <span
@@ -10215,7 +10656,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a
id="dx1-28019"></a> that are defined by the
style).
-</p><!--l. 5328--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
+</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
id="dx1-28020"></a>first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-28021"></a> may not match the text produced by
@@ -10222,10 +10663,10 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-28022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
-</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles
described here.
-</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span
+</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
id="dx1-28023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold
@@ -10234,8 +10675,8 @@
id="dx1-28024"></a> package with the <span
class="cmss-10">T1</span>
option or something similar. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="indent" > Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span
+</p><!--l. 5442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...name </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...sort </span>that are expanded within the <span
@@ -10254,20 +10695,20 @@
class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. It’s essential that these expand when the abbreviation is
defined so don’t hide them behind no-expandable content if you redefine these helper
commands.
-</p><!--l. 5352--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-28029"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5457--><p class="noindent" >
to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text:
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 5360--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5461--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-28031"></a> and <a
@@ -10274,7 +10715,7 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-28032"></a> use
-</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -10282,44 +10723,44 @@
-</p><!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form. This just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. (That is, no font change is
applied.) On first use,
-</p><!--l. 5367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5369--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is
formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 5372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="noindent" >
which again just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (no font change). On first use,
-</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5378--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5479--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the
short form is given by
-</p><!--l. 5381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5383--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a
id="dx1-28038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5386--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
id="dx1-28039"></a> and <a
@@ -10326,23 +10767,23 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-28040"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5489--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5491--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-28042f1"></a>
On first use
-</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span>
@@ -10349,44 +10790,46 @@
to change first and subsequent uses or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the
first use.
-</p><!--l. 5403--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span
+</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 5406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5412--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5513--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a
id="dx1-28045"></a> command is provided by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off the
-small caps font for the suffix. If you override the default short plural using the
-<span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off
+the small caps font for the suffix. If you override the default short plural
+using the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-28046"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to make the
-appropriate adjustment if necessary. (Remember that the default plural suffix
-behaviour can be modified through the use of the <a
+ id="dx1-28046"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to
+make the appropriate adjustment if necessary. (Remember that the default
+plural suffix behaviour can be modified through the use of the <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28047"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-28047"></a>
+and <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28048"></a>
-attributes. See <a
+ id="dx1-28048"></a> attributes. See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 5423--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further
+details.)
+</p><!--l. 5524--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a
id="dx1-28049"></a> and <a
@@ -10393,12 +10836,12 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-28050"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5528--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span
class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a
@@ -10405,26 +10848,26 @@
id="dx1-28052"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use
-</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5535--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span
+</p><!--l. 5538--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5546--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a
id="dx1-28055"></a> or <a
@@ -10432,30 +10875,30 @@
class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-28056"></a>,
use
-</p><!--l. 5447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5550--><p class="noindent" >
On first use
-</p><!--l. 5451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5552--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5554--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 5456--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5458--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5559--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic
style unless the style is a “long-em” style.
-</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5564--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a
id="dx1-28060"></a> or <a
@@ -10463,25 +10906,25 @@
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a
id="dx1-28061"></a>,
use
-</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5467--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5568--><p class="noindent" >
instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>and
-</p><!--l. 5469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 5570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 5471--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="noindent" >
instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
@@ -10489,143 +10932,143 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span>
is initialised to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands:
-</p><!--l. 5476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5576--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands:
+</p><!--l. 5577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5478--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 5480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5583--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5490--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5591--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5593--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5494--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5595--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles:
-</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5598--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles:
+</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28069"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5500--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5601--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 5502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5605--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 5506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5508--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5512--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5613--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5615--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5516--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5519--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5620--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a
id="dx1-28074"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 5521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28075"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5523--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5624--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 5525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28076"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5527--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5628--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 5529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5531--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5632--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 5634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 5535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5636--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5539--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5640--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5542--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
+</p><!--l. 5643--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To
move it inside, use:
-</p><!--l. 5545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5646--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5547--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5648--><p class="noindent" >
This applies to all the predefined styles. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
\setabbreviationstyle{long-short}
- <br />\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
- <br />\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue
-</div>
-<!--l. 5553--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
+\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
+\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5654--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
(without <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the
emphasized font.
-</p><!--l. 5558--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a
+</p><!--l. 5659--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-28081"></a>, the inserted text would be
placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the
above example).
-</p><!--l. 5562--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span
+</p><!--l. 5663--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span
class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase
letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in
@@ -10636,28 +11079,28 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5569--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5571--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5670--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5672--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
easier to redefine this command to convert case:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}
- <br />\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5577--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use
-</p><!--l. 5580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5678--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use
+</p><!--l. 5681--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5582--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5683--><p class="noindent" >
as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by
default, but may be changed as required. For example:
@@ -10664,21 +11107,22 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5587--><p class="nopar" > or
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5688--><p class="nopar" > or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5591--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5593--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5692--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5694--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">⟨<span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5697--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩]<span
@@ -10687,7 +11131,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>⟩][<span
class="cmtt-10">-user</span>]
- <!--l. 5598--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5699--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ parts may be omitted.
These styles display ⟨<span
@@ -10697,46 +11141,50 @@
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ starts with “no” then that element is omitted from the display style
(no parenthetical part) but is included in the inline style.
- </p><!--l. 5604--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ </p><!--l. 5705--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ part is present, then the field has a font changing command
applied to it. The special modifier <span
class="cmtt-10">-only </span>indicates that field is only present
according to whether or not the entry has been used.
- </p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ </p><!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ is placed after the <a
id="dx1-28083"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the
post-link hook.
- </p><!--l. 5612--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ </p><!--l. 5713--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
id="dx1-28084"></a> value, if provided, is inserted
into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material
may be changed.)
- </p><!--l. 5616--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 5717--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5719--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span></a><a
id="dx1-28085"></a>: ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ is the long form, the short form is set in
smallcaps but omitted in the display style.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5722--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a
id="dx1-28086"></a>: both the long form and the short form are
emphasized. The short form is in parentheses.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5724--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a
id="dx1-28087"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form.
The short form is in parentheses.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5726--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
id="dx1-28088"></a>: if the <span
@@ -10748,8 +11196,12 @@
class="cmti-10">user1</span>⟩) otherwise it just produces ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+
+
+
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5730--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-28090"></a>: the short form and the inserted
@@ -10763,15 +11215,13 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont </span>on first
- use).</li></ul>
-
-
-
+ use).</p></li></ul>
</li>
- <li class="itemize">⟨<span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5739--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span>
- <!--l. 5640--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a
+ </p><!--l. 5741--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-28091"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the
@@ -10787,7 +11237,7 @@
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a
id="dx1-28094"></a> style is a minor variation that
style that doesn’t set the attribute.
- </p><!--l. 5647--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a
+ </p><!--l. 5748--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a
id="dx1-28095"></a>, that have
@@ -10798,7 +11248,8 @@
id="dx1-28096"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for
consistency with the other “noshort” styles.
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize">⟨<span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩]<span
@@ -10805,7 +11256,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span
class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span
class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>
- <!--l. 5657--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 5758--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If
<span
class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a
@@ -10814,42 +11265,49 @@
post-link hook. The inline style does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by the other field in
parentheses.
- </p><!--l. 5663--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ </p><!--l. 5764--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩ is present, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ has a font-changing command applied to
it.
- </p><!--l. 5666--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 5767--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-28098"></a>: short form in the text with the long form in the
footnote.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5771--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-28099"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in
the footnote outside of the <a
- id="dx1-28100"></a>link-text.</li></ul>
- <!--l. 5674--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
+ id="dx1-28100"></a>link-text.</p></li></ul>
+ <!--l. 5775--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
where <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
id="dx1-28101"></a> doesn’t work. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5677--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" >
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize">⟨<span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5780--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-desc</span>
- <!--l. 5681--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 5782--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-28102"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations
with this style.
- </p><!--l. 5684--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 5785--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5788--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-28103"></a>: like <a
@@ -10856,8 +11314,9 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-28104"></a> but requires a description.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 5790--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-28105"></a>: like <a
@@ -10864,17 +11323,14 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-28106"></a> but requires a
- description.</li></ul>
-
-
-
+ description.</p></li></ul>
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 5694--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
+<!--l. 5795--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where
the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where
the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning
using:
-</p><!--l. 5700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28107"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">old-name</span>⟩<span
@@ -10881,36 +11337,41 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5702--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5803--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">old-name</span>⟩ is the deprecated name and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">new-name</span>⟩ is the preferred name. You
can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing.
-</p><!--l. 5708--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5708--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4.1 </span> <a
id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 5711--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a
+<!--l. 5812--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-29001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories
that have abbreviations defined with any of these styles.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5817--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-29002"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This only displays the short form on <a
+ id="dx1-29002"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5817--><p class="noindent" >This only displays the short form on <a
id="dx1-29003"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-29004"></a> is set to the
- short form through the command
- <!--l. 5719--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-29005"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29004"></a> is set to the short form
+ through the command
+ </p><!--l. 5820--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5721--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 5822--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for the other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -10923,7 +11384,7 @@
take effect. Make sure to <span
class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>any formatting commands (or anything else
that shouldn’t be expanded).
- </p><!--l. 5730--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5831--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-29006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩
@@ -10933,155 +11394,176 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
id="dx1-29007"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5836--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-29008"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-29008"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5836--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29009"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5838--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short</span><a
- id="dx1-29010"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29010"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5838--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29011"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5842--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-29012"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29012"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5842--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29013"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29014"></a> (which defaults to <span
+ id="dx1-29014"></a> (which
+ defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-29015"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-29015"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29016"></a>
-
-
-
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-29017"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29017"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29018"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
- The name is still obtained from <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span>(similarly for the
- other styles in the form <span
+class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The name is
+ still obtained from <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span>(similarly for the other
+ styles in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">nolong</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ unless indicated
otherwise).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5855--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-29019"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29019"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5855--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29020"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29021"></a> (which defaults to <span
+ id="dx1-29021"></a> (which
+ defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+
+
+
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5859--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-29022"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-29022"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5859--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29023"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5861--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-29024"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29024"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5861--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29025"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩
- (⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5865--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-29026"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29026"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5865--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29027"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
id="dx1-29028"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5869--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29029"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-29029"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5869--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29030"></a>
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29031"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29031"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29032"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩
- (⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5875--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29033"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like the <a
+ id="dx1-29033"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5875--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29034"></a> style, but the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-29035"></a> is set to the full form
- obtained by expanding
- <!--l. 5777--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-29036"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29035"></a> is set to the full form obtained by
+ expanding
+ </p><!--l. 5878--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5779--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for the other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -11094,7 +11576,7 @@
before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
- </p><!--l. 5786--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5887--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-29037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use
the <a
@@ -11106,111 +11588,128 @@
id="dx1-29039"></a> key. (See the sample file
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span>.)
+
+
+
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29040"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-29040"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-29041"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5896--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29042"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29042"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5896--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-29043"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29044"></a> (which defaults to <span
+ id="dx1-29044"></a> (which
+ defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>).
-
-
-
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5900--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29045"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-29045"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5900--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-29046"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29047"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29047"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-29048"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29049"></a> (which defaults to <span
+ id="dx1-29049"></a>
+ (which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5907--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29050"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-29050"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5907--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-29051"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29052"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29052"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-29053"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
id="dx1-29054"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5914--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29055"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-29055"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5914--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-29056"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5917--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29057"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or
- subsequent use of commands <span
+ id="dx1-29057"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5917--><p class="noindent" >This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or subsequent use of
+ commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-29058"></a>. The short form may be accessed
- through commands like <span
+ id="dx1-29058"></a>. The short form may be accessed through commands like
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-29059"></a>. The inline full form displays ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩
- (⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
- <!--l. 5822--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 5923--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-29060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-29061"></a> key is also set to the long form,
but this is done by expanding
- </p><!--l. 5825--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 5926--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-29062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5827--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5928--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for the other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -11220,7 +11719,7 @@
indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before
abbreviations are defined, and any fragile or formatting commands within it
need protecting.
- </p><!--l. 5833--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5934--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-29063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles
won’t display the short form. You can use the post-description hook to
@@ -11229,93 +11728,104 @@
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29064"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-29064"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-29065"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29066"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like the <a
+ id="dx1-29066"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29067"></a> style but the short form (accessed
- through commands like <span
+ id="dx1-29067"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands
+ like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-29068"></a>) use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29069"></a>. (This style was
- originally called <span
+ id="dx1-29069"></a>. (This style was originally called
+ <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-29070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name
- retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-29070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
+ deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5950--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29071"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29071"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5950--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-29072"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29073"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-29073"></a>.
+ (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-29074"></a>. Renamed in
- version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
- backward-compatibility.)
-
-
-
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-29074"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29075"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29075"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-29076"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29077"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
- called <span
+ id="dx1-29077"></a>.
+ The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29078"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
- deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-29078"></a>.
+ Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym
+ for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5964--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29079"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.04, like <a
+ id="dx1-29079"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 5964--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29080"></a> but
- redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+ id="dx1-29080"></a> but redefines <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29081"></a>. The long form uses
+ id="dx1-29081"></a>. The long form uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-29082"></a> and
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29082"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span><a
id="dx1-29083"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort</span><a
- id="dx1-29084"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form
+ id="dx1-29084"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form
anywhere in the document, but is provided for completeness. This is
like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
@@ -11327,10 +11837,10 @@
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-29087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by
expanding
- <!--l. 5874--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-29088"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 5975--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29088"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5876--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5977--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -11338,59 +11848,69 @@
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ styles, unless indicated
otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are
defined, and fragile or formatting commands should be protected.
- </p><!--l. 5883--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-29089"></a> is set to the long form.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-29090"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-29090"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
id="dx1-29091"></a>
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5988--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-29092"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like the <a
+ id="dx1-29092"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5988--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through
- commands like <span
+ id="dx1-29093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands like
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-29094"></a>) use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29095"></a>. (This style was originally
- called <span
+ id="dx1-29095"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-29096"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
- deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-29096"></a>.
+ Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym
+ for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 5995--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-29097"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-29097"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 5995--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
id="dx1-29098"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29099"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-29099"></a>. (This
+ style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-29100"></a>. Renamed in
- version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
- backward-compatibility.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-29100"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name
+ retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6002--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29101"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style is like <a
+ id="dx1-29101"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 6002--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
id="dx1-29102"></a> but redefines <span
@@ -11402,47 +11922,46 @@
class="cmss-10">long-em</span><a
id="dx1-29104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6009--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29105"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
+ id="dx1-29105"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6009--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29106"></a> but redefines
-
-
-
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+ id="dx1-29106"></a> but redefines <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>
+ to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
id="dx1-29107"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont </span>and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span>
+ and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont </span>to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. The short
- form isn’t used by commands like <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. The short form isn’t used by
+ commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-29108"></a>, but can be obtained using
- <span
+ id="dx1-29108"></a>, but can be obtained using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-29109"></a>. The related style <a
+ id="dx1-29109"></a>. The related
+ style <a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-29110"></a> doesn’t set the
- <a
+ id="dx1-29110"></a> doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-29111"></a> attribute.
+</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5920--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5920--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4.2 </span> <a
id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 5923--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a
+<!--l. 6024--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-30001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has
@@ -11449,25 +11968,27 @@
previously been set. If it hasn’t already been set, it’s left unset. Other attributes may
also be set, depending on the style.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short</span><a
- id="dx1-30002"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">On <a
+ id="dx1-30002"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >On <a
id="dx1-30003"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and
- display full forms are the same. The <span
+class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and display full
+ forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-30004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30005"></a>
- is also set to the short form through
- <!--l. 5934--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30006"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-30005"></a> is also set
+ to the short form through
+ </p><!--l. 6035--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5936--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6037--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -11480,7 +12001,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
- </p><!--l. 5946--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 6047--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-30007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated
by <span
@@ -11489,12 +12010,17 @@
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
id="dx1-30008"></a> style.
+
+
+
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-30009"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30009"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-30010"></a> but redefines <span
@@ -11501,12 +12027,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
id="dx1-30011"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6056--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-30012"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30012"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6056--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-30013"></a> but redefines <span
@@ -11513,12 +12041,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
id="dx1-30014"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6060--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-30015"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30015"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6060--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-30016"></a> but redefines <span
@@ -11525,12 +12055,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
id="dx1-30017"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-30018"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
+ id="dx1-30018"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a
id="dx1-30019"></a> but redefines
@@ -11538,25 +12070,24 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
id="dx1-30020"></a>.
-
-
-
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only</span><a
- id="dx1-30021"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first
- use and only shows the short form on subsequent use. The inline full form
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses.
- The <span
+ id="dx1-30021"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first use and only
+ shows the short form on subsequent use. The inline full form <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
+ shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30022"></a> field is obtained from
- <!--l. 5973--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30023"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-30022"></a> field
+ is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlyname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5975--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6076--><p class="noindent" >
Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations
are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
@@ -11565,22 +12096,26 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6083--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30024"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
+ id="dx1-30024"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6083--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30025"></a>
- but the user must supply the description. The <span
+ id="dx1-30025"></a> but the user must
+ supply the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30026"></a> field is obtained
- from
- <!--l. 5987--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-30026"></a> field is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 6088--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5989--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 6090--><p class="noindent" >
Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations
are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
@@ -11589,33 +12124,37 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6097--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30028"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
+ id="dx1-30028"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6097--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30029"></a>
- but doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-30029"></a> but doesn’t set the
+ <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-30030"></a> attribute.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6102--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user</span><a
- id="dx1-30031"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a
+ id="dx1-30031"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6102--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30032"></a> style
- but additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This
+ id="dx1-30032"></a> style but
+ additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This
checks the value of the field given by
- <!--l. 6006--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30033"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6107--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6008--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6109--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a
@@ -11633,7 +12172,7 @@
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field-value</span>⟩). The format is
governed by
- </p><!--l. 6016--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6117--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -11640,7 +12179,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6018--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6119--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the short form (for the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
@@ -11650,9 +12189,6 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
id="dx1-30038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using
-
-
-
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep </span>and then the parenthetical content (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a
@@ -11660,7 +12196,7 @@
The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-30040"></a> is set to
- </p><!--l. 6025--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6126--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
@@ -11667,13 +12203,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6027--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6128--><p class="noindent" >
The default definition ignores the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and encapsulates ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6031--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 6132--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-30042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span>(see above). The
@@ -11694,40 +12230,40 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
id="dx1-30044"></a> style.
- </p><!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+ </p><!--l. 6140--><p class="noindent" >For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-user}
-  <br />\newacronym{tug}{TUG}{\TeX\ User Group}
-  <br />\newacronym
-  <br /> [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]
-  <br /> {dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V}
-</div>
- <!--l. 6049--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ \newacronym{tug}{TUG}{\TeX\ User Group}
+ \newacronym
+  [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]
+  {dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6150--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as:
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" >TeX User Group (TUG)</p></div>
- <!--l. 6054--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 6153--><p class="noindent" >TeX User Group (TUG)</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6155--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as:
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 6056--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V (DANTE,
- German Speaking TeX User Group)</p></div>
- <!--l. 6059--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
- </p><!--l. 6060--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 6157--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V (DANTE,
+ German Speaking TeX User Group)</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6160--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
+ </p><!--l. 6161--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6062--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6163--><p class="noindent" >
and the plural suffix is given by
- </p><!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6165--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6066--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps
+ </p><!--l. 6167--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6169--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps
style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
@@ -11737,70 +12273,73 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
\renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}}
-  <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
-</div>
- <!--l. 6074--><p class="nopar" >
+ \renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6175--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30048"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style is like <a
+ id="dx1-30048"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
id="dx1-30049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30050"></a>
- attribute.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30050"></a> attribute.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6181--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30051"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style is like <a
+ id="dx1-30051"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6181--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30052"></a> but it doesn’t set the
- <a
+ id="dx1-30052"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-30053"></a> attribute.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6185--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30054"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">On <a
+ id="dx1-30054"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6185--><p class="noindent" >On <a
id="dx1-30055"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The
- inline and display full forms are the same. The <span
+class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and display full
+ forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30056"></a> is set to the full
- form. The <span
+ id="dx1-30056"></a> is set to the full form. The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-30057"></a> key is set to ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). Before version 1.04, this was
- incorrectly set to the short form. If you want to revert back to this you can
- redefine
- <!--l. 6091--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30058"></a> <span
+class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩
+ (⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). Before version 1.04, this was incorrectly set to the short form. If you
+ want to revert back to this you can redefine
+ </p><!--l. 6192--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6093--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6194--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok}
-</div>
- <!--l. 6097--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6198--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-30059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short
forms are separated by <span
@@ -11808,10 +12347,10 @@
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-30060"></a> field is obtained
from
- </p><!--l. 6101--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6202--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6103--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6204--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -11826,102 +12365,110 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6214--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30062"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30062"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6214--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30063"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
id="dx1-30064"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30065"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30065"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30066"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
id="dx1-30067"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6222--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30068"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30068"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6222--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30069"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
id="dx1-30070"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6226--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30071"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
+ id="dx1-30071"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6226--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30072"></a> but
- redefines <span
+ id="dx1-30072"></a> but redefines
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
id="dx1-30073"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6230--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30074"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
- <a
+ id="dx1-30074"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6230--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30075"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-30075"></a> but doesn’t set
+ the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-30076"></a> attribute.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+
+
+
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30077"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the
- <a
+ id="dx1-30077"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30078"></a> style and the <a
+ id="dx1-30078"></a> style
+ and the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30079"></a> style. The display and
- inline forms are as for <a
+ id="dx1-30079"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for
+ <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
id="dx1-30080"></a> and the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30081"></a> key is obtained
- from
- <!--l. 6141--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30082"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-30081"></a> key is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 6242--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
- </p><!--l. 6143--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6244--><p class="noindent" >
Again, this should only be redefined before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting.
- </p><!--l. 6147--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 6248--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-30083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
<span
@@ -11936,11 +12483,13 @@
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30085"></a> style.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6253--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30086"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is like <a
+ id="dx1-30086"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6253--><p class="noindent" >This is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
id="dx1-30087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
@@ -11947,12 +12496,14 @@
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-30088"></a> attribute.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6257--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30089"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is like <a
+ id="dx1-30089"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6257--><p class="noindent" >This is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.nolong-short"><span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-30090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
@@ -11959,12 +12510,14 @@
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-30091"></a> attribute.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6261--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long</span><a
- id="dx1-30092"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">On <a
+ id="dx1-30092"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6261--><p class="noindent" >On <a
id="dx1-30093"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
@@ -11984,13 +12537,13 @@
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
id="dx1-30097"></a>
style.
- <!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 6271--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-30098"></a> field is obtained from
- </p><!--l. 6171--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6272--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30099"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6173--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6274--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -12003,12 +12556,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
+
+
+
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6285--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long</span><a
- id="dx1-30100"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30100"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6285--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-30101"></a> but redefines <span
@@ -12015,12 +12573,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
id="dx1-30102"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6289--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long</span><a
- id="dx1-30103"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30103"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6289--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-30104"></a> but redefines <span
@@ -12027,12 +12587,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
id="dx1-30105"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long</span><a
- id="dx1-30106"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30106"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-30107"></a> but redefines <span
@@ -12039,12 +12601,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
id="dx1-30108"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em</span><a
- id="dx1-30109"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
+ id="dx1-30109"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-30110"></a> but redefines
@@ -12052,30 +12616,29 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
id="dx1-30111"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user</span><a
- id="dx1-30112"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a
+ id="dx1-30112"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30113"></a> style but
- with the long and short forms switched. The parenthetical material is governed
- by the same command <span
+ id="dx1-30113"></a> style but with the long
+ and short forms switched. The parenthetical material is governed by the same
+ command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen</span><a
- id="dx1-30114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it
-
-
-
- is the long form instead of the short form. The <span
+ id="dx1-30114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it is the
+ long form instead of the short form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-30115"></a> field is obtained by
expanding
- <!--l. 6207--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30116"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6308--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30116"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6209--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6310--><p class="noindent" >
Again, this should only be redefined before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
@@ -12089,43 +12652,48 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6316--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30118"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style is like <a
+ id="dx1-30118"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6316--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30119"></a> but it doesn’t set the
- <a
+ id="dx1-30119"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-30120"></a> attribute.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6320--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30121"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">On <a
+ id="dx1-30121"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 6320--><p class="noindent" >On <a
id="dx1-30122"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The
- inline and display full forms are the same. The <span
+class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The inline and display full
+ forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30123"></a> is set to the full
- form. The <span
+ id="dx1-30123"></a> is set to the full form. The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30124"></a> must be supplied by the user. The short and long
- forms are separated by <span
+ id="dx1-30124"></a> must
+ be supplied by the user. The short and long forms are separated by
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30125"></a> field is obtained
- from
- <!--l. 6226--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30126"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-30125"></a> field is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 6327--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30126"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6228--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -12140,89 +12708,95 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6339--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30127"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30127"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6339--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30128"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
id="dx1-30129"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30130"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30130"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30131"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
id="dx1-30132"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6347--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30133"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30133"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6347--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30134"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
id="dx1-30135"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6351--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30136"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
+ id="dx1-30136"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6351--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30137"></a> but
- redefines <span
+ id="dx1-30137"></a> but redefines
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
id="dx1-30138"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6355--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30139"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the
- <a
+ id="dx1-30139"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6355--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30140"></a> style and the <a
+ id="dx1-30140"></a> style
+ and the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30141"></a> style. The display and
- inline forms are as for <a
+ id="dx1-30141"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for
+ <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
id="dx1-30142"></a>, but the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30143"></a> key is obtained
- from
-
-
-
- <!--l. 6260--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30144"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-30143"></a> key is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 6361--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30144"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6262--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6363--><p class="noindent" >
Again, this should only be redefined before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting.
- </p><!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 6367--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-30145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
<span
@@ -12229,23 +12803,25 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6371--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30146"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">On <a
+ id="dx1-30146"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6371--><p class="noindent" >On <a
id="dx1-30147"></a><a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as
- a footnote. This style automatically sets the <a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as a footnote.
+ This style automatically sets the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30148"></a> attribute to “true” for
- the supplied category, so the <a
+ id="dx1-30148"></a> attribute to “true” for the
+ supplied category, so the <a
id="dx1-30149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote
marker may be, if the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-30150"></a> package is used).
- <!--l. 6277--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 6378--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -12256,10 +12832,10 @@
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-30153"></a> key is obtained by
expanding:
- </p><!--l. 6281--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6382--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30154"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotename </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6283--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6384--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -12271,25 +12847,25 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile or formatting commands
should be protected from expansion.
- </p><!--l. 6290--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
- </p><!--l. 6291--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
+ </p><!--l. 6392--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30155"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6394--><p class="noindent" >
to format the long form on <a
id="dx1-30156"></a>first use or for the full form and
- </p><!--l. 6295--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6396--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30157"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6398--><p class="noindent" >
to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>).
- </p><!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
- </p><!--l. 6302--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6402--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
+ </p><!--l. 6403--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30158"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -12296,7 +12872,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6304--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6405--><p class="noindent" >
By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
id="dx1-30159"></a><span
@@ -12309,109 +12885,121 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrabbrvfootnote}[2]{%
-  <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%
-  <br />}
-</div>
- <!--l. 6312--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
+   \footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%
+ }
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6413--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrabbrvfootnote}[2]{%
-  <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}: #2}%
-  <br />}
-</div>
- <!--l. 6318--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span
+   \footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}: #2}%
+ }
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6419--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference
(see <a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.4 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entryfmtmods </a><a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a> and <a
href="#sec:nested"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.8 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested
+ </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6424--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30160"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-30160"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6424--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-30161"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6427--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30162"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30162"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6427--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-30163"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30164"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-30164"></a>.
+ (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-30165"></a>. Renamed in
- version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
- backward-compatibility.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30165"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6434--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30166"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30166"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6434--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-30167"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30168"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-30168"></a>.
+ (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-30169"></a>. Renamed in
- version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
- backward-compatibility.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30169"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6441--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30170"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30170"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6441--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-30171"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30172"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-30172"></a>.
+ (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span><a
- id="dx1-30173"></a>. Renamed in
- version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
- backward-compatibility.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30173"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6448--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30174"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a
+ id="dx1-30174"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6448--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30175"></a>, but the
- <span
+ id="dx1-30175"></a>, but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30176"></a> must be supplied by the user. The <span
+ id="dx1-30176"></a> must be
+ supplied by the user. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30177"></a> field is obtained
- from:
- <!--l. 6352--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30178"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-30177"></a> field is obtained from:
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 6453--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30178"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6354--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6455--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ followed by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ in parentheses, and the <span
@@ -12418,19 +13006,16 @@
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-30179"></a> field is
obtained from:
- </p><!--l. 6357--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30180"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6359--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6460--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just the short form. (Similarly for other
<span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-[post]footnote-desc </span>styles, unless indicated otherwise.)
-
-
-
- </p><!--l. 6364--><p class="noindent" >Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations
+ </p><!--l. 6465--><p class="noindent" >Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations
are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
with <span
@@ -12438,63 +13023,70 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.footnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30181"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-30181"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30182"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6474--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30183"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30183"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6474--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30184"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
id="dx1-30185"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30186"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30186"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30187"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
id="dx1-30188"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6482--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30189"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30189"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6482--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30190"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
id="dx1-30191"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6486--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30192"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is similar to the <a
+ id="dx1-30192"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6486--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30193"></a> style but doesn’t modify the
- category attribute. Instead it changes <span
+ id="dx1-30193"></a> style but doesn’t modify the category
+ attribute. Instead it changes <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
id="dx1-30194"></a> to insert the
@@ -12507,7 +13099,10 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a
id="dx1-30197"></a>.
- <!--l. 6393--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 6494--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -12520,216 +13115,238 @@
id="dx1-30200"></a>first use. (Otherwise the
footnote would appear after the inline form.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30201"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-30201"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-30202"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6504--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30203"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30203"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6504--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-30204"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30205"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-30205"></a>.
+ (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-30206"></a>. Renamed in
- version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
- backward-compatibility.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30206"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6511--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30207"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30207"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6511--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-30208"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30209"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-30209"></a>.
+ (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-30210"></a>. Renamed
- in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
- backward-compatibility.)
-
-
-
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30210"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30211"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30211"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-30212"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30213"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-30213"></a>.
+ (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span><a
- id="dx1-30214"></a>. Renamed
- in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
- backward-compatibility.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30214"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30215"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a
+ id="dx1-30215"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30216"></a>, but
- the <span
+ id="dx1-30216"></a>, but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30217"></a> must be supplied by the user. The <span
+ id="dx1-30217"></a> must be
+ supplied by the user. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-30218"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-30219"></a> are set as for
- <a
+ id="dx1-30219"></a> are set as for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30220"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6532--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.postfootnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30221"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">A synonym for <a
+ id="dx1-30221"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6532--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30222"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+
+
+
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30223"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30223"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30224"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>
- to use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
id="dx1-30225"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6539--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30226"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30226"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6539--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30227"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>
- to use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
id="dx1-30228"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6543--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30229"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <a
+ id="dx1-30229"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6543--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-30230"></a> but redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>
- to use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
id="dx1-30231"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6547--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user</span><a
- id="dx1-30232"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
- <a
+ id="dx1-30232"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6547--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30233"></a> style but defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text.
- This means that you don’t have such a long hyperlink (which can cause
- problems for the DVI LaTeX format) and it also means that the user supplied
- material can include a hyperlink to another location. The <span
+ id="dx1-30233"></a> style but
+ defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text. This means that you
+ don’t have such a long hyperlink (which can cause problems for the DVI
+ LaTeX format) and it also means that the user supplied material can
+ include a hyperlink to another location. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30234"></a> key is obtained
- from <span
+ id="dx1-30234"></a> key is obtained from
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6556--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30235"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
- above <a
+ id="dx1-30235"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6556--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30236"></a> style but the <span
+ id="dx1-30236"></a>
+ style but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-30237"></a> must be specified. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30238"></a>
- is obtained from <span
+ id="dx1-30238"></a> is obtained from
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user</span><a
- id="dx1-30239"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
- above <a
+ id="dx1-30239"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30240"></a> style but the long form is shown first and
- the short form is in the parenthetical material (as for <a
+ id="dx1-30240"></a>
+ style but the long form is shown first and the short form is in the parenthetical
+ material (as for <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30241"></a>)
- style.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30241"></a>) style.
+
+
+
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6568--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30242"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
- above <a
+ id="dx1-30242"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6568--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30243"></a> style but the <span
+ id="dx1-30243"></a>
+ style but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-30244"></a> must be specified. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30245"></a>
- is obtained from <span
+ id="dx1-30245"></a> is obtained from
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span>.
-
-
-
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6574--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-30246"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work
- with the <a
+ id="dx1-30246"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6574--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work with the <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30247"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted
- using
- <!--l. 6476--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30248"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-30247"></a> category
+ attribute. The full form is formatted using
+ </p><!--l. 6577--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30248"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -12739,7 +13356,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6579--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of
commands like <span
@@ -12757,7 +13374,7 @@
id="dx1-30251"></a>
key is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6488--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 6589--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) type of styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
@@ -12765,8 +13382,8 @@
id="dx1-30252"></a>, this style also
repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form
is:
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 6493--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 6594--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
@@ -12775,8 +13392,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩)</p></div>
- <!--l. 6496--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
+class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩)</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6597--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -12785,41 +13402,41 @@
moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span
+ </p><!--l. 6602--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span
class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
\glssetcategoryattribute{english}{markwords}{true}
-  <br />\setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
-  <br />\newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol}
-</div>
- <!--l. 6506--><p class="nopar" > then
+ \setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
+ \newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6607--><p class="nopar" > then
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
\gls{ip}[-Adressen]
-</div>
- <!--l. 6510--><p class="nopar" > will do
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 6513--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
- <!--l. 6515--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6611--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 6614--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6616--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
\gls{ip}[ Address]
-</div>
- <!--l. 6518--><p class="nopar" > will do
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 6521--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div>
- <!--l. 6523--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
- </p><!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6619--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 6622--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6624--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
+ </p><!--l. 6626--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that
@@ -12826,15 +13443,15 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
\glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen]
-</div>
- <!--l. 6530--><p class="nopar" > will do
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 6533--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div>
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6631--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 6634--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></blockquote>
</div>
- <!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6537--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
+ <!--l. 6636--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6638--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
id="dx1-30253"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of
@@ -12842,14 +13459,14 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
\gls{ip}[-Adressen]
-</div>
- <!--l. 6541--><p class="nopar" > would do
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 6544--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
- <!--l. 6546--><p class="noindent" >instead.
- </p><!--l. 6548--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6642--><p class="nopar" > would do
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 6645--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6647--><p class="noindent" >instead.
+ </p><!--l. 6649--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is likely to contain commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
then use <a
@@ -12857,8 +13474,8 @@
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-30254"></a> instead to avoid nested links.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 6552--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6554--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
+ </p><!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6655--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps
@@ -12867,23 +13484,25 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
\renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}
-  <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
-</div>
- <!--l. 6560--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
+ \renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 6661--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6664--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30255"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
- <a
+ id="dx1-30255"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6664--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30256"></a> except that the parenthetical part is omitted and
- the long form is displayed on subsequent use. The short form can be accessed
- with <span
+ id="dx1-30256"></a>
+ except that the parenthetical part is omitted and the long form is
+ displayed on subsequent use. The short form can be accessed with
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>but just uses the default abbreviation font. There’s
no regular version of this style as the regular form doesn’t have the
flexibility to deal with the hyphen switch. The <span
@@ -12891,24 +13510,28 @@
id="dx1-30257"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6674--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30258"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
- <a
+ id="dx1-30258"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6674--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30259"></a> but the name is set to the short form and the
- description is set to the long form.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30259"></a> but the
+ name is set to the short form and the description is set to the long
+ form.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6680--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30260"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-30260"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6581--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6680--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-30261"></a> but the user
@@ -12917,12 +13540,14 @@
id="dx1-30262"></a> is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6687--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-30263"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-30263"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6588--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6687--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-30264"></a> but the
@@ -12946,15 +13571,18 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩
+
+
+
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
where
- </p><!--l. 6596--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6697--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30265"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6598--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6699--><p class="noindent" >
is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br />⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ (<span
@@ -12963,18 +13591,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">isnert</span>⟩)
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-
-
-
- </p><!--l. 6604--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span
+ </p><!--l. 6705--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-30266"></a>.) </div>
- </p><!--l. 6607--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6609--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
- </p><!--l. 6610--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6710--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
+ </p><!--l. 6711--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-30267"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
@@ -12983,7 +13608,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6713--><p class="noindent" >
checks if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally
@@ -12996,7 +13621,7 @@
this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6621--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
+ </p><!--l. 6722--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -13003,8 +13628,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 6624--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6626--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
+ </p><!--l. 6725--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6727--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
behaves differently to the first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -13016,12 +13641,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full
format.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6732--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30268"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-30268"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6633--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6732--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6734--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-30269"></a>
@@ -13031,18 +13658,23 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6740--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-30271"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like <a
+ id="dx1-30271"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 6740--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30272"></a>,
- except that the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in
- parentheses. The full form is formatted using
- <!--l. 6643--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30273"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-30272"></a>, except that the short
+ form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. The full form is
+ formatted using
+ </p><!--l. 6744--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30273"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13052,7 +13684,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6645--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6746--><p class="noindent" >
which behaves in an analogous way to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -13060,12 +13692,14 @@
obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6750--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30275"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-30275"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6651--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6750--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6752--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-30276"></a> but the user
@@ -13073,26 +13707,24 @@
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-30277"></a> is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>.
-
-
-
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-30278"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like
- <a
+ id="dx1-30278"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30279"></a>, but the short form is displayed first followed by
- the long form in parentheses. On first use, <span
+ id="dx1-30279"></a>, but the short
+ form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. On first use,
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span>will do
- <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+class="cmtt-10">] </span>will do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span
@@ -13108,13 +13740,13 @@
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
where
- <!--l. 6666--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30280"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6767--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-30280"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6668--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6769--><p class="noindent" >
is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to
those used with <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
@@ -13124,7 +13756,7 @@
id="dx1-30282"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6673--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
+ </p><!--l. 6774--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -13131,8 +13763,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 6676--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6678--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
+ </p><!--l. 6777--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6779--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
behaves differently to the first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -13144,12 +13776,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full
format.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30283"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-30283"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6685--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6786--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-30284"></a>
@@ -13160,13 +13797,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>.
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6692--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6793--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6692--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6793--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5 </span> <a
id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 6695--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 6696--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 6796--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
+</p><!--l. 6797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
@@ -13175,8 +13812,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6698--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6699--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6799--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a
@@ -13185,10 +13822,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
id="dx1-31003"></a> command.
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 6706--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6807--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
unless you have reverted <span
@@ -13202,15 +13836,15 @@
package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 6713--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6715--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6814--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6816--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may
set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should
redefine
-</p><!--l. 6718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6720--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6821--><p class="noindent" >
to set the entry fields including the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-31007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
@@ -13228,12 +13862,12 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-31013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6727--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to
protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6730--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6732--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 6831--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6833--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-31014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
@@ -13242,20 +13876,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
  \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
- <br />    name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
- <br />    sort={\the\glsshorttok},
- <br />    first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}%
- <br />     \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
- <br />     \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}}},%
- <br />    firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}%
- <br />     \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
- <br />     \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}},%
- <br />    plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
- <br />    description={\the\glslongtok}}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 6746--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span
+    name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+    sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+    first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}%
+     \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+     \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}}},%
+    firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}%
+     \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+     \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}},%
+    plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
+    description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 6847--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-31015"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
@@ -13262,7 +13896,7 @@
id="dx1-31016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6750--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-31017"></a>, use commands like <span
@@ -13280,15 +13914,15 @@
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument even if they’re not used within
<span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6759--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument may also redefine
-</p><!--l. 6760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6762--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="noindent" >
which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do
nothing.)
-</p><!--l. 6766--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 6867--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-31020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span
@@ -13297,17 +13931,17 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
  \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
- <br />    \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
- <br />    \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
- <br />    {%
- <br />      \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
- <br />    }%
- <br />    {}%
- <br />  }%
-</div>
-<!--l. 6777--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a
+    \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
+    \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+    {%
+      \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+    }%
+    {}%
+  }%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 6878--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
id="dx1-31021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a
@@ -13319,20 +13953,20 @@
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
id="dx1-31023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by
other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category.
-</p><!--l. 6784--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
+</p><!--l. 6885--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
following token registers.
-</p><!--l. 6787--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6790--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6792--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6893--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6795--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6896--><p class="noindent" >
(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
through the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
@@ -13339,18 +13973,18 @@
id="dx1-31026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-31027"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6803--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6805--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6906--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6806--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6808--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6909--><p class="noindent" >
(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
through the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
@@ -13357,7 +13991,7 @@
id="dx1-31030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-31031"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6813--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a
+</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
id="dx1-31032"></a>). The
@@ -13365,15 +13999,15 @@
(unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands:
-</p><!--l. 6818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form and
-</p><!--l. 6822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6824--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-31035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that
@@ -13381,36 +14015,36 @@
may be added by the attribute setting.)
-</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6831--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6833--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6934--><p class="noindent" >
which contains the entry’s label and
-</p><!--l. 6835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6837--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="noindent" >
which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-31038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span
+</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span
class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above.
The category label can be access through the command (not a register):
-</p><!--l. 6844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6846--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="noindent" >
This may be used inside the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span
@@ -13421,61 +14055,61 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc}
-</div>
-<!--l. 6858--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 6959--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document.
This argument should redefine the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 6865--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span
+</p><!--l. 6966--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-31042"></a>
key):
-</p><!--l. 6867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="noindent" >
(Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 6873--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a
+</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a
id="dx1-31044"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 6874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6876--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6878--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
+</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6979--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-31046"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 6880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6882--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6884--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a
+</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6985--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a
id="dx1-31048"></a>first use or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 6885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6887--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 6988--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6990--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use:
-</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6893--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-31051"></a> on <a
id="dx1-31052"></a>first use for
@@ -13483,7 +14117,7 @@
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-31053"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 6999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13490,8 +14124,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7001--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7003--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-31055"></a> on
<a
@@ -13499,7 +14133,7 @@
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-31057"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13506,8 +14140,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6907--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6909--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7008--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7010--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
id="dx1-31059"></a> on <a
id="dx1-31060"></a>first use for
@@ -13515,7 +14149,7 @@
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-31061"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13525,8 +14159,8 @@
-</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7017--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
id="dx1-31063"></a> on
<a
@@ -13535,7 +14169,7 @@
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-31065"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13542,12 +14176,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7024--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline
full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the
display full forms.
-</p><!--l. 6927--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7028--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
id="dx1-31067"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
@@ -13555,7 +14189,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a
id="dx1-31069"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13562,14 +14196,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6931--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7034--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a
id="dx1-31071"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a
id="dx1-31072"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13576,8 +14210,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6937--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7038--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7040--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a
id="dx1-31074"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a
@@ -13585,7 +14219,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a
id="dx1-31076"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13592,14 +14226,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7044--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a
id="dx1-31078"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a
id="dx1-31079"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13606,8 +14240,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
+</p><!--l. 7050--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7052--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for
abbreviations with the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
@@ -13614,8 +14248,8 @@
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-31081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these
commands, the default values are used.
-</p><!--l. 6957--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7058--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 7059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13622,9 +14256,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6960--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7063--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13631,9 +14265,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6965--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7066--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7068--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 7069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31084"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13640,12 +14274,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7071--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7073--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31085"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13652,8 +14286,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span
+</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7078--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-31086"></a> use the following
<span
@@ -13660,19 +14294,20 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands (<a
href="#sec:accsupp"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>12.2 </a><a
-href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) within the definitions of
-<span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:accsupp </a><a
+href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) within the
+definitions of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat </span>etc instead of the analogous <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. (If you
-don’t use <span
+class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩
+commands. (If you don’t use <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-31087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding <span
+ id="dx1-31087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding
+<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩
-command.)
-</p><!--l. 6985--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ command.)
+</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-31088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
@@ -13681,44 +14316,44 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
  \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongdefaultfont{##1}}%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
- <br />    \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
- <br />    \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi
- <br />    \glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
- <br />    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
- <br />    \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
- <br />    \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi
- <br />    \glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
- <br />    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
- <br />    \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
- <br />    \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
- <br />    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
- <br />    \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
- <br />     \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
- <br />    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
- <br />  }%
-</div>
-<!--l. 7015--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
+  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+    \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
+    \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi
+    \glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
+  }%
+  \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+    \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
+    \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi
+    \glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
+  }%
+  \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+    \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
+    \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
+  }%
+  \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+    \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
+     \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
+  }%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7116--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
display versions.
-</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 7020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 7121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-31089"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7123--><p class="noindent" >
within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the
@@ -13731,11 +14366,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
  \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 7028--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7129--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-31091"></a> that displays
@@ -13745,18 +14380,18 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
\newabbreviationstyle
- <br />{custom-sf}% label
- <br />{% setup
- <br />  \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
- <br />}%
- <br />{% fmts
- <br />  \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7043--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
+{custom-sf}% label
+{% setup
+  \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
+}%
+{% fmts
+  \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7144--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
@@ -13769,7 +14404,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified
styles.
-</p><!--l. 7051--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
+</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
(<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>).
@@ -13776,32 +14411,36 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 7054--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7054--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7155--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a
id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7057--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 7158--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter
or section titles. The principle problems are: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">if you have a table of contents, the <a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 7162--><p class="noindent" >if you have a table of contents, the <a
id="dx1-32001"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset in the contents
rather than later in the document;
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">if you have the location lists displayed in the glossary, unwanted locations
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 7164--><p class="noindent" >if you have the location lists displayed in the glossary, unwanted locations
will be added to it corresponding to the table of contents (if present) and
every page that contains the entry in the page header (if the page style in
use adds the chapter or section title to the header);
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to the header and
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 7169--><p class="noindent" >if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to the header and
attempts to convert it to upper case, the entry label (in the argument
of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc) will be converted to upper case and the entry won’t be
recognised;
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">if you use <span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 7173--><p class="noindent" >if you use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-32002"></a>, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>can’t be expanded to a simple
@@ -13809,18 +14448,19 @@
from <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-32003"></a>);
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">if you use <span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 7176--><p class="noindent" >if you use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-32004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
- contents.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 7078--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
+ contents.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 7179--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
issues).
</p>
-<!--l. 7081--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7182--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a
id="simplisticapproach"></a>Simplistic Approach</h3>
-<!--l. 7083--><p class="noindent" >To get around all these problems, the <span
+<!--l. 7184--><p class="noindent" >To get around all these problems, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends
using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
@@ -13832,6 +14472,9 @@
the entry through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>. This means
+
+
+
that if, for example, you are using one of the abbreviation styles that uses
<span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
@@ -13848,10 +14491,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
\chapter{A Chapter about \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7096--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7197--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-33004"></a>:
@@ -13858,12 +14501,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
\chapter{A Chapter about
- <br />\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7101--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
+\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7202--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7204--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
@@ -13877,7 +14520,7 @@
header using <span
class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a
id="dx1-33005"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7114--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span
class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a
id="dx1-33006"></a> and
@@ -13886,16 +14529,16 @@
id="dx1-33007"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc</span>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their
former definitions using
-</p><!--l. 7117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-33008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7220--><p class="noindent" >
If you only want to restore <span
class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc </span>you can use:
-</p><!--l. 7121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-33009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7123--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7224--><p class="noindent" >
If you restore the header or table of contents commands, you’ll have to use the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either simply using <span
@@ -13906,10 +14549,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
\chapter[A Chapter about \glsentryshort{html}]{A Chapter about \gls{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7130--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7231--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmarkhook </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrinmark</span>
at the start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled
@@ -13916,17 +14559,17 @@
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7136--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span
+</p><!--l. 7237--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can
use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can
still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they
don’t conflict with the page style.
-</p><!--l. 7142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7243--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 7142--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7243--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a
id="newcommandsdesignedforchaptersectionheadings"></a>New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</h3>
-<!--l. 7144--><p class="noindent" >The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section headings.
+<!--l. 7245--><p class="noindent" >The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section headings.
There are still limitations, but they provide a better solution. They all use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a
@@ -13941,7 +14584,7 @@
id="dx1-34003"></a> will be
needed as appropriate in that field. (Take care if the field has its value expanded
before being assigned.)
-</p><!--l. 7156--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span
+</p><!--l. 7257--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>etc with the options <span
@@ -13955,7 +14598,7 @@
class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a
id="dx1-34006"></a> attribute to “true” for the
appropriate category.
-</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span
+</p><!--l. 7265--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
id="dx1-34007"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t
provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter
@@ -13973,9 +14616,9 @@
class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a
id="dx1-34009"></a> package in this case.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 7175--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="indent" > Display the short form:
-</p><!--l. 7178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7278--><p class="indent" > Display the short form:
+</p><!--l. 7279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13983,181 +14626,181 @@
-</p><!--l. 7180--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7182--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 7183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7281--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7283--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 7284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7187--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form:
-</p><!--l. 7188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 7289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7190--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7291--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 7194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7294--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 7295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7196--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7297--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="indent" > All caps singular short form:
-</p><!--l. 7200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7300--><p class="indent" > All caps singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 7301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7202--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7303--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > All caps plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 7206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7306--><p class="indent" > All caps plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 7307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7208--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7211--><p class="indent" > Display the long form:
-</p><!--l. 7212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7312--><p class="indent" > Display the long form:
+</p><!--l. 7313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7214--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7216--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7317--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 7318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7219--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7221--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form:
-</p><!--l. 7222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form:
+</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7224--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7227--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 7228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7328--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 7329--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7230--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7331--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7233--><p class="indent" > All caps singular long form:
-</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7334--><p class="indent" > All caps singular long form:
+</p><!--l. 7335--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7236--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7337--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7239--><p class="indent" > All caps plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 7240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7340--><p class="indent" > All caps plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 7341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7242--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7343--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7245--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span
+</p><!--l. 7346--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span
class="cmti-10">inline</span>
full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. The PDF version
has to be a simple fully expandable command, so one of two commands that are
unrelated to the style is used instead:
-</p><!--l. 7250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7252--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7353--><p class="noindent" >
for the singular form or:
-</p><!--l. 7254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7256--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="noindent" >
for the full form. These simply do the long form followed by the short form in
parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 7260--><p class="indent" > Display the full form:
-</p><!--l. 7261--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7361--><p class="indent" > Display the full form:
+</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7263--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7265--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 7266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7366--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 7367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7270--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form:
-</p><!--l. 7271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7369--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7371--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form:
+</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7276--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 7277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7377--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 7378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7380--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7282--><p class="indent" > All caps singular full form:
-</p><!--l. 7283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7383--><p class="indent" > All caps singular full form:
+</p><!--l. 7384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7285--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7386--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="indent" > All caps plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 7289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7389--><p class="indent" > All caps plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7392--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7294--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 7395--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
id="dx1-34030"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 7296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7298--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7300--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7399--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7303--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7404--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7306--><p class="indent" > All caps:
-</p><!--l. 7307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7407--><p class="indent" > All caps:
+</p><!--l. 7408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmttext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -14165,100 +14808,100 @@
-</p><!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7410--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7312--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 7313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7413--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 7414--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7416--><p class="noindent" >
First letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7317--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7418--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7319--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7420--><p class="noindent" >
and all caps:
-</p><!--l. 7321--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7426--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-34037"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 7327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7329--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7331--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7432--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7334--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7337--><p class="indent" > All caps:
-</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7438--><p class="indent" > All caps:
+</p><!--l. 7439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7441--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7343--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 7444--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-34041"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 7345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7347--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7349--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7450--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7352--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7453--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="indent" > All caps:
-</p><!--l. 7356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7456--><p class="indent" > All caps:
+</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7459--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7361--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7462--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 7463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7465--><p class="noindent" >
First letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7467--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7469--><p class="noindent" >
and all caps:
-</p><!--l. 7370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-34047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7473--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -14266,11 +14909,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 7374--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7475--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7475--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a
id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7377--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 7478--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-35001"></a> (or commands that internally use it
such as <span
@@ -14284,7 +14927,7 @@
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-35004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters
active.)
-</p><!--l. 7386--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
+</p><!--l. 7487--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary
type. Be careful not to confuse <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
@@ -14291,7 +14934,7 @@
id="dx1-35005"></a> with <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
id="dx1-35006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7391--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span
+</p><!--l. 7492--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-35007"></a>.
@@ -14304,7 +14947,7 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-35009"></a> by default.
-</p><!--l. 7398--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span
+</p><!--l. 7499--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span
class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
id="dx1-35010"></a> with the <a
href="#styopt.index"><span
@@ -14330,18 +14973,18 @@
option, that command will set the category to <span
class="cmss-10">number</span><a
id="dx1-35018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7406--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 7407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7507--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 7508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7409--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7510--><p class="noindent" >
This is equivalent to commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an
expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist.
-</p><!--l. 7414--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 7415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7515--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 7516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -14353,7 +14996,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7418--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7519--><p class="noindent" >
This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -14379,7 +15022,7 @@
</div> so any restrictions that apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>.
-<!--l. 7427--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span
+<!--l. 7528--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-35022"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
@@ -14394,20 +15037,22 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span
+</p><!--l. 7536--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7540--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
<a
id="catattr.nohyperfirst"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nohyperfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-35025"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">When using commands like <span
+ id="dx1-35025"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7540--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35026"></a> this will automatically suppress the
-
-
-
- hyperlink on <a
+ id="dx1-35026"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink
+ on <a
id="dx1-35027"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for entries with a category that has this attribute set to
“true”. (This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span
@@ -14437,43 +15082,49 @@
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
id="dx1-35032"></a> attribute then just
redefine
- <!--l. 7452--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35033"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 7553--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-35033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7454--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7555--><p class="noindent" >
to do nothing.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7558--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.nohyper"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nohyper</span><a
- id="dx1-35034"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">When using commands like <span
+ id="dx1-35034"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7558--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35035"></a> this will automatically suppress the
- hyperlink for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This
- settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span
+ id="dx1-35035"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink
+ for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This settings
+ can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span
class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-35036"></a> key on or off in the
- optional argument of commands like <span
+ id="dx1-35036"></a> key on or off in the optional
+ argument of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7565--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.indexonlyfirst"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-35037"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is similar to the <a
+ id="dx1-35037"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7565--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35038"></a> package option but only for entries
- that have a category with this attribute set to “true”.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-35038"></a> package option but only for entries that have
+ a category with this attribute set to “true”.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7569--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.wrgloss"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a
- id="dx1-35039"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">When using commands like <span
+ id="dx1-35039"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7569--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-35040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will
automatically implement <span
@@ -14480,38 +15131,43 @@
class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a
id="dx1-35041"></a><span
class="cmss-10">=after</span>. (New to v1.14.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7573--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.discardperiod"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">discardperiod</span><a
- id="dx1-35042"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If set to “true”, the post-<a
+ id="dx1-35042"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7573--><p class="noindent" >If set to “true”, the post-<a
id="dx1-35043"></a><a
-href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a full stop
- (period) that follows <span
+href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a full stop (period) that
+ follows <span
class="cmti-10">non-plural </span>commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. (Provided
- for entries such as abbreviations that end with a full stop.) This attribute is
- only applicable to entries defined using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. (Provided for entries such
+ as abbreviations that end with a full stop.) This attribute is only applicable to
+ entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if
- it’s using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility
fields.
- <!--l. 7481--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 7582--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
full stop. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
\newabbreviation
-  <br /> [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]
-  <br /> {dante}{DANTE e.V.}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\
-  <br />e.V.}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7488--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span
+  [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]
+  {dante}{DANTE e.V.}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\
+ e.V.}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7589--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-35044"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
@@ -14524,38 +15180,42 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
\glsuseri{dante}[.]
-</div>
- <!--l. 7495--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7596--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a
id="dx1-35047"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be
discarded.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7600--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span><a
- id="dx1-35048"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” <span
+ id="dx1-35048"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7600--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” <span
class="cmti-10">and </span>the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35049"></a> attribute is
- set to “true”, this will behave as above for the plural commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or
+ id="dx1-35049"></a> attribute is set to “true”,
+ this will behave as above for the plural commands like <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsplural</span>.
+ This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsplural</span>. This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7607--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span><a
- id="dx1-35050"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be
- discarded for <a
+ id="dx1-35050"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7607--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be discarded
+ for <a
id="dx1-35051"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> instances, even if <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
@@ -14574,45 +15234,47 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility
fields.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.markwords"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">markwords</span><a
- id="dx1-35054"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span
+ id="dx1-35054"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-35055"></a>
- will automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with
- <!--l. 7519--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35056"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-35055"></a> will
+ automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with
+ </p><!--l. 7620--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-35056"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7521--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7622--><p class="noindent" >
and each word is encapsulated with
- </p><!--l. 7523--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 7624--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">word</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7525--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7626--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true}
-  <br />\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7530--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
+ \newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7631--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}
-  <br />{\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7535--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a
+ {\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7636--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-35058"></a>, take advantage of this
@@ -14630,40 +15292,42 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
\newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%
-  <br /> {\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7547--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 7549--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to
+  {\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7648--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 7650--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to
entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- </p><!--l. 7553--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
+ </p><!--l. 7654--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
ending up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-35060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
- </p><!--l. 7557--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7658--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7660--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">markshortwords</span><a
- id="dx1-35061"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is similar to <a
+ id="dx1-35061"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7660--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only
- useful for abbreviations that contain spaces.) This attribute is only applicable
- to entries defined using <span
+ id="dx1-35062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only useful for
+ abbreviations that contain spaces.) This attribute is only applicable to
+ entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- <!--l. 7565--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span
+ </p><!--l. 7666--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-35063"></a> key isn’t used.
This setting will take precedence over <a
@@ -14670,28 +15334,30 @@
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
id="dx1-35064"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 7569--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
+ </p><!--l. 7670--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
ending up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-35065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
- </p><!--l. 7573--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7674--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7676--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">insertdots</span><a
- id="dx1-35066"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span
+ id="dx1-35066"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7676--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-35067"></a>
- will automatically have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry
- will be defined with those dots present as though they had been present in the
- ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(rather than inserting them every time
- the entry is used). The short plural form defaults to the new dotted version of
- the original ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-35067"></a> will
+ automatically have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry will
+ be defined with those dots present as though they had been present in the ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩
+ argument of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(rather than inserting them every time the
+ entry is used). The short plural form defaults to the new dotted version of the
+ original ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ form with the plural suffix appended. <span
class="cmti-10">This setting is</span>
<span
@@ -14705,26 +15371,28 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- <!--l. 7587--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 7688--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-35069"></a> key, you must
explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to
determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot).
</div>
- </p><!--l. 7593--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-
- </p><!--l. 7595--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a
+ </p><!--l. 7694--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7696--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
id="dx1-35070"></a> attribute set to “true”.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7699--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.aposplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">aposplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35071"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span
+ id="dx1-35071"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7699--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-35072"></a> will insert an
apostrophe (’) before the plural suffix for the <span
@@ -14743,12 +15411,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) Check with your supervisor,
publisher or editor if you want to use this attribute as this usage is
controversial.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7711--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.noshortplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">noshortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35075"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span
+ id="dx1-35075"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7711--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-35076"></a> won’t append
the plural suffix for the short plural form. This means the <span
@@ -14769,21 +15439,25 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7719--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.headuc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">headuc</span><a
- id="dx1-35080"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span
+ id="dx1-35080"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7719--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span><a
id="dx1-35081"></a> will use the
upper case version in the page headers.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7723--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.tagging"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">tagging</span><a
- id="dx1-35082"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by
+ id="dx1-35082"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7723--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><a
id="dx1-35083"></a> will be activated to use <span
@@ -14791,29 +15465,36 @@
id="dx1-35084"></a> in
the glossary (see <a
href="#sec:tagging"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.1 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:tagging </a><a
href="#sec:tagging">Tagging Initials<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:tagging --></a>).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 7728--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.entrycount"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">entrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-35085"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must
- be an integer value and is used in combination with <span
+ id="dx1-35085"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7728--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must be an
+ integer value and is used in combination with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-35086"></a>
- (see <a
+ id="dx1-35086"></a> (see
+ <a
href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.5 </a><a
-href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>). Leave blank or undefined for
- categories that shouldn’t have this facility enabled. The value of this attribute
- is used by <span
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycountmods </a><a
+href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>). Leave blank or
+ undefined for categories that shouldn’t have this facility enabled. The value of
+ this attribute is used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><a
- id="dx1-35087"></a> to determine how commands such as <span
+ id="dx1-35087"></a> to determine how commands
+ such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-35088"></a>
- should behave.
- <!--l. 7635--><p class="noindent" >With <span
+ id="dx1-35088"></a> should behave.
+ </p><!--l. 7736--><p class="noindent" >With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous
@@ -14826,53 +15507,60 @@
usage count for that entry is less than or equal to the value of that
attribute.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7743--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.linkcount"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">linkcount</span><a
- id="dx1-35090"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This attribute is set to <span
+ id="dx1-35090"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7743--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is set to <span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>by <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a
- id="dx1-35091"></a> (see <a
+ id="dx1-35091"></a> (see
+ <a
href="#sec:linkcount"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7.2
- </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:linkcount </a><a
href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7747--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.linkcountmaster"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">linkcountmaster</span><a
- id="dx1-35092"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by
-
-
-
+ id="dx1-35092"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7747--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a
- id="dx1-35093"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see <a
+ id="dx1-35093"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see
+ <a
href="#sec:linkcount"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7.2
- </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:linkcount </a><a
href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7752--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.glossdesc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-35094"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">The <span
+ id="dx1-35094"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7752--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
id="dx1-35095"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is
modified by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check for this attribute. The attribute may have
- one of the following values:
+ one of the following values: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 7757--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">firstuc</span>: the first letter of the description will be converted to upper
case (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><a
id="dx1-35096"></a>).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 7760--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">title</span>: the description will be used in the argument of the title casing
command <span
class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords</span><a
@@ -14880,21 +15568,24 @@
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
id="dx1-35098"></a>). If you want to use a
different command you can redefine:
- <!--l. 7663--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35099"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 7764--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-35099"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7665--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 7766--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7669--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7770--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control
sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why
<span
@@ -14902,48 +15593,54 @@
class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.)
</p>
</li></ul>
- <!--l. 7676--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
+ <!--l. 7777--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands.
See the <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
id="dx1-35100"></a> user manual for further details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7782--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.glossdescfont"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossdescfont</span><a
- id="dx1-35101"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified
- <span
+ id="dx1-35101"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7782--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-35102"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
- name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one
- argument. This control sequence will be applied to the description text. For
- example:
+ id="dx1-35102"></a>
+ command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the name of a control
+ sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one argument. This control
+ sequence will be applied to the description text. For example:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7689--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7790--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7793--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.glossname"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossname</span><a
- id="dx1-35103"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">As <a
+ id="dx1-35103"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7793--><p class="noindent" >As <a
href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span
class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a
id="dx1-35104"></a> but applies to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-35105"></a>. Additionally, if this
- attribute is set to “uc” the name is converted to all capitals.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-35105"></a>. Additionally, if this attribute is
+ set to “uc” the name is converted to all capitals.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7797--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.indexname"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexname</span><a
- id="dx1-35106"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If set, the <span
+ id="dx1-35106"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7797--><p class="noindent" >If set, the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>hook used at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-35107"></a>
@@ -14951,86 +15648,98 @@
class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
id="dx1-35108"></a>. See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a
-href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further
- details.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:autoindex </a><a
+href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for
+ further details.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7802--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.glossnamefont"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossnamefont</span><a
- id="dx1-35109"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified
- <span
+ id="dx1-35109"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7802--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-35110"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
- name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one
- argument. This control sequence will be applied to the name text. For
- example:
+ id="dx1-35110"></a>
+ command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the name of a control
+ sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one argument. This control
+ sequence will be applied to the name text. For example:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7709--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7810--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute
hasn’t been set.
- </p><!--l. 7713--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
+ </p><!--l. 7814--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\item</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7818--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.glosssymbolfont"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glosssymbolfont</span><a
- id="dx1-35111"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to version 1.42.) This is similar to <a
+ id="dx1-35111"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7818--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.42.) This is similar to <a
href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35112"></a> and
- <a
+ id="dx1-35112"></a> and <a
href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35113"></a> but is used by <span
+ id="dx1-35113"></a> but is
+ used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
id="dx1-35114"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7822--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.textformat"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a
- id="dx1-35115"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span
+ id="dx1-35115"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7822--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>have the link
- text encapsulated in the argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>by default. If this
- attribute is set, the control sequence given by the attribute value will be used
- instead. As with the above, the attribute value should be the name (without
- the leading backslash) of a command that takes a single argument (the link
- text). Remember that the abbreviation styles may apply an additional font
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>have the link text
+ encapsulated in the argument of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>by default. If this attribute is
+ set, the control sequence given by the attribute value will be used instead. As
+ with the above, the attribute value should be the name (without the leading
+ backslash) of a command that takes a single argument (the link text).
+ Remember that the abbreviation styles may apply an additional font
change.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.hyperoutside"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a
- id="dx1-35116"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span
+ id="dx1-35116"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span
class="cmtt-10">false</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">true </span>or unset. If
- unset, <span
+class="cmtt-10">true </span>or unset. If unset,
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. This indicates the default setting of the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span><a
- id="dx1-35117"></a>
- key, described in <a
+ id="dx1-35117"></a> key,
+ described in <a
href="#sec:wrglossary"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.2 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:wrglossary </a><a
href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7837--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.dualindex"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">dualindex</span><a
- id="dx1-35118"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external
+ id="dx1-35118"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7837--><p class="noindent" >If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external
glossary file through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-35119"></a> and <span
@@ -15040,24 +15749,31 @@
class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
id="dx1-35121"></a>. See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a
-href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for
- further details.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:autoindex
+ </a><a
+href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
+
+
+
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7843--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.targeturl"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">targeturl</span><a
- id="dx1-35122"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the
- URL provided by this attributes value. For example:
+ id="dx1-35122"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7843--><p class="noindent" >If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the URL
+ provided by this attributes value. For example:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7747--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7848--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL
contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -15068,7 +15784,7 @@
id="dx1-35123"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that
expand to literal characters.
- </p><!--l. 7755--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
+ </p><!--l. 7856--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
<span
class="cmtt-10">#</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ to the URL), then you also need to set <a
@@ -15081,7 +15797,7 @@
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ which is set by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to
the entry’s label.
- </p><!--l. 7761--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span
+ </p><!--l. 7862--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>
which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want
@@ -15094,13 +15810,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7768--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7869--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust
the above as appropriate.)
- </p><!--l. 7772--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 7873--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩ then use <a
@@ -15113,21 +15829,21 @@
class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a
id="dx1-35127"></a> for the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩ part.
- </p><!--l. 7776--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+ </p><!--l. 7877--><p class="noindent" >For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
-  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}
-  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7781--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7882--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span
class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span
class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span>
(page 7 of that PDF).
- </p><!--l. 7785--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
+ </p><!--l. 7886--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use
the starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
@@ -15137,34 +15853,38 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
\newignoredglossary*{external}
-  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{external}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
-  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
-  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={local example}}
-  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},
-  <br />  type=external,
-  <br />  category=external,
-  <br />  description={external example}}
-</div>
- <!--l. 7801--><p class="nopar" >
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{external}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
+ \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={local example}}
+ \newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},
+   type=external,
+   category=external,
+   description={external example}}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 7902--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7904--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.externallocation"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">externallocation</span><a
- id="dx1-35129"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">The value should be the file name of the target document when
- manually indexing an external location (see <a
+ id="dx1-35129"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7904--><p class="noindent" >The value should be the file name of the target document when manually
+ indexing an external location (see <a
href="#sec:wrglossary"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.2 </a><a
-href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>). In general,
- it’s better to use <a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:wrglossary </a><a
+href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>). In
+ general, it’s better to use <a
id="dx1-35130"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.7+ which can handle multiple external sources
- and doesn’t require this attribute.
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.7+ which can handle multiple external
+ sources and doesn’t require this attribute.
+</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7811--><p class="indent" > If a term is defined using <span
+<!--l. 7912--><p class="indent" > If a term is defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-35131"></a> and accessibility support has been
supplied via the <a
@@ -15174,7 +15894,7 @@
available. If <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
id="dx1-35133"></a> isn’t set its value will be obtained from:
-</p><!--l. 7815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7916--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35134"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaultshortaccess{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span
@@ -15181,7 +15901,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7817--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7918--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-35135"></a> to just do ⟨<span
@@ -15202,7 +15922,7 @@
id="dx1-35139"></a>
attributes below refer to the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ form that’s passed to this command.
-</p><!--l. 7825--><p class="indent" > The following attributes are only applicable to entries defined using
+</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="indent" > The following attributes are only applicable to entries defined using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span
@@ -15212,85 +15932,89 @@
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
id="dx1-35140"></a> package option hasn’t been used.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7932--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.accessinsertdots"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accessinsertdots</span><a
- id="dx1-35141"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span
+ id="dx1-35141"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7932--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-35142"></a>
- package has been loaded (with the <a
+ id="dx1-35142"></a> package has
+ been loaded (with the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35143"></a> option), then this behaves
- like <a
+ id="dx1-35143"></a> option), then this behaves like <a
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35144"></a> but for the ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-35144"></a>
+ but for the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ part used in the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35145"></a> field instead
- of the <span
+ id="dx1-35145"></a> field instead of the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-35146"></a> field. This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of
- the <span
+ id="dx1-35146"></a>
+
+
+
+ field. This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35147"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
- <span
+ id="dx1-35147"></a>
+ key in the optional argument of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7941--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.accessaposplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accessaposplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35148"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This boolean attribute overrides <a
+ id="dx1-35148"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7941--><p class="noindent" >This boolean attribute overrides <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35149"></a> for
-
-
-
- the <span
+ id="dx1-35149"></a> for the <span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35150"></a> key. Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support
- or if the <span
+ id="dx1-35150"></a> key.
+ Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support or if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35151"></a> key hasn’t been set or if the <span
+ id="dx1-35151"></a> key
+ hasn’t been set or if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35152"></a> key
- is explicitly set. If the <a
+ id="dx1-35152"></a> key is explicitly set. If the
+ <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35153"></a> is set and this attribute isn’t set and
- the <span
+ id="dx1-35153"></a> is set and this attribute isn’t set and the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35154"></a> key is set, then the <a
+ id="dx1-35154"></a> key is set,
+ then the <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35155"></a> setting governs the default
- <span
+ id="dx1-35155"></a> setting governs the default <span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35156"></a> setting. If you want <a
+ id="dx1-35156"></a> setting.
+ If you want <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35157"></a> but don’t want it applied to
- the accessibility support, set the <a
+ id="dx1-35157"></a> but don’t want it applied to the accessibility
+ support, set the <a
href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35158"></a> attribute to “false”. This
- attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span
+ id="dx1-35158"></a> attribute to “false”. This attribute is only
+ applicable to entries defined using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if
+ it’s using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7955--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.accessnoshortplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accessnoshortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35159"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-35159"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- This boolean attribute overrides <a
+ <!--l. 7955--><p class="noindent" >This boolean attribute overrides <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
id="dx1-35160"></a> for the <span
@@ -15305,43 +16029,52 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if
it’s using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7961--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.nameshortaccess"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nameshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35163"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span
+ id="dx1-35163"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7961--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span
class="cmss-10">access</span><a
- id="dx1-35164"></a> field (used for
- the <span
+ id="dx1-35164"></a> field (used for the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-35165"></a> field’s accessibility support) automatically assigned if it’s not
- provided.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-35165"></a> field’s
+ accessibility support) automatically assigned if it’s not provided.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.textshortaccess"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">textshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35166"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <span
+ id="dx1-35166"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" >Like <span
class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a
id="dx1-35167"></a> but applies to the <span
class="cmss-10">textaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35168"></a> field
- automatically assigned if it’s not provided.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-35168"></a> field automatically
+ assigned if it’s not provided.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 7970--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.firstshortaccess"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">firstshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35169"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Like <span
+ id="dx1-35169"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 7970--><p class="noindent" >Like <span
class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a
id="dx1-35170"></a> but applies to the <span
class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35171"></a> field
- automatically assigned if it’s not provided.
+ id="dx1-35171"></a> field automatically
+ assigned if it’s not provided.
+</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7875--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using:
-</p><!--l. 7876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+
+
+
+<!--l. 7976--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using:
+</p><!--l. 7977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35172"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15351,25 +16084,25 @@
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7878--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7979--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ is the category label, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is the attribute label and
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the new value for the attribute.
-</p><!--l. 7883--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a
+</p><!--l. 7984--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-35173"></a> attribute to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 7885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7986--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35174"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7887--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7889--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 7988--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7990--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
shortcut command:
-</p><!--l. 7891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35175"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15378,16 +16111,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7893--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7994--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note
that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 7898--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 7900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 7999--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 8001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35176"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15395,10 +16125,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" >
Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given
entry:
-</p><!--l. 7905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35177"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15405,9 +16135,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7907--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7909--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 7911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8008--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8010--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 8012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35178"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15420,7 +16150,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7914--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8015--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-35179"></a>’s <span
@@ -15429,7 +16159,7 @@
isn’t blank and isn’t <span
class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label
from an entry is:
-</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35180"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshasattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15442,9 +16172,9 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7922--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8023--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8025--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 8027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35181"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15459,7 +16189,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7928--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8029--><p class="noindent" >
This tests if the attribute (given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩) for the category (given by
⟨<span
@@ -15469,15 +16199,15 @@
isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is done.
-</p><!--l. 7935--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 8036--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
\glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO HYPER}{HYPER}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7938--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8039--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-35182"></a> category has the <a
href="#catattr.nohyper"><span
@@ -15485,7 +16215,7 @@
id="dx1-35183"></a> attribute set to
<span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”.
-</p><!--l. 7943--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a
+</p><!--l. 8044--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a
href="#catattr.nohyper"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a
id="dx1-35184"></a>, make sure you always test for <span
@@ -15492,9 +16222,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">true</span>
not <span
class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set.
-</p><!--l. 7946--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
+</p><!--l. 8047--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
entry:
-</p><!--l. 7948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35185"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15509,13 +16239,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7950--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7952--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a
+</p><!--l. 8051--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8053--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-35186"></a>
attribute set to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 7954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35187"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifregularcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15525,9 +16255,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7956--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8057--><p class="noindent" >
Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 7959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35188"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifregular{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15536,7 +16266,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7961--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8062--><p class="noindent" >
Note that if the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
@@ -15547,7 +16277,7 @@
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-35190"></a> attribute has been set to
“false”:
-</p><!--l. 7965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35191"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregularcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15557,9 +16287,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7967--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8068--><p class="noindent" >
or for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 7969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35192"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregular{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15568,7 +16298,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7971--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8072--><p class="noindent" >
Again, if the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
@@ -15575,8 +16305,8 @@
id="dx1-35193"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩, so these
reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense.
-</p><!--l. 7976--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 7978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 8077--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 8079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -15590,7 +16320,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7979--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8080--><p class="noindent" >
This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated
list ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ that have the category given by ⟨<span
@@ -15603,12 +16333,12 @@
control sequences) to access the current glossary and entry label. If ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is
omitted, all glossaries are assumed.
-</p><!--l. 7989--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
+</p><!--l. 8090--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
attribute using:
-</p><!--l. 7991--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35194"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachwithattribute[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span
@@ -15625,18 +16355,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7993--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8094--><p class="noindent" >
This will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ for each entry that has a category with the attribute ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩
set to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>⟩. The remaining arguments are as the previous command.
-</p><!--l. 7998--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
+</p><!--l. 8099--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
field changing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a
id="dx1-35195"></a>. Alternatively, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 8001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35196"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-labels</span>⟩<span
@@ -15643,7 +16373,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8104--><p class="noindent" >
This will change the category to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ for each entry listed in the
comma-separated list ⟨<span
@@ -15652,9 +16382,9 @@
id="dx1-35197"></a> so it will
expand ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ and make the change global.
-</p><!--l. 8009--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
+</p><!--l. 8110--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
using:
-</p><!--l. 8011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-35198"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span
@@ -15662,7 +16392,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8013--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8114--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels.
@@ -15669,14 +16399,15 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 8017--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 8017--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8118--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 8118--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a
id="sec:countref"></a>Counting References</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8020--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references:
+</p><!--l. 8121--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-36002x1">Counting the total number of times <span
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-36002x1">
+ <!--l. 8123--><p class="noindent" >Counting the total number of times <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>resets
the count and is best avoided). This is provided by the base <span
@@ -15686,15 +16417,17 @@
has to be written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that it’s available on the next
LaTeX run.
- <!--l. 8030--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and is described in <a
+ </p><!--l. 8131--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and is described in
+ <a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7.1 </a><a
-href="#sec:entrycount">Entry
- Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycount </a><a
+href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
</p></li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-36004x2">Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-36004x2">
+ <!--l. 8134--><p class="noindent" >Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with
<a
id="dx1-36005"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -15702,11 +16435,13 @@
differently if it’s only been recorded (indexed) a certain number of times.
See <a
href="#sec:recordcount"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9.5 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:recordcount </a><a
href="#sec:recordcount">Record Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordcount --></a> for further details.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-36007x3">Counting the number of times the <span
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-36007x3">
+ <!--l. 8140--><p class="noindent" >Counting the number of times the <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like
commands are used. (That is, those commands that internally use
@@ -15718,40 +16453,48 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys </span>or
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span>. See <a
+class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span>. See <a
href="#sec:linkcount"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7.2 </a><a
-href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a> for further details.</li></ol>
-<!--l. 8049--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:linkcount </a><a
+href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a> for further
+ details.</p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 8150--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a
id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</h3>
-<!--l. 8052--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a
+<!--l. 8153--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a
href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.5 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycountmods </a><a
href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>modifies the
-<span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
+modifies the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
id="dx1-37001"></a> command to allow for the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37002"></a> attribute. This means
-that you not only need to enable entry counting with <span
+ id="dx1-37002"></a>
+attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with
+<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-37003"></a>, but
-you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a
+ id="dx1-37003"></a>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see
+<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8059--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
+</p><!--l. 8160--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
by commands that change the <a
id="dx1-37004"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands
+
+
+
that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that
don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8065--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8067--><p class="indent" > With <span
+</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8168--><p class="indent" > With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
id="dx1-37005"></a> instead of <span
@@ -15765,18 +16508,16 @@
id="dx1-37007"></a> attribute. (With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-37008"></a>
-will generate a warning if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn’t been used.) The
-
-
-
-abbreviation shortcut <span
+ id="dx1-37008"></a> will
+generate a warning if <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn’t been used.) The abbreviation
+shortcut <span
class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a
id="dx1-37009"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>(see <a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrshortcuts </a><a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>). The
acronym shortcut <span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a
@@ -15801,9 +16542,9 @@
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a
id="dx1-37014"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8080--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span
+</p><!--l. 8181--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available:
-</p><!--l. 8082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLS[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -15812,9 +16553,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8084--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8185--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 8086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -15823,11 +16564,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8189--><p class="noindent" >
These are analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use
-</p><!--l. 8091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15834,9 +16575,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8093--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8194--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 8095--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15843,32 +16584,32 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8097--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8198--><p class="noindent" >
which convert the analogous <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 8101--><p class="indent" > Just using <span
+</p><!--l. 8202--><p class="indent" > Just using <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\glsenableentrycount
- <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
- <br />\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />Used once: \cgls{html}.
- <br />Used twice: \cgls{xml} and \cgls{xml}.
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8123--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8125--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span
+\usepackage{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+\glsenableentrycount
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+\begin{document}
+Used once: \cgls{html}.
+Used twice: \cgls{xml} and \cgls{xml}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8224--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8226--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
@@ -15877,27 +16618,27 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\glsenableentrycount
- <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
- <br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
- <br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />Used once: \cgls{html}.
- <br />Used twice: \cgls{xml} and \cgls{xml}.
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8150--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8152--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\glsenableentrycount
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+\begin{document}
+Used once: \cgls{html}.
+Used twice: \cgls{xml} and \cgls{xml}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8251--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8253--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
id="dx1-37020"></a> now
use
-</p><!--l. 8154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -15906,7 +16647,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8157--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8258--><p class="noindent" >
to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ uses
commands like <span
@@ -15922,25 +16663,25 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 8267--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{%
- <br /> \glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%
- <br /> {%
- <br />   \ifnum\glsentryprevcount{#1}>\glsgetattribute{#1}{entrycount}\relax
- <br />    #3%
- <br />   \else
- <br />    #2%
- <br />   \fi
- <br /> }%
- <br /> {#3}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8179--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
+ \glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%
+ {%
+   \ifnum\glsentryprevcount{#1}>\glsgetattribute{#1}{entrycount}\relax
+    #3%
+   \else
+    #2%
+   \fi
+ }%
+ {#3}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8280--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
id="dx1-37023"></a>
@@ -15948,17 +16689,17 @@
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ will be used if the previous count value (the number of
times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the
attribute.
-</p><!--l. 8186--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
+</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
four:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8190--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8192--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8291--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8293--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
<a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
@@ -15967,7 +16708,7 @@
id="dx1-37025"></a>, etc to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
id="dx1-37026"></a> etc:
-</p><!--l. 8195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
@@ -15974,7 +16715,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8197--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8298--><p class="noindent" >
The first argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories. For each
category, the <a
@@ -15986,45 +16727,45 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
\renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%
- <br />\renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
- <br />\renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
- <br />\renewcommand*{\Glspl}{\cGlspl}%
- <br />\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
- <br />\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 8208--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
-</p><!--l. 8212--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
+\renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
+\renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
+\renewcommand*{\Glspl}{\cGlspl}%
+\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
+\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8309--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
+</p><!--l. 8313--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will
just set the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
id="dx1-37029"></a> attribute for each listed category.
-</p><!--l. 8216--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become:
+</p><!--l. 8317--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{abbreviation}{1}
- <br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
- <br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />Used once: \gls{html}.
- <br />Used twice: \gls{xml} and \gls{xml}.
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8238--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8240--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{abbreviation}{1}
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+\begin{document}
+Used once: \gls{html}.
+Used twice: \gls{xml} and \gls{xml}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8339--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8341--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands
will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 8245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
@@ -16034,7 +16775,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8247--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8348--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should
be applied, ⟨<span
@@ -16041,14 +16782,14 @@
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the trigger value and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ is the name of the counter
used by the sectional unit.
-</p><!--l. 8253--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of TeX’s output routine, discrepancies will occur
+</p><!--l. 8354--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of TeX’s output routine, discrepancies will occur
in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
id="dx1-37031"></a> counter. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8257--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8259--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
+</p><!--l. 8358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8360--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
counting in the same document.
-</p><!--l. 8262--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span
+</p><!--l. 8363--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩
needs to be expandable. Since <span
@@ -16063,7 +16804,7 @@
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ if it exists otherwise it will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8269--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a
+</p><!--l. 8370--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
id="dx1-37033"></a> (as before) and
@@ -16074,69 +16815,69 @@
href="#catattr.unitcount"><span
class="cmss-10">unitcount</span></a><a
id="dx1-37034"></a> (the name of the counter).
-</p><!--l. 8272--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
+</p><!--l. 8373--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for
this run:
-</p><!--l. 8275--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8277--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8378--><p class="noindent" >
and the final value from the previous run:
-</p><!--l. 8279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8281--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8382--><p class="noindent" >
In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span
class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In
both commands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 8286--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
-</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8387--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
+</p><!--l. 8388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8289--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8390--><p class="noindent" >
which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry
given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, and
-</p><!--l. 8292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8294--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8395--><p class="noindent" >
which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.
-</p><!--l. 8297--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
-</p><!--l. 8299--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
+</p><!--l. 8398--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
+</p><!--l. 8400--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
\documentclass{report}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
- <br />\newabbreviation{css}{CSS}{cascading style sheet}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={sample}}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\chapter{Sample}
- <br />Used once: \gls{html}.
- <br />Used three times: \gls{css} and \gls{css} and \gls{css}.
- <br />Used once: \gls{sample}.
- <br />\chapter{Another Sample}
- <br />Used once: \gls{css}.
- <br />Used twice: \gls{html} and \gls{html}.
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8330--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter}
+\makeglossaries
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{css}{CSS}{cascading style sheet}
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={sample}}
+\begin{document}
+\chapter{Sample}
+Used once: \gls{html}.
+Used three times: \gls{css} and \gls{css} and \gls{css}.
+Used once: \gls{sample}.
+\chapter{Another Sample}
+Used once: \gls{css}.
+Used twice: \gls{html} and \gls{html}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8431--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span
class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is
more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a
@@ -16150,12 +16891,12 @@
long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary
file.
-</p><!--l. 8341--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8442--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing
suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the
first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger
value.
-</p><!--l. 8347--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8448--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing
suppression because it’s in the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
@@ -16165,16 +16906,16 @@
-</p><!--l. 8352--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
+</p><!--l. 8453--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
example document the trigger value is set to zero, which means the index suppression
won’t be triggered, but the unit entry count is used to automatically suppress the
hyperlink for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-37041"></a> by modifying the hook
-</p><!--l. 8358--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8459--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-37042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8360--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8461--><p class="noindent" >
which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the
hyperlink.
@@ -16181,31 +16922,31 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{general}{0}{page}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
- <br />\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
- <br />  \ifnum\glsentrycurrcount\glslabel>0
- <br />   \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
- <br />  \fi
- <br />}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />A \gls{sample} entry.
- <br />Next use: \gls{sample}.
- <br />\newpage
- <br />Next page: \gls{sample}.
- <br />Again: \gls{sample}.
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8395--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{general}{0}{page}
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
+\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
+  \ifnum\glsentrycurrcount\glslabel>0
+   \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
+  \fi
+}
+\begin{document}
+A \gls{sample} entry.
+Next use: \gls{sample}.
+\newpage
+Next page: \gls{sample}.
+Again: \gls{sample}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8496--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each
page.
-</p><!--l. 8399--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span
+</p><!--l. 8500--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
id="dx1-37043"></a> counter still applies. If the
first instance of <span
@@ -16212,12 +16953,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurs at the top of the page within a paragraph that
started on the previous page, then the count will continue from the previous
page.
-</p><!--l. 8404--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8505--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 8404--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8505--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a
id="sec:linkcount"></a>Link Counting</h3>
-<!--l. 8407--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number
+<!--l. 8508--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number
@@ -16233,8 +16974,8 @@
<a
id="dx1-38001"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 8414--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 8415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8515--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command:
+</p><!--l. 8516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-38002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">master counter</span>⟩<span
@@ -16241,7 +16982,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8417--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8518--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a list of category labels. The optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">master</span>
@@ -16257,16 +16998,16 @@
class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span></a><a
id="dx1-38004"></a>
attribute.
-</p><!--l. 8426--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 8527--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>increment the associated
counter using
-</p><!--l. 8428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-38005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinclinkcounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8531--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\stepcounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
@@ -16277,37 +17018,37 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrinclinkcounter}[1]{\refstepcounter{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8436--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8438--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using
-</p><!--l. 8439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8537--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8539--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using
+</p><!--l. 8540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-38006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8542--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been
defined.
-</p><!--l. 8445--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span
+</p><!--l. 8546--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩) using
-</p><!--l. 8447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-38007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8550--><p class="noindent" >
(This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined.)
-</p><!--l. 8452--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first
+</p><!--l. 8553--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first
needs to be incremented so terms that have been defined but haven’t been
used in the document won’t have the associated count register allocated.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8457--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8459--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using:
-</p><!--l. 8460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8558--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8560--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using:
+</p><!--l. 8561--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-38008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -16316,16 +17057,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8462--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8563--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 8465--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using
-</p><!--l. 8466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8566--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using
+</p><!--l. 8567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-38009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="noindent" >
This simply expands to the counter name associated with the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
without any check for existence. For example, to change the display command
@@ -16338,10 +17079,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
\csdef{the\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8475--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8576--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t
convenient if you want to change the display for all entries. Instead, it’s simpler to
redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example:
@@ -16349,16 +17090,16 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter}[1]{%
- <br /> \GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{#1}%
- <br /> {\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{#1}}}%
- <br /> {0}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8486--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span
+ \GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{#1}%
+ {\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{#1}}}%
+ {0}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8587--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8490--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after
+</p><!--l. 8591--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after
the first reference. This redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a
id="dx1-38011"></a> (which is used by both <span
@@ -16373,30 +17114,30 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\renewcommand*{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
- <br /> \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}>1
- <br />  \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
- <br /> \fi
- <br />}
- <br />\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting{general}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an example}}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={another example}}
- <br />\newabbreviation{ex}{ex}{example}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\section{Sample Section}
- <br />\Gls{sample1}, \gls{sample2} and \gls{ex}.
- <br />\Glstext{sample1} and \gls{ex} again.
- <br />\section{Another Sample Section}
- <br />\Gls{sample1}, \gls{sample2} and \gls{ex}.
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8532--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\renewcommand*{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
+ \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}>1
+  \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
+ \fi
+}
+\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting{general}
+\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an example}}
+\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={another example}}
+\newabbreviation{ex}{ex}{example}
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample Section}
+\Gls{sample1}, \gls{sample2} and \gls{ex}.
+\Glstext{sample1} and \gls{ex} again.
+\section{Another Sample Section}
+\Gls{sample1}, \gls{sample2} and \gls{ex}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8633--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a
id="dx1-38012"></a> means that the options can override this. For
example
@@ -16404,10 +17145,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
\gls[hyper=true]{sample1}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8537--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8638--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting in <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a
id="dx1-38013"></a>. If <span
@@ -16416,7 +17157,7 @@
is used instead, the <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting will override the setting provided in the
optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 8543--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8644--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-38015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a
href="#catattr.linkcount"><span
@@ -16432,10 +17173,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
\ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}>1
-</div>
-<!--l. 8551--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8652--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>
applied. If the test is changed to
@@ -16442,33 +17183,33 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
\ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}=1
- <br />\else
- <br /> \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
- <br />\fi
-</div>
-<!--l. 8559--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span
+\else
+ \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
+\fi
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8660--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>applied.
-</p><!--l. 8563--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master
+</p><!--l. 8664--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master
counter:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[section]{general}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8567--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8668--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
-<!--l. 8569--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8670--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 8670--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a
id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8572--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
+</p><!--l. 8673--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in
this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
@@ -16478,7 +17219,7 @@
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
id="dx1-39002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8578--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a
+</p><!--l. 8679--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a
id="dx1-39003"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> syntax. If you’ve used the <a
@@ -16504,8 +17245,8 @@
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> and its dual entries as an alternative approach.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8587--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8590--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8688--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8691--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a
id="dx1-39010"></a> macro, used at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
@@ -16523,14 +17264,14 @@
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-39014"></a>
key.
-</p><!--l. 8600--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span
+</p><!--l. 8701--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the
external glossary file is modified to check for the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
id="dx1-39015"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 8604--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through
-</p><!--l. 8605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8705--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through
+</p><!--l. 8706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-39016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -16537,7 +17278,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8607--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8708--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the standard <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
id="dx1-39017"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s
@@ -16549,13 +17290,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are
user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the
automated index.
-</p><!--l. 8614--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by
-</p><!--l. 8615--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8715--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by
+</p><!--l. 8716--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-39019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8617--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8718--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. The default definition is:
@@ -16562,15 +17303,15 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8622--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8723--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s
written to the index file.
-</p><!--l. 8626--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using:
-</p><!--l. 8627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8727--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using:
+</p><!--l. 8728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-39020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
@@ -16577,7 +17318,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8629--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8730--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is the command which needs to be set to the
@@ -16586,21 +17327,21 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%
- <br />  \glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8636--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span
+  \glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8737--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is then processed to escape any of <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-39021"></a>’s special
characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual
value. The escaping of the sort value is performed by
-</p><!--l. 8641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-39022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8643--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8744--><p class="noindent" >
You can redefine this to do nothing if you want to omit the escaping. You may want
to consider providing another field to obtain the appropriate sort value if the one
provided in the <span
@@ -16608,23 +17349,23 @@
id="dx1-39023"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special
characters escaped or it may be a numeric value in the case of sort by use or
definition).
-</p><!--l. 8651--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
-</p><!--l. 8652--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8752--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
+</p><!--l. 8753--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-39024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8654--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8755--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 8657--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span
+</p><!--l. 8758--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
id="dx1-39025"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8660--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8662--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 8761--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8763--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-39026"></a> key, instead of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -16633,10 +17374,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8666--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8767--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
id="dx1-39028"></a> field, if present, otherwise the
<span
@@ -16646,15 +17387,15 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%
- <br />  \ifglshaslong{#2}%
- <br />  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{long}}%
- <br />  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8675--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8677--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span
+  \ifglshaslong{#2}%
+  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{long}}%
+  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8776--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8778--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is “true”, no encap will be
added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example:
@@ -16661,10 +17402,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8683--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8784--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span
class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold
whereas
@@ -16671,16 +17412,16 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8688--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
-</p><!--l. 8691--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8789--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
+</p><!--l. 8792--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 8696--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8698--><p class="indent" > By default the <span
+</p><!--l. 8797--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8799--><p class="indent" > By default the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-39030"></a> key won’t be used with the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
@@ -16690,10 +17431,10 @@
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-39032"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
command:
-</p><!--l. 8702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-39033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8704--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8805--><p class="noindent" >
If you use this command and <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-39034"></a> has been loaded, then the <span
@@ -16704,7 +17445,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a
id="dx1-39037"></a> to allow formats that use
that command.
-</p><!--l. 8709--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
+</p><!--l. 8810--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
id="dx1-39038"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
@@ -16721,8 +17462,8 @@
attribute will honour the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
id="dx1-39042"></a> key. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8715--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8717--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8816--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8818--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a
@@ -16742,35 +17483,35 @@
id="dx1-39048"></a>
have been defined before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded).
-</p><!--l. 8725--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
+</p><!--l. 8826--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
the correct characters.
-</p><!--l. 8727--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
-</p><!--l. 8729--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8731--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8828--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
+</p><!--l. 8830--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8832--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-39049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8733--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8834--><p class="noindent" >
Set the actual character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-39050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8738--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8839--><p class="noindent" >
Set the level character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-39051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8743--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8844--><p class="noindent" >
Set the escape (quote) character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8746--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8847--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-39052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
@@ -16778,7 +17519,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 8748--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8849--><p class="noindent" >
Set the encap character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
@@ -16785,12 +17526,12 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 8751--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 8751--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a
id="sec:bib2gls"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8754--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a
+</p><!--l. 8855--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a
id="dx1-40001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, which works in much
@@ -16811,7 +17552,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>).
-</p><!--l. 8765--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
+</p><!--l. 8866--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
maintain the database and it reduces the TeX overhead by only defining the entries
that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span
class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file that
@@ -16826,12 +17567,12 @@
<a
id="dx1-40004"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 8776--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span
+</p><!--l. 8877--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist
the integration of <a
id="dx1-40005"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>into the document build process.
-</p><!--l. 8780--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a
+</p><!--l. 8881--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a
id="dx1-40006"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The full details and
some sample documents are provided in the <a
@@ -16838,7 +17579,7 @@
id="dx1-40007"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span><a
href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls.pdf" >manual</a>.
-</p><!--l. 8784--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span
+</p><!--l. 8885--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be
extracted with <a
id="dx1-40008"></a><span
@@ -16847,73 +17588,73 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
@entry{bird,
- <br />  name={bird},
- <br />  description = {feathered animal},
- <br />  see={[see also]{duck,goose}}
- <br />}
- <br />@entry{duck,
- <br />  name={duck},
- <br />  description = {a waterbird with short legs}
- <br />}
- <br />@entry{goose,
- <br />  name="goose",
- <br />  plural="geese",
- <br />  description={a waterbird with a long neck}
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8803--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8805--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations:
+  name={bird},
+  description = {feathered animal},
+  see={[see also]{duck,goose}}
+}
+ at entry{duck,
+  name={duck},
+  description = {a waterbird with short legs}
+}
+ at entry{goose,
+  name="goose",
+  plural="geese",
+  description={a waterbird with a long neck}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8904--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8906--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
@string{ssi={server-side includes}}
- <br />@string{html={hypertext markup language}}
- <br />@abbreviation{shtml,
- <br />  short="shtml",
- <br />  long= ssi # " enabled " # html,
- <br />  description={a combination of \gls{html} and \gls{ssi}}
- <br />}
- <br />@abbreviation{html,
- <br />  short ="html",
- <br />  long  = html,
- <br />  description={a markup language for creating web pages}
- <br />}
- <br />@abbreviation{ssi,
- <br />  short="ssi",
- <br />  long = ssi,
- <br />  description={a simple interpreted server-side scripting language}
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8827--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8829--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols:
+ at string{html={hypertext markup language}}
+ at abbreviation{shtml,
+  short="shtml",
+  long= ssi # " enabled " # html,
+  description={a combination of \gls{html} and \gls{ssi}}
+}
+ at abbreviation{html,
+  short ="html",
+  long  = html,
+  description={a markup language for creating web pages}
+}
+ at abbreviation{ssi,
+  short="ssi",
+  long = ssi,
+  description={a simple interpreted server-side scripting language}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8928--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8930--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
preamble{"\providecommand{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}"}
- <br />@symbol{M,
- <br />  name={$\mtx{M}$},
- <br />  text={\mtx{M}},
- <br />  description={a matrix}
- <br />}
- <br />@symbol{v,
- <br />  name={$\vec{v}$},
- <br />  text={\vec{v}},
- <br />  description={a vector}
- <br />}
- <br />@symbol{S,
- <br />  name={$\mathcal{S}$},
- <br />  text={\mathcal{S}},
- <br />  description={a set}
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8850--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a
+ at symbol{M,
+  name={$\mtx{M}$},
+  text={\mtx{M}},
+  description={a matrix}
+}
+ at symbol{v,
+  name={$\vec{v}$},
+  text={\vec{v}},
+  description={a vector}
+}
+ at symbol{S,
+  name={$\mathcal{S}$},
+  text={\mathcal{S}},
+  description={a set}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8951--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8953--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a
id="dx1-40009"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can find out which entries have been used in the
@@ -16925,15 +17666,15 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8856--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8957--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
since <a
id="dx1-40011"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations.
-</p><!--l. 8861--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
+</p><!--l. 8962--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
<a
id="dx1-40012"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
@@ -16940,10 +17681,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule), then just use <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
id="dx1-40013"></a> and continue to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
-and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and
+<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>), but you also need to instruct
<a
@@ -16952,11 +17693,11 @@
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-40015"></a> key from being
set.
-</p><!--l. 8868--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8969--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <a
id="dx1-40016"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>is loaded using:
-</p><!--l. 8869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-40017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -16963,18 +17704,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8871--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8972--><p class="noindent" >
(Don’t include the file extension in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩.) There’s a shortcut version
(recommended over the above) that sets ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>:
-</p><!--l. 8874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 8975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-40018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8977--><p class="noindent" >
On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -17001,15 +17742,15 @@
</div>
</div> where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the current value of
-<!--l. 8888--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+<!--l. 8989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8889--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8990--><p class="noindent" >
which is incremented at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes
regarding <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8894--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8995--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -17029,7 +17770,7 @@
-<!--l. 8904--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
+<!--l. 9005--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file won’t exist on the first LaTeX run, the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
@@ -17049,16 +17790,16 @@
This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the entry is
defined is significantly larger than the placeholder ?? (as this can alter the page
breaking).
-</p><!--l. 8914--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span
+</p><!--l. 9015--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the
category code of <span
class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal
commands stored in the location field.
</p>
-<!--l. 8919--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9020--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a
id="selection"></a>Selection</h3>
-<!--l. 8921--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a
+<!--l. 9022--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a
id="dx1-41001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to select all entries that have a record in the
@@ -17077,20 +17818,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsignore}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8933--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9034--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsnumberformat}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8937--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9038--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from
occurring in the location lists.
-</p><!--l. 8941--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 9042--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>don’t
work with <a
@@ -17102,8 +17843,8 @@
id="dx1-41004"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8946--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8948--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a
+</p><!--l. 9047--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a
id="dx1-41005"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>this in the
options list. For example:
@@ -17111,10 +17852,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}]
-</div>
-<!--l. 8953--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9054--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. Those that don’t have any records will have an empty location list. See the
<a
@@ -17121,12 +17862,12 @@
id="dx1-41006"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for more details of this option.
-</p><!--l. 8959--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9060--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 8959--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9060--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2 </span> <a
id="sortinganddisplayingtheglossary"></a>Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 8961--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a
+<!--l. 9062--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a
id="dx1-42001"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The default is to sort
according to the system locale. If the document has a language setting, you can use
@@ -17144,13 +17885,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
\GlsXtrLoadResources[
- <br />  src=terms, % data in terms.bib
- <br />  sort=de-DE-1996 % sort according to this locale
- <br />]
-</div>
-<!--l. 8974--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of
+  src=terms, % data in terms.bib
+  sort=de-DE-1996 % sort according to this locale
+]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9075--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of
symbols you may find it more appropriate to use one of the letter-base sort methods
that sort according to the Unicode value of each character. Alternatively you can
provide a custom rule. See the <a
@@ -17158,7 +17899,7 @@
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> manual for full details of all the available sort
methods.
-</p><!--l. 8983--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
+</p><!--l. 9084--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references required within the document
(selected according to the <span
class="cmtt-10">selection </span>option) and the definitions have been written in
@@ -17170,9 +17911,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>), described in
<a
href="#sec:printunsrt"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10.2 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:printunsrt </a><a
href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8991--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span
+</p><!--l. 9092--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span
class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>,
<span
@@ -17183,30 +17925,30 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms,abbrvs,symbols}]
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{bird}
- <br />\gls{shtml}
- <br />\gls{M}
- <br />\printunsrtglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9013--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span
+\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms,abbrvs,symbols}]
+\begin{document}
+\gls{bird}
+\gls{shtml}
+\gls{M}
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9114--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span
class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
pdflatex mydoc
- <br />bib2gls mydoc
- <br />pdflatex mydoc
-</div>
-<!--l. 9020--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span
+bib2gls mydoc
+pdflatex mydoc
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9121--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span
class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span
@@ -17243,30 +17985,30 @@
a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how
they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document
build.
-</p><!--l. 9037--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
+</p><!--l. 9138--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
methods:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main]
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
- <br /> [src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=abbreviations]
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
- <br /> [src={symbols},sort={use},type={symbols}]
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{bird}
- <br />\gls{shtml}
- <br />\gls{M}
- <br />\printunsrtglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9063--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9065--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span
+\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+ [src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=abbreviations]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+ [src={symbols},sort={use},type={symbols}]
+\begin{document}
+\gls{bird}
+\gls{shtml}
+\gls{M}
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9164--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9166--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>with the same
<span
class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-blocks. For example:
@@ -17274,25 +18016,25 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
- <br /> [src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=main,
- <br />  group={Abbreviations}]
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
- <br /> [src={symbols},sort={use},type=main,
- <br />  group={Symbols}]
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main]
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{bird}
- <br />\gls{shtml}
- <br />\gls{M}
- <br />\printunsrtglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9094--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the
+\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+ [src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=main,
+  group={Abbreviations}]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+ [src={symbols},sort={use},type=main,
+  group={Symbols}]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main]
+\begin{document}
+\gls{bird}
+\gls{shtml}
+\gls{M}
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9195--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the
second group has the title “Symbols” and then follow the usual letter groups. Note
that for this example to work, you must run <a
id="dx1-42010"></a><a
@@ -17306,21 +18048,22 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
pdflatex myDoc
- <br />bib2gls -g myDoc
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
-</div>
-<!--l. 9105--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span
+bib2gls -g myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9206--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
id="dx1-42011"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding
title with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle </span>(see <a
href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a
-href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no
-title is set then the label is used as the group title.
-</p><!--l. 9111--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glosstylemods </a><a
+href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style
+Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no title is set then the label is used as the group title.
+</p><!--l. 9212--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using
<span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -17618,13 +18361,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div>
-<!--l. 9159--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 9260--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9159--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9260--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3 </span> <a
id="x1-430009.3"></a>The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 9162--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a
+<!--l. 9263--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
@@ -17641,26 +18384,27 @@
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. The package isn’t loaded by <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-43005"></a> as that option
-is intended for sorting with <a
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
+ id="dx1-43005"></a> as that option is
+intended for sorting with <a
id="dx1-43006"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
id="dx1-43007"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> and it is expected that the sorting
-will be switched off (with the resource option <span
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> and it is expected that the sorting will
+be switched off (with the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">sort=none</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9171--><p class="indent" > If <span
+</p><!--l. 9272--><p class="indent" > If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-43008"></a> is loaded via the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-43009"></a> package option then the
-check for associated language resource files (see <a
+ id="dx1-43009"></a> package option then the check for
+associated language resource files (see <a
href="#sec:lang"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:lang </a><a
href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a>)
will also search for the existence of <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
@@ -17670,7 +18414,7 @@
class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩ is the four letter script identifier, such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9179--><p class="indent" > This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span
+</p><!--l. 9280--><p class="indent" > This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
id="dx1-43010"></a> if the
relevant package option has defined the associated glossary: <span
@@ -17686,7 +18430,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex</span><a
id="dx1-43015"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9185--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</p><!--l. 9286--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#styopt.savenumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span></a><a
id="dx1-43016"></a> package option doesn’t have any effect with <a
@@ -17703,7 +18447,7 @@
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
id="dx1-43021"></a>
field
-</p><!--l. 9190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-43022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
@@ -17714,7 +18458,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9192--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9293--><p class="noindent" >
This command is intended for use in <span
class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span>. It’s simply defined to
<span
@@ -17733,10 +18477,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
@preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\int}{integral}"}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9203--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9304--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a
id="dx1-43026"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to treat <span
@@ -17745,7 +18489,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file (as it is by default) then it won’t
override the current definition (provided by the kernel or redefined by a
package).
-</p><!--l. 9210--><p class="indent" > The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span
+</p><!--l. 9311--><p class="indent" > The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>.
For many of them, if you want to provide an alternative definition then you need to
define the command before the resource file is loaded. There are a few that may be
@@ -17754,7 +18498,7 @@
first LaTeX run when the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist. In this case, you may prefer to
use:
-</p><!--l. 9217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-43027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrenewcommand{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
@@ -17765,12 +18509,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9320--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves like <span
class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand </span>but only generates a warning rather than an error
if the command isn’t already defined so it won’t interrupt the document
build.
-</p><!--l. 9224--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9325--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-43028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -17777,7 +18521,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9226--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9327--><p class="noindent" >
If the <span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-43029"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span
@@ -17811,12 +18555,12 @@
id="dx1-43033"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>manual for further details (at least version
1.4).
-</p><!--l. 9240--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
+</p><!--l. 9341--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>resource option, <a
id="dx1-43034"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ will now
use:
-</p><!--l. 9242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-43035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidest{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
@@ -17825,7 +18569,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9244--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9345--><p class="noindent" >
(if it has been defined) to set the widest name for the given glossary type and level.
This allows for both the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
@@ -17833,7 +18577,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a
id="dx1-43037"></a>,
which need to know the widest name.
-</p><!--l. 9250--><p class="indent" > If <a
+</p><!--l. 9351--><p class="indent" > If <a
id="dx1-43038"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can’t determine the widest name (typically because the name field
consists of commands that aren’t recognised by the interpreter) then <a
@@ -17840,7 +18584,7 @@
id="dx1-43039"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+
will now use:
-</p><!--l. 9253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-43040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">max depth</span>⟩<span
@@ -17847,7 +18591,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9255--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9356--><p class="noindent" >
(if defined). Currently the maximum hierarchical depth ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">max depth</span>⟩ may only be 0 or
2. This command requires commands provided by the <span
@@ -17862,12 +18606,12 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a
id="dx1-43043"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9262--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9363--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9262--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9363--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.1 </span> <a
id="sec:supplocations"></a>Supplemental Locations</h4>
-<!--l. 9265--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 9366--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-44001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
@@ -17881,7 +18625,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9267--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9368--><p class="noindent" >
This is used by <a
id="dx1-44002"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -17893,7 +18637,7 @@
id="dx1-44003"></a> attribute. This command sets up
the location counter and prefix (used in the formation of hyperlinks) and then
uses
-</p><!--l. 9273--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9374--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-44004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultisupplocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
@@ -17902,16 +18646,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9275--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9376--><p class="noindent" >
to format the actual location (with an external hyperlink, if supported).
-</p><!--l. 9279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9380--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9279--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9380--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.2 </span> <a
id="sec:recordnameref"></a>Nameref Record</h4>
-<!--l. 9282--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span
+<!--l. 9383--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file in the form:
-</p><!--l. 9285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 9386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17924,7 +18668,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9387--><p class="noindent" >
The <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
@@ -17933,7 +18677,7 @@
id="dx1-45002"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8, instead
uses:
-</p><!--l. 9290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 9391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17953,7 +18697,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">hcounter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9392--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>and ⟨<span
@@ -17967,14 +18711,14 @@
class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ will be left empty and <a
id="dx1-45004"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will treat it as a regular record.
-</p><!--l. 9298--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 9399--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ will globally change on every instance of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>but ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ won’t necessarily change. It can therefore cause
unexpected behaviour. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9302--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9304--><p class="indent" > The final argument ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 9403--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="indent" > The final argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩ is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ which provides the
@@ -18003,7 +18747,7 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
id="dx1-45008"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail.
-</p><!--l. 9315--><p class="indent" > Since <a
+</p><!--l. 9416--><p class="indent" > Since <a
id="dx1-45009"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is customized specifically for use with <span
@@ -18024,10 +18768,10 @@
using the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ target, which will take you to the nearest target before the indexing
took place.
-</p><!--l. 9326--><p class="indent" > With <a
+</p><!--l. 9427--><p class="indent" > With <a
id="dx1-45011"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+, normal locations are displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 9328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 9429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18037,11 +18781,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9430--><p class="noindent" >
This is provided by the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-45012"></a> package and is simply defined to do:
-</p><!--l. 9333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 9434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18052,7 +18796,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9334--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9435--><p class="noindent" >
Earlier versions of <a
id="dx1-45013"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>only used this in the <span
@@ -18075,12 +18819,12 @@
command sets up the prefix needed for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>to reform the target name
from the given location.
-</p><!--l. 9344--><p class="indent" > The locations identified by <span
+</p><!--l. 9445--><p class="indent" > The locations identified by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref </span>are written by <a
id="dx1-45017"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to
the location list using:
-</p><!--l. 9346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-45018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
@@ -18101,35 +18845,35 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9449--><p class="noindent" >
With normal internal locations, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will always be empty. With supplemental
locations, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will be the external file reference.
-</p><!--l. 9353--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 9454--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[8]{%
- <br />  \ifstrequal{#2}{equation}%
- <br />  {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{(#4)}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
- <br />  {%
- <br />     \ifstrempty{#5}%
- <br />     {%
- <br />       \glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#4}{#2.#7}{#8}%
- <br />     }%
- <br />     {%
- <br />       \ifstrequal{#2}{page}%
- <br />       {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#4}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
- <br />       {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
- <br />     }%
- <br />  }%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9370--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
-</p><!--l. 9372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+  \ifstrequal{#2}{equation}%
+  {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{(#4)}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
+  {%
+     \ifstrempty{#5}%
+     {%
+       \glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#4}{#2.#7}{#8}%
+     }%
+     {%
+       \ifstrequal{#2}{page}%
+       {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#4}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
+       {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
+     }%
+  }%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9471--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
+</p><!--l. 9473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-45019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
@@ -18140,7 +18884,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9475--><p class="noindent" >
This ignores the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ and <span
@@ -18150,7 +18894,7 @@
hyperlink with the target name obtained from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">target</span>⟩ (and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩, if not empty).
-</p><!--l. 9378--><p class="indent" > Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of
+</p><!--l. 9479--><p class="indent" > Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref </span>checks the counter was used as the location. If it’s <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
@@ -18162,9 +18906,9 @@
id="dx1-45021"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained
from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 9385--><p class="indent" > If ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 9486--><p class="indent" > If ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ is empty an internal link is created with:
-</p><!--l. 9386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-45022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span
@@ -18173,9 +18917,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9388--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="noindent" >
otherwise an external link is created with:
-</p><!--l. 9390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-45023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span
@@ -18186,13 +18930,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9392--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9493--><p class="noindent" >
The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ argument is set by <a
id="dx1-45024"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> for supplemental locations.
-</p><!--l. 9396--><p class="indent" > Here’s alternative definition that uses the ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 9497--><p class="indent" > Here’s alternative definition that uses the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ to reform the
target name (as <span
@@ -18203,13 +18947,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[7]{%
- <br /> \glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#6}{#7}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9403--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
-</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ \glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#6}{#7}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9504--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
+</p><!--l. 9506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-45025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnameloclink{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
@@ -18226,10 +18970,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9407--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9508--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the same commands as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink </span>to produce the hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 9411--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose
+</p><!--l. 9512--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose
name is given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩, but <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>is first locally redefined to
@@ -18240,7 +18984,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">hyperbf </span>then it will simply behave like
<span
class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9418--><p class="indent" > For compactness, <a
+</p><!--l. 9519--><p class="indent" > For compactness, <a
id="dx1-45026"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> merges normal records if the ⟨<span
@@ -18266,15 +19010,15 @@
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩, as regular records). In all cases, the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ must also
match.
-</p><!--l. 9429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9530--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9429--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9530--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.3 </span> <a
id="sec:resourcecommands"></a>Helper Commands for Resource Options</h4>
-<!--l. 9432--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 9533--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9535--><p class="noindent" >
This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\string\u</span></span></span>, which is required when you need to indicate a
Unicode character in the form <span
@@ -18281,10 +19025,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\u</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">hex</span>⟩ in some of the resource options (as illustrated
above).
-</p><!--l. 9440--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9541--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9543--><p class="noindent" >
This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\string\$</span></span></span> and is used for the captured group reference in a
replacement part of a regular expression substitution (requires at least <a
@@ -18295,16 +19039,16 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
sort-replace={{([a-zA-Z])\string\.}{\glscapturedgroup1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9448--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9549--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or
A,…,Z.
-</p><!--l. 9452--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
+</p><!--l. 9553--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option, you can test if the <span
class="cmtt-10">childcount</span>
field is non-zero using:
-</p><!--l. 9454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -18313,7 +19057,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9456--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9557--><p class="noindent" >
This internally uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero </span>and will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.
@@ -18323,12 +19067,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>to access the value. (It
will be 0 in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.)
-</p><!--l. 9463--><p class="indent" > A convenient shortcut for use in the <span
+</p><!--l. 9564--><p class="indent" > A convenient shortcut for use in the <span
class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases </span>setting:
-</p><!--l. 9465--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9467--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9568--><p class="noindent" >
This provides aliases for BibTeX’s standard entry types to <a
id="dx1-46006"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -18337,12 +19081,12 @@
entry type (requires at least <a
id="dx1-46007"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>version 1.4).
-</p><!--l. 9472--><p class="indent" > You may also want to provide storage keys for BibTeX’s standard fields rather
+</p><!--l. 9573--><p class="indent" > You may also want to provide storage keys for BibTeX’s standard fields rather
than having to alias them all. This can be done with:
-</p><!--l. 9474--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9476--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9577--><p class="noindent" >
Note that BibTeX’s <span
class="cmtt-10">type </span>field clashes with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
@@ -18362,7 +19106,7 @@
accessed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibtype</span>. Each of these commands takes the entry label as the
sole argument.
-</p><!--l. 9487--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 9588--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-46011"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing
mathematical Greek commands: <span
@@ -18410,7 +19154,7 @@
class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a
id="dx1-46029"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also
provided.
-</p><!--l. 9501--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the
+</p><!--l. 9602--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">sort-rule </span>resource option. If you want a rule for a specific locale, you can
provide similar commands in a file called <span
@@ -18439,45 +19183,45 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{welsh}[2018/02/23 v1.0]
- <br />\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}
- <br />{
- <br />  \newcommand{\glsxtrWelshRules}{%
- <br />   \glsxtrLatinA
- <br />   \string<b,B
- <br />   \string<c,C
- <br />   \string<ch,CH
- <br />   \string<d,D
- <br />   \string<dd,DD
- <br />   \string<\glsxtrLatinE
- <br />   \string<f,F
- <br />   \string<ff,FF
- <br />   \string<g,G
- <br />   \string<ng,NG
- <br />   \string<\glsxtrLatinH
- <br />   \string<\glsxtrLatinI
- <br />   \string<j,J
- <br />   \string<\glsxtrLatinL
- <br />   \string<ll,LL
- <br />   \string<\glsxtrLatinM
- <br />   \string<\glsxtrLatinN
- <br />   \string<\glsxtrLatinO
- <br />   \string<\glsxtrLatinP
- <br />   \string<ph,PH
- <br />   \string<r,R
- <br />   \string<rh,RH
- <br />   \string<\glsxtrLatinS
- <br />   \string<\glsxtrLatinT
- <br />   \string<th,TH
- <br />   \string<u,U
- <br />   \string<w,W
- <br />   \string<y,Y
- <br />  }
- <br />}
- <br />{}% glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty not loaded
-</div>
-<!--l. 9551--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}
+{
+  \newcommand{\glsxtrWelshRules}{%
+   \glsxtrLatinA
+   \string<b,B
+   \string<c,C
+   \string<ch,CH
+   \string<d,D
+   \string<dd,DD
+   \string<\glsxtrLatinE
+   \string<f,F
+   \string<ff,FF
+   \string<g,G
+   \string<ng,NG
+   \string<\glsxtrLatinH
+   \string<\glsxtrLatinI
+   \string<j,J
+   \string<\glsxtrLatinL
+   \string<ll,LL
+   \string<\glsxtrLatinM
+   \string<\glsxtrLatinN
+   \string<\glsxtrLatinO
+   \string<\glsxtrLatinP
+   \string<ph,PH
+   \string<r,R
+   \string<rh,RH
+   \string<\glsxtrLatinS
+   \string<\glsxtrLatinT
+   \string<th,TH
+   \string<u,U
+   \string<w,W
+   \string<y,Y
+  }
+}
+{}% glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty not loaded
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9652--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\string </span>is in case the <span
class="cmtt-10">< </span>character has been made active.) You can
provide more than one rule-block per local, to allow for loanwords or foreign words.
@@ -18485,7 +19229,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIRules</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIIRules</span>
etc.
-</p><!--l. 9558--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then
+</p><!--l. 9659--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then
they can be provided in a file given by <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩<span
@@ -18496,16 +19240,16 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{Cyrl}[2018/02/23 v1.0]
- <br />\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIRules}{%
- <br />  % Cyrillic rules
- <br />}
- <br />\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIIRules}{%
- <br />  % an alternative set of Cyrillic rules
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9570--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIRules}{%
+  % Cyrillic rules
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIIRules}{%
+  % an alternative set of Cyrillic rules
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9671--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through
the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
id="dx1-46032"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This
@@ -18518,7 +19262,7 @@
See the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
id="dx1-46035"></a> documentation for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 9578--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or
+</p><!--l. 9679--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or
language, then you can provide a supplementary package. For example, if you have a
package called, say, <span
class="cmss-10">mapsymbols </span>that provides map symbols, then the file
@@ -18528,23 +19272,23 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
- <br />\ProvidesPackage{mapsymbols}
- <br /> some package or font loading stuff here to provide
- <br /> the appropriate symbols
- <br />\newcommand{\Stadium}{...}
- <br />\newcommand{\Battlefield}{...}
- <br />\newcommand{\Harbour}{...}
- <br /> etc
- <br /> Provide a rule block:
- <br />\newcommand{\MapSymbolOrder}{%
- <br /> \glshex 2694 % crossed-swords 0x2694
- <br /> \string< \glshex 2693 % anchor 0x2693
- <br /> \string< \glshex 26BD % football 0x26BD
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9599--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span
+\ProvidesPackage{mapsymbols}
+ some package or font loading stuff here to provide
+ the appropriate symbols
+\newcommand{\Stadium}{...}
+\newcommand{\Battlefield}{...}
+\newcommand{\Harbour}{...}
+ etc
+ Provide a rule block:
+\newcommand{\MapSymbolOrder}{%
+ \glshex 2694 % crossed-swords 0x2694
+ \string< \glshex 2693 % anchor 0x2693
+ \string< \glshex 26BD % football 0x26BD
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9700--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span
class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.bib </span>can provide the appropriate definitions
for <a
id="dx1-46036"></a><a
@@ -18554,40 +19298,40 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
@preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Harbour}{\char"2693}
- <br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Battlefield}{\char"2694}
- <br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Stadium}{\char"26BD}"}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9606--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set:
+\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Battlefield}{\char"2694}
+\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Stadium}{\char"26BD}"}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9707--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
\usepackage{mapsymbols}% my custom package
- <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[
- <br />  src={mapsymbols,% <--- my custom mapsymbols.bib
- <br />   entries% data in entries.bib
- <br />  },
- <br />  sort={custom},
- <br />  sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules % control codes
- <br /> ;\glsxtrspacerules % space characters
- <br /> ;\glsxtrnonprintablerules % non-printable characters
- <br /> ;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules % combining diacritics
- <br /> ,\glsxtrhyphenrules % hyphens
- <br /> <\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules % general punctuation
- <br /> <\glsxtrdigitrules % 0, ..., 9
- <br /> <\glsxtrfractionrules % fraction symbols
- <br /> <\MapSymbolOrder % <--- custom map symbols
- <br /> <\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules % math-greek symbols
- <br /> <\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules % Latin letters
- <br /> }
- <br />]
-</div>
-<!--l. 9631--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9633--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span
+\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[
+  src={mapsymbols,% <--- my custom mapsymbols.bib
+   entries% data in entries.bib
+  },
+  sort={custom},
+  sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules % control codes
+ ;\glsxtrspacerules % space characters
+ ;\glsxtrnonprintablerules % non-printable characters
+ ;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules % combining diacritics
+ ,\glsxtrhyphenrules % hyphens
+ <\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules % general punctuation
+ <\glsxtrdigitrules % 0, ..., 9
+ <\glsxtrfractionrules % fraction symbols
+ <\MapSymbolOrder % <--- custom map symbols
+ <\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules % math-greek symbols
+ <\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules % Latin letters
+ }
+]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9732--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9734--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-46037"></a>. They should be
separated by the rule separator characters <span
@@ -18598,7 +19342,7 @@
class="cmtt-10"><</span> (less than). See Java’s <a
href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/8/docs/api/java/text/RuleBasedCollator.html" >RuleBasedCollator</a> documentation for
details of the rule syntax.
-</p><!--l. 9640--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span
+</p><!--l. 9741--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
id="dx1-46038"></a>,
<span
@@ -18612,40 +19356,40 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules
- <br /> ;\glsxtrspacerules
- <br /> ;\glsxtrnonprintablerules
- <br /> ;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules
- <br /> ,\glsxtrhyphenrules
- <br /> <\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules
- <br /> <\glsxtrdigitrules
- <br /> <\glsxtrfractionrules
- <br /> <\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules
- <br /> <\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules
- <br /> <\glsxtrLatinAA
- <br /> <\glsxtrLatinOslash
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9657--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ ;\glsxtrspacerules
+ ;\glsxtrnonprintablerules
+ ;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules
+ ,\glsxtrhyphenrules
+ <\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules
+ <\glsxtrdigitrules
+ <\glsxtrfractionrules
+ <\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules
+ <\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules
+ <\glsxtrLatinAA
+ <\glsxtrLatinOslash
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9758--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9661--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9762--><p class="noindent" >
These are control characters that are usually placed at the start of a rule in the
ignored section. They typically won’t occur in any sort values, but if they do they
should normally be ignored.
-</p><!--l. 9666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9668--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9769--><p class="noindent" >
These are space characters. They typically come after the control characters with the
two blocks separated by a <span
class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon).
-</p><!--l. 9672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9674--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9775--><p class="noindent" >
These are non-printable characters (BOM, tabs, line feed and carriage return). They
typically come after the spaces separated by a <span
class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon). These characters
@@ -18655,10 +19399,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> when it determines whether or not to use the
interpreter, so a TAB or newline character may end up in the sort value if it wasn’t
interpreted.
-</p><!--l. 9682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9684--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9785--><p class="noindent" >
These are combining diacritic marks which typically follow the space and
non-printable blocks (separated by a semi-colon). This command is defined in terms
of sub-block commands:
@@ -18666,35 +19410,35 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules}{%
- <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules\string;
- <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules\string;
- <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules\string;
- <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9695--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered.
-</p><!--l. 9699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules\string;
+ \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules\string;
+ \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules\string;
+ \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9796--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered.
+</p><!--l. 9800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9701--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9802--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: acute, grave, breve, circumflex, caron, ring,
vertical line above, diaeresis (umlaut), double acute, tilde, dot above, combining
macron.
-</p><!--l. 9706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9708--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9809--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: short solidus overlay, cedilla, ogonek, dot
below, low line, overline, hook above, double vertical line above, double grave
accent, candrabindu, inverted breve, turned comma above, comma above,
reversed comma above, comma above right, grave accent below, acute accent
below.
-</p><!--l. 9715--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9717--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9818--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: left tack below, right tack below, left angle
above, horn, left half ring below, up tack below, down tack below, plus sign below,
minus sign below, palatalized hook below, retroflex hook below, diaresis below, ring
@@ -18706,10 +19450,10 @@
dialytika tonos, Greek ypogegrammeni, double tilde, double inverted breve,
Cyrillic titlo, Cyrillic palatalization, Cyrillic dasia pneumata, Cyrillic psili
pneumata.
-</p><!--l. 9732--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9833--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9734--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9835--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: left harpoon above, right harpoon above, long
vertical line overlay, short vertical line overlay, anticlockwise arrow above, clockwise
arrow above, left arrow above, right arrow above, ring overlay, clockwise ring overlay,
@@ -18716,19 +19460,19 @@
anticlockwise ring overlay, three dots above, four dots above, enclosing circle,
enclosing square, enclosing diamond, enclosing circle backslash, left right arrow
above.
-</p><!--l. 9744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9746--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9847--><p class="noindent" >
This contains hyphens (including the minus sign 0x2212). This rule block typically
comes after the diacritic rules separated by a comma.
-</p><!--l. 9751--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9753--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9854--><p class="noindent" >
This contains punctuation characters. This rule block typically comes after the
hyphen rules separated by a less than (<span
class="cmtt-10"><</span>). As with the combining diacritics, this
@@ -18738,18 +19482,18 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules}{%
- <br />  \glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules
- <br />  \string<\glsxtrcurrencyrules
- <br />  \string<\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9765--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+  \glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules
+  \string<\glsxtrcurrencyrules
+  \string<\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9866--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9769--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9870--><p class="noindent" >
This is the first punctuation sub-block containing: underscore, macron, comma,
semi-colon, colon, exclamation mark, inverted exclamation mark, question
mark, inverted question mark, solidus, full stop, acute accent, grave accent,
@@ -18758,26 +19502,26 @@
parenthesis, left square bracket, right square bracket, left curly bracket, right
curly bracket, section sign, pilcrow sign, copyright sign, registered sign, at
sign.
-</p><!--l. 9780--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrencyrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9782--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9883--><p class="noindent" >
This sub-block contains some currency symbols: currency sign, Thai currency symbol
baht, cent sign, colon sign, cruzeiro sign, dollar sign, dong sign, euro sign, French
franc sign, lira sign, mill sign, naira sign, peseta sign, pound sign, rupee sign, new
sheqel sign, won sign, yen sign.
-</p><!--l. 9789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46055"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9791--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9892--><p class="noindent" >
This sub-block contains some other punctuation symbols: asterisk, backslash,
ampersand, hash sign, percent sign, plus sign, plus-minus sign, division sign,
multiplication sign, less-than sign, equals sign, greater-than sign, not sign, vertical
bar (pipe), broken bar, degree sign, micron sign.
-</p><!--l. 9798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9899--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46056"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9800--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9901--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9) and the subscript and
superscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span
class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> <sup class="textsuperscript"><span
@@ -18785,36 +19529,36 @@
The digit block typically comes after the punctuation rules separated by a less than
(<span
class="cmtt-10"><</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9808--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9810--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9911--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains just the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9).
-</p><!--l. 9813--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9815--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9916--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains just the subscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span
class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> … <sub class="textsubscript"><span
class="cmr-9">9</span></sub>).
-</p><!--l. 9819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9920--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9821--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9922--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains just the superscript digits (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> … <sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmr-9">9</span></sup>).
-</p><!--l. 9825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9926--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46060"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9827--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9928--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains vulgar fraction characters. The digit block typically comes
after the digit rules separated by a less than (<span
class="cmtt-10"><</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9832--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended
+</p><!--l. 9933--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended
characters or ligatures (such as ß or œ) but they don’t include accented
characters. If you require a Latin rule block that includes accented characters,
digraphs, trigraphs or other extended characters, then it’s best to provide similar
@@ -18823,10 +19567,10 @@
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file for the particular language or
region.
-</p><!--l. 9840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9842--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9943--><p class="noindent" >
This is just the basic (non-extended) Latin alphabet with the superscript and
subscript Latin letters (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmr-9">a</span></sup> <sub class="textsubscript"><span
@@ -18834,201 +19578,201 @@
don’t want the subscripts and superscripts included you can redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA</span>
etc to omit them.)
-</p><!--l. 9849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9952--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’
and eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’.
-</p><!--l. 9855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9956--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9857--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9958--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’
and eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’.
-</p><!--l. 9861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9863--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9964--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated
as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9871--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9972--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9878--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9979--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9885--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9986--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes ae-ligature (æ) between ‘A’
and ‘B’, eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, insular G (Ᵹ) instead of ‘G’, oe-ligature between
‘O’ and ‘P’, long s (ſ) equivalent to ‘s’, thorn (þ) between ‘T’ and ‘U’ and wynn (Ƿ)
instead of W.
-</p><!--l. 9892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 9993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9894--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9995--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’,
oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’, thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’,
Ø is treated as ‘O’ and ‘Ł’ is treated as ‘L’.
-</p><!--l. 9900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46069"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10003--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘A’ but includes the sub- and superscript A.
-</p><!--l. 9906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinE </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9908--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10009--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘E’ but includes the subscript E.
-</p><!--l. 9912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinH </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9914--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10015--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘H’ but includes the subscript H.
-</p><!--l. 9918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinK </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9920--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10021--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘K’ but includes the subscript K.
-</p><!--l. 9924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinI </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9926--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10027--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘I’ but includes the superscript I.
-</p><!--l. 9930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinL </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9932--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10033--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘L’ but includes the subscript L.
-</p><!--l. 9936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46075"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinM </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9938--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10039--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘M’ but includes the subscript M.
-</p><!--l. 9942--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46076"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinN </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9944--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10045--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘N’ but includes the sub- and superscript N.
-</p><!--l. 9948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinO </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9950--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10051--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘O’ but includes the sub- and superscript O.
-</p><!--l. 9954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinP </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9956--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10057--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘P’ but includes the subscript P.
-</p><!--l. 9960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinS </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9962--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10063--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘S’ but includes the subscript S.
-</p><!--l. 9966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10067--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinT </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9968--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10069--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘T’ but includes the subscript T.
-</p><!--l. 9972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46081"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinX </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9974--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10075--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘X’ but includes the subscript X.
-</p><!--l. 9978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9980--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10081--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by short ‘s’
equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘ss’.)
-</p><!--l. 9985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9987--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10088--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by ‘z’ equivalent
to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘sz’.)
-</p><!--l. 9992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46084"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10095--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for eth (Ð) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 9998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46085"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinThorn </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10000--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10101--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for thorn (þ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46086"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAELigature </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10006--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ae-ligature (æ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
values.
-</p><!--l. 10010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46087"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOELigature </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10012--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10113--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for oe-ligature (œ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
values.
-</p><!--l. 10016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46088"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10018--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10119--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ‘Ø’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46089"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinLslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10024--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10125--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ‘Ł’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46090"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinWynn </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10030--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10131--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for wynn (Ƿ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46091"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinInsularG </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10137--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for insular G (Ᵹ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
values.
-</p><!--l. 10040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10141--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46092"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinSchwa </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10042--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10143--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers schwa (Ə) but includes the subscript schwa. (Not used in
any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.)
-</p><!--l. 10047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46093"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAA </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10150--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ‘Å’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. (Not used in
any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.)
-</p><!--l. 10054--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46094"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10056--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10157--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
id="dx1-46095"></a>, <span
@@ -19048,16 +19792,16 @@
-</p><!--l. 10063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10164--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46101"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10065--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10166--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span>but doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46102"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10171--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upright Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a
id="dx1-46103"></a>, etc, from the <span
@@ -19069,10 +19813,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
id="dx1-46106"></a>) between epsilon and
zeta.
-</p><!--l. 10076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46107"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10179--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upright Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a
id="dx1-46108"></a>, etc, from the <span
@@ -19079,10 +19823,10 @@
class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a
id="dx1-46109"></a> package) that
doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46110"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10084--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10185--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
id="dx1-46111"></a>, <span
@@ -19100,10 +19844,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a>
interpreter treats them as italic to help keep them close to the lower case
versions.
-</p><!--l. 10092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46116"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10094--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10195--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
id="dx1-46117"></a>, <span
@@ -19110,10 +19854,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
id="dx1-46118"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t
include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10098--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46119"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10100--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10201--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
id="dx1-46120"></a>, <span
@@ -19122,10 +19866,10 @@
includes digamma (<span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
id="dx1-46122"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
-</p><!--l. 10105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46123"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10208--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
id="dx1-46124"></a>, <span
@@ -19132,10 +19876,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a
id="dx1-46125"></a>, etc) characters that
doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46126"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10113--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10214--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
id="dx1-46127"></a>, <span
@@ -19144,10 +19888,10 @@
includes digamma (<span
class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a
id="dx1-46129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
-</p><!--l. 10118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46130"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10120--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10221--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
id="dx1-46131"></a>, <span
@@ -19154,7 +19898,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a
id="dx1-46132"></a>, etc) characters that
doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10124--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span
+</p><!--l. 10225--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpAlpha</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpBeta</span>
etc and <span
@@ -19166,32 +19910,32 @@
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>etc) as well as the following:
-</p><!--l. 10131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46133"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10133--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10234--><p class="noindent" >
The partial derivative symbol (<span
class="cmmi-10">∂</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-46134"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10138--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10239--><p class="noindent" >
The nabla symbol (<span
class="cmsy-10">∇</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10243--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10142--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10243--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.4 </span> <a
id="supplementarycommands"></a>Supplementary Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 10144--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span
+<!--l. 10245--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>for use with <a
id="dx1-47001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10147--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span
+</p><!--l. 10248--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>is written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file
using </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -19210,10 +19954,10 @@
id="dx1-47002"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The command in the
second argument
-<!--l. 10154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 10255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourceinit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10257--><p class="noindent" >
may be used to temporarily redefine commands before the information is written to
the file. This does nothing by default, but may be redefined to allow the use of short
commands for convenience. For example, with:
@@ -19221,10 +19965,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrresourceinit}{\let\u\glshex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10163--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10264--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\u</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> E6</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6</span></span></span> in the custom rule.
@@ -19231,63 +19975,63 @@
This redefinition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\u </span>is scoped so its original definition is restored after the write
operation.
-</p><!--l. 10168--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you
+</p><!--l. 10269--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you
can supply them in the definition of:
-</p><!--l. 10170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10172--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10273--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
\renewcommand{\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions}{selection=all}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10176--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands.
-</p><!--l. 10179--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10277--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands.
+</p><!--l. 10280--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier
example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
- <br /> [src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=main,
- <br />  label-prefix={abr.},
- <br />  group={Abbreviations}]
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
- <br /> [src={symbols},sort={use},type=main,
- <br />  label-prefix={sym.},
- <br />  group={Symbols}]
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main
- <br />  label-prefix={trm.}]
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{trm.bird}
- <br />\gls{abr.shtml}
- <br />\gls{sym.M}
- <br />\printunsrtglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10210--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom
+\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+ [src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=main,
+  label-prefix={abr.},
+  group={Abbreviations}]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+ [src={symbols},sort={use},type=main,
+  label-prefix={sym.},
+  group={Symbols}]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main
+  label-prefix={trm.}]
+\begin{document}
+\gls{trm.bird}
+\gls{abr.shtml}
+\gls{sym.M}
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10311--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom
commands that set the prefix. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237">
\newcommand*{\sym}[2][]{\gls[#1]{sym.#2}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10215--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10316--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span
class="cmtt-10">\sym </span>doesn’t allow for modifiers
(such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls* </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls+</span>). Instead you can use:
-</p><!--l. 10219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10320--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19296,7 +20040,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10221--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10322--><p class="noindent" >
which defines the command ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ that behaves like </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -19321,23 +20065,23 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
\glsxtrnewgls{sym.}{\sym}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10229--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10330--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks)
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
\glsxtrnewgls[hyper=false]{sym.}{\sym}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10233--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10334--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\sym+{M}</span></span></span> to behave like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sym.M}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 10236--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can
+</p><!--l. 10337--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can
use
-</p><!--l. 10238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19354,17 +20098,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">\Glspl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10241--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10342--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240">
\glsxtrnewglslike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\idx}{\idxpl}{\Idx}{\Idxpl}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10245--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions:
-</p><!--l. 10247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10346--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions:
+</p><!--l. 10348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewGLSlike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19377,19 +20121,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">\GLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10351--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241">
\glsxtrnewGLSlike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\IDX}{\IDXpl}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10254--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10256--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10355--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10357--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>:
-</p><!--l. 10257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10358--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrgls[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19398,13 +20142,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10259--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10360--><p class="noindent" >
and for <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>:
-</p><!--l. 10262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrglslike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19421,9 +20165,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">\rGlspl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10266--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10367--><p class="noindent" >
and for the all caps:
-</p><!--l. 10268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19436,8 +20180,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">\rGLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10271--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10273--><p class="indent" > If you provide your own custom command with just <span
+</p><!--l. 10372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10374--><p class="indent" > If you provide your own custom command with just <span
class="cmtt-10">\newcommand </span>that
has syntax that starts with <span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -19449,7 +20193,7 @@
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>
using:
-</p><!--l. 10276--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtridentifyglslike{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
@@ -19456,38 +20200,38 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">command</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10278--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10379--><p class="noindent" >
This writes information to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that <a
id="dx1-47013"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can search for the given
command when looking for dependencies.
-</p><!--l. 10283--><p class="indent" > Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified
+</p><!--l. 10384--><p class="indent" > Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified
by:
-</p><!--l. 10285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10287--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10388--><p class="noindent" >
These should be listed in order of precedence. Since no entries are defined on the first
LaTeX run, the final prefix should be the fallback. You can prepend a prefix to the
list using:
-</p><!--l. 10291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10293--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10394--><p class="noindent" >
which gives it the highest order of precedence.
-</p><!--l. 10296--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 10397--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ argument may be empty. You can clear the list with:
-</p><!--l. 10298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10300--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10302--><p class="indent" > You can test if a prefix is already in the list with:
-</p><!--l. 10303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10401--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10403--><p class="indent" > You can test if a prefix is already in the list with:
+</p><!--l. 10404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
@@ -19496,7 +20240,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10305--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10406--><p class="noindent" >
In general it’s best to avoid adding multiple instances of the same prefix, so you can
check with this command before adding a prefix to the list. However, it can be useful
@@ -19504,9 +20248,9 @@
to repeat a prefix at the end of the list so that it can be used as a fallback for entries
that haven’t yet been defined.
-</p><!--l. 10312--><p class="indent" > With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary),
+</p><!--l. 10413--><p class="indent" > With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary),
you can use:
-</p><!--l. 10314--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dgls[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19515,7 +20259,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10316--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10417--><p class="noindent" >
which behaves like </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -19535,9 +20279,9 @@
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ matches a defined
entry (or the last entry in the prefix list if none match).
-<!--l. 10325--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing
+<!--l. 10426--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing
versions:
-</p><!--l. 10327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dglspl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19546,10 +20290,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10430--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dGls[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19558,10 +20302,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10333--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10434--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10335--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10436--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19570,10 +20314,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10337--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10438--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dGLS[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19582,10 +20326,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10341--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10442--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19594,10 +20338,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10446--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dglslink[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19606,10 +20350,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10450--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-47025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -19618,10 +20362,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10353--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10454--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10356--><p class="indent" > These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries.
+</p><!--l. 10457--><p class="indent" > These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries.
Suppose the file <span
class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains:
@@ -19628,39 +20372,39 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242">
@index{duck}
- <br />@dualindexabbreviation{svm,
- <br />  short={SVM},
- <br />  long={support vector machine}
- <br />}
- <br />@dualindexsymbol{pi,
- <br />  symbol={\ensuremath{\pi}},
- <br />  description={ratio of a circle's circumference to its
- <br />    diameter}
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10369--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is:
+ at dualindexabbreviation{svm,
+  short={SVM},
+  long={support vector machine}
+}
+ at dualindexsymbol{pi,
+  symbol={\ensuremath{\pi}},
+  description={ratio of a circle's circumference to its
+    diameter}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10470--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{hyperref}
- <br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\newcommand{\bibglsnewdualindexsymbolsecondary}[5]{%
- <br /> \longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},category={symbol},
- <br />   type={symbols},symbol={#4},#2}{#5}%
- <br />}
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />First use: \gls{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
- <br />Next use: \gls{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
- <br />\printunsrtglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10388--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
+\newcommand{\bibglsnewdualindexsymbolsecondary}[5]{%
+ \longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},category={symbol},
+   type={symbols},symbol={#4},#2}{#5}%
+}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
+\begin{document}
+First use: \gls{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
+Next use: \gls{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10489--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span
class="cmtt-10">dual.</span> for the dual prefix, so
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> is referencing the primary entry, which is (essentially) an <span
@@ -19671,67 +20415,67 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls{pi}</span></span></span>, which references the primary <span
class="cmtt-10">@index </span>entry rather than the
symbol.
-</p><!--l. 10397--><p class="indent" > What’s really needed is:
+</p><!--l. 10498--><p class="indent" > What’s really needed is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
\gls{duck}, \gls{dual.svm}, \gls{dual.pi}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 10400--><p class="nopar" > or with
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10501--><p class="nopar" > or with
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245">
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,
- <br /> label-prefix={idx.},
- <br /> dual-prefix={}
- <br />]
-</div>
-<!--l. 10407--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix:
+ label-prefix={idx.},
+ dual-prefix={}
+]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10508--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
\gls{idx.duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 10411--><p class="nopar" > Using <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10512--><p class="nopar" > Using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span>, as earlier, this can be simplified to:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
\idx{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 10415--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals.
-</p><!--l. 10418--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10516--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals.
+</p><!--l. 10519--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\dgls </span>instead:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{hyperref}
- <br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\newcommand{\bibglsnewdualindexsymbolsecondary}[5]{%
- <br /> \longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},category={symbol},
- <br />   type={symbols},symbol={#4},#2}{#5}%
- <br />}
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
- <br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{dual.}
- <br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />First use: \dgls{duck}, \dgls{svm}, \dgls{pi}.
- <br />Next use: \dgls{duck}, \dgls{svm}, \dgls{pi}.
- <br />\printunsrtglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10439--><p class="nopar" > On the first LaTeX call (when the <span
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
+\newcommand{\bibglsnewdualindexsymbolsecondary}[5]{%
+ \longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},category={symbol},
+   type={symbols},symbol={#4},#2}{#5}%
+}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
+\glsxtraddlabelprefix{dual.}
+\glsxtraddlabelprefix{}
+\begin{document}
+First use: \dgls{duck}, \dgls{svm}, \dgls{pi}.
+Next use: \dgls{duck}, \dgls{svm}, \dgls{pi}.
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10540--><p class="nopar" > On the first LaTeX call (when the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist), neither <span
class="cmtt-10">dual.svm </span>nor
<span
@@ -19748,7 +20492,7 @@
location will be added to the primary entry’s location list, unless overridden by
resource options, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10451--><p class="indent" > Once <a
+</p><!--l. 10552--><p class="indent" > Once <a
id="dx1-47026"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> has been run and the <span
@@ -19763,7 +20507,7 @@
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{dual.svm}</span></span></span>, which follows the abbreviation style and hyperlinks to the list of
abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 10459--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span
+</p><!--l. 10560--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span
class="cmtt-10">dual.pi </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">pi</span>. In the case of
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -19773,18 +20517,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">\dgls{duck}</span></span></span> always behaves like
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{duck}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 10465--><p class="indent" > If you haven’t used <span
+</p><!--l. 10566--><p class="indent" > If you haven’t used <span
class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations </span>an extra <a
id="dx1-47027"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>+LaTeX run
may be required to correct the location lists.
-</p><!--l. 10469--><p class="indent" > If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding
+</p><!--l. 10570--><p class="indent" > If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If no prefixes have been added to the list (or if the
list is cleared), just an empty prefix is assumed.
-</p><!--l. 10474--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.8, <a
+</p><!--l. 10575--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.8, <a
id="dx1-47028"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>provides hooks that identify the label prefixes in the
<span
@@ -19817,12 +20561,12 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249">
\newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}}
- <br />\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
-</div>
-<!--l. 10488--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span
+\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10589--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file has been created.
The prefix list will be empty on the first run (which is treated as a single empty
prefix). If this isn’t a suitable fallback, it may be necessary to add one after all the
@@ -19831,20 +20575,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250">
\newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}}
- <br />\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,label-prefix={idx.}]
- <br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{idx.}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10499--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep
+\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,label-prefix={idx.}]
+\glsxtraddlabelprefix{idx.}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10600--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep
track of the fallback prefix.
-</p><!--l. 10503--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10604--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10503--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10604--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.5 </span> <a
id="sec:recordcount"></a>Record Counting</h3>
-<!--l. 10506--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a
+<!--l. 10607--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a
id="dx1-48001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can save the total record count for each entry by
@@ -19860,31 +20604,34 @@
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will additionally set the following internal fields for that entry:
</p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 10614--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount</span>: set to the total number of records found for the entry;
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 10616--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩: set to the total number of records found for the
- entry for the given counter.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 10518--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ entry for the given counter.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 10619--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>is used then additionally: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 10621--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩: set to the total number of records
- found for the entry for the given counter with the given location.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 10524--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If
+ found for the entry for the given counter with the given location.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 10625--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If
you really need it with locations that may contain formatting commands, then you
can try redefining:
-</p><!--l. 10527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10628--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdetoklocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10529--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10630--><p class="noindent" >
so that it detokenizes ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ but take care when using <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span>
@@ -19891,7 +20638,10 @@
with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>as they can end up becoming detokenized too
early.
-</p><!--l. 10535--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 10636--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a
id="dx1-48005"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>discards, such as
ignored records, duplicates and partial duplicates. It doesn’t include cross-reference
@@ -19899,9 +20649,6 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls{bird}</span></span></span> is used twice on page 1, once on page 2 and
fours times on page 3, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[counter=section]{bird}</span></span></span> is used once in
-
-
-
section 3, then the total record count (stored in the <span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount </span>field) is
2 + 1 + 4 + 1 = 8, the total for the <span
@@ -19911,7 +20658,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter (stored in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section </span>field) is 1.
-</p><!--l. 10547--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span
+</p><!--l. 10648--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.1 </span>is set to
2, <span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.2 </span>is set to 1, <span
@@ -19918,14 +20665,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.3 </span>is set to 4 and
<span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section.3 </span>is set to 1.
-</p><!--l. 10552--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to
+</p><!--l. 10653--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to
the field value if set or to 0 if unset:
-</p><!--l. 10554--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10556--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10657--><p class="noindent" >
This expands to the total record count for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
@@ -19932,11 +20679,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{bird}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10561--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8.
-</p><!--l. 10564--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10662--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8.
+</p><!--l. 10665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -19943,7 +20690,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10566--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10667--><p class="noindent" >
This expands to the counter total for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is the
@@ -19952,19 +20699,19 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252">
\GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{page}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10572--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10673--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
\GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{section}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10576--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1.
-</p><!--l. 10579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10677--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1.
+</p><!--l. 10680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -19973,26 +20720,26 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10581--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10682--><p class="noindent" >
This expands to the total for the given location. For example
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254">
\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{bird}{page}{3}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10585--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10686--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span
class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ part. Remember that
due to TeX’s asynchronous output routine, <span
class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>may not be correct.
-</p><!--l. 10590--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 10691--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>that are triggered by the record count. These are listed
below.
-</p><!--l. 10594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -20003,8 +20750,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10596--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10697--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -20015,8 +20762,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10599--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10600--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10700--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -20027,8 +20774,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10602--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10703--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -20039,8 +20786,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10605--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10706--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -20051,8 +20798,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10608--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10709--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -20063,7 +20810,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10611--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10712--><p class="noindent" >
These commands check the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
@@ -20073,11 +20820,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{recordcount}{1}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10616--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use
-</p><!--l. 10618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10717--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use
+</p><!--l. 10719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category list</span>⟩<span
@@ -20084,7 +20831,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10620--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10721--><p class="noindent" >
to set the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
@@ -20093,9 +20840,9 @@
class="cmti-10">category</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 10624--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 10725--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like commands use
-</p><!--l. 10625--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20104,7 +20851,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">normal</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10628--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10729--><p class="noindent" >
to determine whether the <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command should behave like its <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -20111,18 +20858,18 @@
counterpart (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩) or whether it should instead use ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 10633--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a
+</p><!--l. 10734--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
id="dx1-48019"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩, otherwise it tests if
-</p><!--l. 10636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10737--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10638--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10739--><p class="noindent" >
is greater than the value given in the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
@@ -20135,12 +20882,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue}[1]{%
- <br /> \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{#1}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10647--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span
+ \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10748--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ part writes a record with the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-48022"></a> set to <span
@@ -20155,11 +20902,11 @@
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Note that it doesn’t implement
the post-link hook. This ensures that the record count is correct on the next
run.
-</p><!--l. 10656--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩ depends on the <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command used and will be one of
the following:
-</p><!--l. 10658--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglsformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20166,8 +20913,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10660--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10761--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglsplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20174,8 +20921,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10663--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10664--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10764--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10765--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlsformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20182,8 +20929,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10666--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10667--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10767--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlsplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20190,8 +20937,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10669--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10770--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20198,8 +20945,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10672--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10673--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10773--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20206,7 +20953,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10675--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10776--><p class="noindent" >
These all behave much like their <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>counterparts. If the entry’s <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
@@ -20214,11 +20961,11 @@
id="dx1-48031"></a>
attribute is set or if the entry doesn’t have a long form, the first or first plural is
used, otherwise the long or long plural form is used.
-</p><!--l. 10681--><p class="indent" > You can use
-</p><!--l. 10682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10782--><p class="indent" > You can use
+</p><!--l. 10783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-48032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrenablerecordcount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10684--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10785--><p class="noindent" >
to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span
@@ -20233,7 +20980,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>, respectively, for convenience.
-</p><!--l. 10689--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 10790--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ to appear in the glossary, you
need to use the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">trigger-type </span>to assign them to another glossary.
@@ -20242,24 +20989,24 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\newignoredglossary{ignored}
- <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[
- <br /> src=example-glossaries-acronym,
- <br /> trigger-type=ignored,
- <br /> category=abbreviation
- <br />]
- <br />\glsxtrenablerecordcount
- <br />\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{abbreviation}{1}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{lid}.  \gls{stc}. \gls{lid}.  \gls{aeu}.
- <br />\gls{upa}. \gls{aeu}.
- <br />\printunsrtglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10715--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span
+\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
+\newignoredglossary{ignored}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[
+ src=example-glossaries-acronym,
+ trigger-type=ignored,
+ category=abbreviation
+]
+\glsxtrenablerecordcount
+\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{abbreviation}{1}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{lid}.  \gls{stc}. \gls{lid}.  \gls{aeu}.
+\gls{upa}. \gls{aeu}.
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10816--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span
class="cmtt-10">stc </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">upa </span>both only have one record, so they are assigned to the
<span
@@ -20269,11 +21016,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 10720--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 10720--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10821--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 10821--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a
id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10723--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 10824--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a
id="dx1-49001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries
@@ -20286,19 +21033,19 @@
id="dx1-49003"></a> options. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
package provides a supplementary command
-</p><!--l. 10727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-49004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10729--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10830--><p class="noindent" >
that works in the same way except that it uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a
id="dx1-49005"></a> instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a
id="dx1-49006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10733--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using
-</p><!--l. 10734--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10834--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using
+</p><!--l. 10835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-49007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcopytoglossary{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20305,7 +21052,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10736--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10837--><p class="noindent" >
This appends ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>⟩ to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by
⟨<span
@@ -20322,11 +21069,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">
\printunsrtglossary[target=false]
-</div>
-<!--l. 10746--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10748--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10847--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10849--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary
type using <span
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting.
@@ -20333,7 +21080,7 @@
With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble
using
-</p><!--l. 10753--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10854--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-49010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
@@ -20340,9 +21087,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10755--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10856--><p class="noindent" >
or prepend using
-</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-49011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\pretoglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
@@ -20349,55 +21096,55 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10860--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10761--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10862--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a
id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3>
-<!--l. 10764--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
+<!--l. 10865--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
single argument. The field is given by
-</p><!--l. 10766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10768--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10869--><p class="noindent" >
The default value is <span
class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name
<span
class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10773--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 10874--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259">
\newcommand*{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}
- <br />\newcommand*{\mtxinv}[1]{\mtx{#1}\sp{-1}}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{matrix}{%
- <br />  name={matrix},
- <br />  symbol={\ensuremath{\mtx{M}}},
- <br />  plural={matrices},
- <br />  user1={mtx},
- <br />  description={rectangular array of values}
- <br />}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{identitymatrix}{%
- <br />  name={identity matrix},
- <br />  symbol={\ensuremath{\mtx{I}}},
- <br />  plural={identity matrices},
- <br />  description={a diagonal matrix with all diagonal elements equal to
- <br />1 and all other elements equal to 0}
- <br />}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{matrixinv}{%
- <br />  name={matrix inverse},
- <br />  symbol={\ensuremath{\mtxinv{M}}},
- <br />  user1={mtxinv},
- <br />  description={a square \gls{matrix} such that
- <br />   $\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10801--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10803--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
+\newcommand*{\mtxinv}[1]{\mtx{#1}\sp{-1}}
+\newglossaryentry{matrix}{%
+  name={matrix},
+  symbol={\ensuremath{\mtx{M}}},
+  plural={matrices},
+  user1={mtx},
+  description={rectangular array of values}
+}
+\newglossaryentry{identitymatrix}{%
+  name={identity matrix},
+  symbol={\ensuremath{\mtx{I}}},
+  plural={identity matrices},
+  description={a diagonal matrix with all diagonal elements equal to
+1 and all other elements equal to 0}
+}
+\newglossaryentry{matrixinv}{%
+  name={matrix inverse},
+  symbol={\ensuremath{\mtxinv{M}}},
+  user1={mtxinv},
+  description={a square \gls{matrix} such that
+   $\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10902--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10904--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
argument:
-</p><!--l. 10805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -20406,7 +21153,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10807--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10908--><p class="noindent" >
This effectively does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -20433,15 +21180,15 @@
must be defined to take a single required argument. Although it effectively acts like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>it misses out the post-link hook.
-<!--l. 10817--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span
+<!--l. 10918--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">default-options</span>⟩ are given by
-</p><!--l. 10818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10921--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined as <span
class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>but may be redefined as appropriate. Note that the
replacement text of <span
@@ -20448,9 +21195,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional
argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10826--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a
+</p><!--l. 10927--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a
final optional argument:
-</p><!--l. 10828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10929--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt*[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -20461,9 +21208,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10830--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10931--><p class="noindent" >
Both the starred and unstarred versions use:
-</p><!--l. 10832--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtdisplay{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span
@@ -20472,7 +21219,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10834--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10935--><p class="noindent" >
within the link text. In the case of the unstarred version ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ will be empty. It will
also be empty if the final option argument is missing from the starred form. If the
@@ -20494,33 +21241,33 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">
\newcommand{\glsxtrfmtdisplay}[3]{\csuse{#1}{#2}#3}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10848--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10949--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ inside the argument of the control sequence and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ outside it
(but it will still be inside the link text).
-</p><!--l. 10853--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 10954--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10856--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10858--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 10957--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10959--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261">
\[
- <br />  \glsxtrfmt{matrix}{A}
- <br />  \glsxtrfmt{matrixinv}{A}
- <br />  =
- <br />  \glssymbol{identitymatrix}
- <br />\]
-</div>
-<!--l. 10866--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span
+  \glsxtrfmt{matrix}{A}
+  \glsxtrfmt{matrixinv}{A}
+  =
+  \glssymbol{identitymatrix}
+\]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10967--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span
class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will
create a hyperlink (if <span
@@ -20531,14 +21278,14 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">
\renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10873--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10875--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10974--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10976--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can
use
-</p><!--l. 10877--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrentryfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20545,12 +21292,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10879--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10980--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-50009"></a> is used, this uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will expand to
-</p><!--l. 10881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpdfentryfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20557,7 +21304,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10883--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10984--><p class="noindent" >
within the PDF bookmarks, but in the document it will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20568,7 +21315,7 @@
simply does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. It may be redefined, but remember that it needs to expand
fully.
-</p><!--l. 10890--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 10991--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This
command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span
@@ -20575,7 +21322,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t
already exist:
-</p><!--l. 10895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 10996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span
@@ -20584,7 +21331,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10897--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10998--><p class="noindent" >
If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the
third argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span
@@ -20593,8 +21340,8 @@
may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of
this new key.
-</p><!--l. 10903--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with:
-</p><!--l. 10904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11004--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with:
+</p><!--l. 11005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifkeydefined{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span
@@ -20603,7 +21350,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10906--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11007--><p class="noindent" >
This tests if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩ is available for use in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩= list in the second argument of
@@ -20612,7 +21359,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was
provided.
-</p><!--l. 10914--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
+</p><!--l. 11015--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example,
changing the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
@@ -20624,7 +21371,7 @@
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
id="dx1-50015"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently
changed.
-</p><!--l. 10922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20633,7 +21380,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10924--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11025--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -20649,9 +21396,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. If a
field without a corresponding key is assigned a value, the key remains undefined. This
command is robust.
-</p><!--l. 10934--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 11035--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses
-</p><!--l. 10935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20660,11 +21407,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10937--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11038--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the assignment code.
-</p><!--l. 10941--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span
+</p><!--l. 11042--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a
id="dx1-50018"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20683,7 +21430,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if you want to skip the existence check.
Alternatively you can instead use
-</p><!--l. 10947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdeffield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20695,7 +21442,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10949--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11050--><p class="noindent" >
This simply uses <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-50021"></a>’s <span
@@ -20705,7 +21452,7 @@
instead:<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-50022f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtredeffield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20717,8 +21464,8 @@
class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10956--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11057--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20727,10 +21474,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10960--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11061--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally.
-</p><!--l. 10963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11064--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20739,10 +21486,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10965--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11066--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 10968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20751,10 +21498,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10970--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11071--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 10973--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20763,7 +21510,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10975--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11076--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to the replacement text of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -20770,7 +21517,7 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
(using <span
class="cmtt-10">\let</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10979--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20779,10 +21526,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10981--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11082--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead.
-</p><!--l. 10985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label-1</span>⟩<span
@@ -20794,7 +21541,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10987--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11088--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field-1</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label-1</span>⟩ to the field given by
@@ -20815,13 +21562,13 @@
-</p><!--l. 10995--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 11096--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a
id="dx1-50030"></a> to determine if a field has been
set. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a simpler version:
-</p><!--l. 10998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -20832,7 +21579,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11000--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11101--><p class="noindent" >
(New to v1.19.) Note that in this case the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be the <span
class="cmti-10">internal </span>field label (for
@@ -20849,15 +21596,15 @@
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ you may
use
-</p><!--l. 11009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11011--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11112--><p class="noindent" >
to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ parts. The starred version
-</p><!--l. 11015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield*{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -20868,20 +21615,20 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11017--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11118--><p class="noindent" >
omits the implicit grouping.
-</p><!--l. 11020--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span
+</p><!--l. 11121--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>as the default value (such as the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
id="dx1-50034"></a>). Use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol </span>instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11023--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11025--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span
+</p><!--l. 11124--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11126--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifcsundef</span>. It doesn’t save the field
value, but can be used if you only need to check if the field is defined without
accessing it:
-</p><!--l. 11028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -20892,8 +21639,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11030--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11032--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined
+</p><!--l. 11131--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11133--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined
field hasn’t been assigned any value (no associated internal control sequence
has been defined). If a defined field has been defined to empty, then it’s
considered unset. <span
@@ -20911,9 +21658,9 @@
fields that can only be defined through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 11045--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11047--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using
-</p><!--l. 11048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11146--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11148--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using
+</p><!--l. 11149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -20926,7 +21673,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11050--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11151--><p class="noindent" >
If the entry exists and has the given field set to the given text then this does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩
otherwise it does ⟨<span
@@ -20944,8 +21691,8 @@
which uses the starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11060--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command:
-</p><!--l. 11061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11161--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command:
+</p><!--l. 11162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -20958,7 +21705,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11063--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11164--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr </span>but first (protected) fully expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (but not
@@ -20965,7 +21712,7 @@
the field value). If you want to compare the (protected) full expansion of both the
field value and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ use:
-</p><!--l. 11068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -20979,13 +21726,13 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11171--><p class="noindent" >
Again, version 1.39 introduced a starred form of these commands, which use the
starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11074--><p class="indent" > As from v1.42, you can test if the field value is contained in a comma-separated
+</p><!--l. 11175--><p class="indent" > As from v1.42, you can test if the field value is contained in a comma-separated
list with:
-</p><!--l. 11076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20999,7 +21746,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11179--><p class="noindent" >
The unstarred version uses the unstarred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>(which
adds grouping so ⟨<span
@@ -21021,19 +21768,19 @@
class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a
id="dx1-50042"></a> documentation for further
details.
-</p><!--l. 11090--><p class="indent" > This command is intended for fields that contain a label. For example, to test if
+</p><!--l. 11191--><p class="indent" > This command is intended for fields that contain a label. For example, to test if
the category is one of a set of labels:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263">
\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList{examplelabel}{category}%
- <br /> {abbreviation,acronym}% set of labels
- <br /> {true part}{false part}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11096--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11098--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the
+ {abbreviation,acronym}% set of labels
+ {true part}{false part}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11197--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11199--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the
following two numeric tests. If the field is set, it must expand to an integer. You may
use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>within ⟨<span
@@ -21046,8 +21793,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>is set accordingly. As from version 1.39, these
numeric tests have starred versions. The unstarred versions add implicit grouping.
The starred versions don’t.
-</p><!--l. 11108--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero:
-</p><!--l. 11109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11209--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero:
+</p><!--l. 11210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -21058,9 +21805,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11111--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11212--><p class="noindent" >
Alternatively, you can test if the field expands to a specific number using:
-</p><!--l. 11114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -21073,7 +21820,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11116--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11217--><p class="noindent" >
This does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the field value equals ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ (using <span
@@ -21081,7 +21828,7 @@
otherwise it does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. For a more general numeric comparison you can
use:
-</p><!--l. 11121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpNum{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -21097,13 +21844,13 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11123--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11224--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">comparison</span>⟩ is one of <span
class="cmtt-10">=</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">< </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">></span>.
-</p><!--l. 11127--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 11228--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a
id="dx1-50046"></a> which can be used to fetch the
@@ -21110,7 +21857,7 @@
value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package
provides another way of accessing the field value:
-</p><!--l. 11131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21117,7 +21864,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11133--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11234--><p class="noindent" >
This works in the same way as commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is
specified in the first argument. Note that the ⟨<span
@@ -21127,10 +21874,10 @@
id="dx1-50048"></a>
manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is
not robust.
-</p><!--l. 11141--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
+</p><!--l. 11242--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>):
-</p><!--l. 11143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21137,9 +21884,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11145--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11246--><p class="noindent" >
and, as from v1.37, a command that converts the entire value to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 11147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21149,8 +21896,8 @@
-</p><!--l. 11149--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11151--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span
+</p><!--l. 11250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11252--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-50051"></a> internal
list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using
@@ -21158,7 +21905,7 @@
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-50052"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 11155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21167,7 +21914,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11157--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11258--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the entry’s field and ⟨<span
@@ -21177,7 +21924,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 11162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21186,8 +21933,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11164--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11265--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50055"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21196,8 +21943,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11167--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11268--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50056"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21206,9 +21953,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11170--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11271--><p class="noindent" >
You can then iterate over the list using:
-</p><!--l. 11172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21215,9 +21962,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11174--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11275--><p class="noindent" >
or
-</p><!--l. 11176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21226,7 +21973,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11178--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11279--><p class="noindent" >
that internally use <span
class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively. You can use
@@ -21236,11 +21983,11 @@
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-50060"></a> manual for further
details).
-</p><!--l. 11183--><p class="indent" > For fields that contain comma-separated lists use <span
+</p><!--l. 11284--><p class="indent" > For fields that contain comma-separated lists use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 11186--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42:
-</p><!--l. 11187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11287--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42:
+</p><!--l. 11288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21247,7 +21994,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11189--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11290--><p class="noindent" >
Like <span
class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a
id="dx1-50062"></a>’s <span
@@ -21261,7 +22008,7 @@
class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a
id="dx1-50065"></a> command, this command has no
starred version. Grouping is automatically applied.
-</p><!--l. 11196--><p class="indent" > For example, with <a
+</p><!--l. 11297--><p class="indent" > For example, with <a
id="dx1-50066"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span
@@ -21270,22 +22017,22 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264">
\newcommand*{\listchildren}[1]{%
- <br />  \GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{childcount}{#1}%
- <br />  {child count: \glscurrentfieldvalue; children:
- <br />   \let\DTLlistformatitem\glsfmtname
- <br />   \glsxtrfieldformatlist{#1}{childlist}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  {no children}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11207--><p class="nopar" > For fields that contain a comma-separated list use <span
+  \GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{childcount}{#1}%
+  {child count: \glscurrentfieldvalue; children:
+   \let\DTLlistformatitem\glsfmtname
+   \glsxtrfieldformatlist{#1}{childlist}%
+  }%
+  {no children}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11308--><p class="nopar" > For fields that contain a comma-separated list use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist</span>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 11211--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span
+</p><!--l. 11312--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>:
-</p><!--l. 11212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldifinlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21298,10 +22045,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11214--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11315--><p class="noindent" >
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span>
-</p><!--l. 11216--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11317--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21314,15 +22061,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11218--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11220--><p class="indent" > See the <span
+</p><!--l. 11319--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11321--><p class="indent" > See the <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-50069"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular
the limitations of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11224--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it
+</p><!--l. 11325--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it
using:
-</p><!--l. 11226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21331,7 +22078,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11228--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11329--><p class="noindent" >
where again ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">handler</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument. Unlike the
<span
@@ -21351,17 +22098,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span>
command locally defines a user level command:
-</p><!--l. 11238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50075"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrendfor </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11240--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11341--><p class="noindent" >
which is just a synonym for <span
class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11243--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span
+</p><!--l. 11344--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>so scoping is
automatically applied.
-</p><!--l. 11246--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42:
-</p><!--l. 11247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11347--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42:
+</p><!--l. 11348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50076"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21368,21 +22115,21 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11249--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11350--><p class="noindent" >
Like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist </span>but for fields that contain comma-separated
lists.
-</p><!--l. 11253--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by
-</p><!--l. 11254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11354--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by
+</p><!--l. 11355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11256--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11357--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">userii</span>) contains a locale tag, then
-</p><!--l. 11258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignText{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21389,7 +22136,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11260--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11361--><p class="noindent" >
can be used to encapsulate ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ in <span
class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21420,56 +22167,56 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage[main=british,brazilian,ngerman]{babel}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-user}
- <br />\newabbreviation
- <br /> [user1={Associa\c{c}\~ao Brasileria de Normas T\'ecnicas},
- <br />  user2= {pt-BR}
- <br /> ]
- <br /> {abnt}{ABNT}{Brazilian National Standards Organization}
- <br />\newabbreviation
- <br /> [user1={Deutsches Institut f\"ur Normung e.V.},
- <br />  user2={de-DE-1996}]
- <br /> {din}{DIN}{German Institute for Standardization}
- <br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtruserparen}[2]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrfullsep{#2}%
- <br />  \glsxtrparen
- <br />  {#1%
- <br />   \ifglshasfield{\glsxtruserfield}{#2}%
- <br />   {, \emph{\GlsXtrForeignText{#2}{\glscurrentfieldvalue}}}%
- <br />   {}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{abnt}, \gls{din}.
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11302--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11305--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
+\usepackage[main=british,brazilian,ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-user}
+\newabbreviation
+ [user1={Associa\c{c}\~ao Brasileria de Normas T\'ecnicas},
+  user2= {pt-BR}
+ ]
+ {abnt}{ABNT}{Brazilian National Standards Organization}
+\newabbreviation
+ [user1={Deutsches Institut f\"ur Normung e.V.},
+  user2={de-DE-1996}]
+ {din}{DIN}{German Institute for Standardization}
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtruserparen}[2]{%
+  \glsxtrfullsep{#2}%
+  \glsxtrparen
+  {#1%
+   \ifglshasfield{\glsxtruserfield}{#2}%
+   {, \emph{\GlsXtrForeignText{#2}{\glscurrentfieldvalue}}}%
+   {}%
+  }%
+}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{abnt}, \gls{din}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11403--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11406--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-50084"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can
also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the
preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 11308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11409--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-50085"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11310--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11411--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266">
\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11315--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span
+\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11416--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>,
the <span
@@ -21513,26 +22260,26 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267">
\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11332--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11433--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span
class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its
value can be accessed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc.
-</p><!--l. 11338--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11439--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11338--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11439--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a
id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 11341--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 11442--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-51001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11444--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves like <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and
always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require
@@ -21549,8 +22296,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid the “Incomplete <span
class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error that may
otherwise occur.
-</p><!--l. 11353--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
-</p><!--l. 11354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11454--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
+</p><!--l. 11455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-51005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -21557,7 +22304,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11457--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -21575,7 +22322,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is done before the glossary
header.
-<!--l. 11366--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
+<!--l. 11467--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
LaTeX run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a
id="dx1-51006"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number
@@ -21582,34 +22329,36 @@
list</a> in this case, as that has to be set by a post-processor such as <a
id="dx1-51007"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see <a
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see
+<a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9
-</a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 11372--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
+</p><!--l. 11473--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when
using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11377--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11478--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11379--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span
+</p><!--l. 11480--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
id="dx1-51008"></a> key is
defined. If not defined (default), the group label will be formed from the first letter of
the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-51009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as discussed
-in <a
+ id="dx1-51009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as discussed in
+<a
href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glosstylemods </a><a
href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>. This can lead to an odd effect if
you are using a style that separates letter groups when the ordering isn’t
alphabetical.
-</p><!--l. 11387--><p class="indent" > If the <span
+</p><!--l. 11488--><p class="indent" > If the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
id="dx1-51010"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
@@ -21623,15 +22372,15 @@
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
id="dx1-51012"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained
as described earlier.
-</p><!--l. 11395--><p class="indent" > In either case, if the <span
+</p><!--l. 11496--><p class="indent" > In either case, if the <span
class="cmss-10">groups</span><a
id="dx1-51013"></a> option is set to false then no group formation will be
performed.
-</p><!--l. 11398--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field for the group label, you can redefine
-</p><!--l. 11399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11499--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field for the group label, you can redefine
+</p><!--l. 11500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-51014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11401--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11502--><p class="noindent" >
to the relevant internal field label, but the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
id="dx1-51015"></a> <span
@@ -21650,7 +22399,7 @@
for secondary entries, which have the group label stored in the <span
class="cmtt-10">secondarygroup</span>
internal field.)
-</p><!--l. 11409--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span
+</p><!--l. 11510--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-51018"></a> key set, you will need the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
@@ -21671,49 +22420,49 @@
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
id="dx1-51022"></a> package option
will automatically deal with this.
-</p><!--l. 11416--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 11517--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{zebra}{name={zebra},description={stripy animal}}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{ant}{name={ant},description={an insect}}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\gls{ant} and \gls{zebra}
- <br />\printunsrtglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11430--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
-</p><!--l. 11434--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newglossaryentry{zebra}{name={zebra},description={stripy animal}}
+\newglossaryentry{ant}{name={ant},description={an insect}}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{ant} and \gls{zebra}
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11531--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
+</p><!--l. 11535--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a
id="dx1-51023"></a> option, the document will
require a second LaTeX run if the entries are defined after <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11438--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span
+</p><!--l. 11539--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-51024"></a> key,
which isn’t available).
-</p><!--l. 11441--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
-</p><!--l. 11443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11542--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
+</p><!--l. 11544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-51025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11445--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11546--><p class="noindent" >
which is analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined
glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩].
-</p><!--l. 11450--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11551--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11450--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11551--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2.1 </span> <a
id="sec:printunsrthooks"></a>Hooks</h4>
-<!--l. 11453--><p class="noindent" >To avoid complications caused by <span
+<!--l. 11554--><p class="noindent" >To avoid complications caused by <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-52001"></a><a
id="dx1-52002"></a>-like glossary styles, <span
@@ -21722,45 +22471,45 @@
an internal command. Once the construction of this command is complete, then it’s
performed to display the glossary. This puts the loop outside the style code. For
convenience, there’s a hook used within the loop:
-</p><!--l. 11460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11561--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-52003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11462--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11563--><p class="noindent" >
This hook should not display any content, but may be used to perform calculations.
For example, to calculate widths. Within this hook you can use:
-</p><!--l. 11466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-52004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11569--><p class="noindent" >
to skip the current entry. This will prevent the entry from being added to the internal
command.
-</p><!--l. 11472--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the
+</p><!--l. 11573--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the
glossary code is performed:
-</p><!--l. 11474--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-52005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11476--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11478--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses
-</p><!--l. 11479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11577--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11579--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses
+</p><!--l. 11580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-52006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11481--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11582--><p class="noindent" >
to display each item in the list, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the current label.
-</p><!--l. 11484--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does
-</p><!--l. 11485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11585--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does
+</p><!--l. 11586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-52007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11487--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11588--><p class="noindent" >
which determines whether to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the
@@ -21774,24 +22523,24 @@
used instead of <span
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
id="dx1-52011"></a> then redefine:
-</p><!--l. 11493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-52012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11495--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11596--><p class="noindent" >
to the internal name of the desired field. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269">
\renewcommand{\GlsXtrLocationField}{primarylocation}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11499--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11500--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11600--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11601--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will
fallback on the <span
class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a
id="dx1-52013"></a> field. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11503--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11604--><p class="noindent" >
You can instruct <a
id="dx1-52014"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -21800,16 +22549,16 @@
id="dx1-52015"></a> field with the resource option
<span
class="cmtt-10">--save-loclist=false </span>to prevent it from being used as a fallback.
-</p><!--l. 11508--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11609--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11508--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11609--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2.2 </span> <a
id="sec:printunsrtfilter"></a>Filtering</h4>
-<!--l. 11511--><p class="noindent" >You can redefine the handler used by <span
+<!--l. 11612--><p class="noindent" >You can redefine the handler used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>if required. For
example, you may want to filter entries according to the category label. You can test
if a label is contained in a comma-separated list of labels using:
-</p><!--l. 11515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11616--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-53001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtriflabelinlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21820,23 +22569,23 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11517--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11618--><p class="noindent" >
The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ will be fully expanded.
-</p><!--l. 11520--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
+</p><!--l. 11621--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11524--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11526--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes:
+</p><!--l. 11625--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11627--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270">
\usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11530--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
+\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11631--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
that include the current section number in the <span
class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field:
@@ -21843,15 +22592,15 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271">
\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
- <br />  {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
- <br />  {}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11540--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11542--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span
+  \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+  {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+  {}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11641--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11643--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will
localise the change:
@@ -21858,17 +22607,17 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272">
\printunsrtglossary*{%
- <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
- <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
- <br />    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
- <br />    {}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11553--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11555--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span
+  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+    {}%
+  }%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11654--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11656--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-53002"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more
than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span
@@ -21878,23 +22627,23 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273">
\printunsrtglossary*{%
- <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
- <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
- <br />    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
- <br />    {}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  \ifcsundef{theHsection}%
- <br />  {%
- <br />    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{thesection}.}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  {%
- <br />    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{theHsection}.}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11575--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span
+  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+    {}%
+  }%
+  \ifcsundef{theHsection}%
+  {%
+    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{thesection}.}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{theHsection}.}%
+  }%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11676--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a
better approach to use:
@@ -21902,50 +22651,50 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274">
\printunsrtglossary*{%
- <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
- <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
- <br />    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
- <br />    {}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  \ifcsundef{theHsection}%
- <br />  {%
- <br />    \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.\csuse{thesection}.}}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  {%
- <br />    \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.\csuse{theHsection}.}}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11595--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11597--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
+  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+    {}%
+  }%
+  \ifcsundef{theHsection}%
+  {%
+    \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.\csuse{thesection}.}}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.\csuse{theHsection}.}}%
+  }%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11696--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11698--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275">
\printunsrtglossary*{%
- <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
- <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
- <br />    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
- <br />    {}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  \ifcsundef{theHsection}%
- <br />  {%
- <br />    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{thesection}.}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  {%
- <br />    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{theHsection}.}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{}%
- <br />  \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11617--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11619--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
-</p><!--l. 11620--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+    {}%
+  }%
+  \ifcsundef{theHsection}%
+  {%
+    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{thesection}.}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{theHsection}.}%
+  }%
+  \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{}%
+  \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11718--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11720--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
+</p><!--l. 11721--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-53003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
@@ -21952,38 +22701,38 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11622--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11723--><p class="noindent" >
The above example can simply be replaced with:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276">
\printunsrtglossaryunit{section}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11626--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11628--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11727--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11729--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>
with
-</p><!--l. 11629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 11730--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-53004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11631--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11732--><p class="noindent" >
so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277">
\printunsrtglossary*{\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{section}%
- <br />  \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11638--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
+  \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11739--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
(overriding the glossary’s title).
-</p><!--l. 11642--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a
+</p><!--l. 11743--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-53005"></a> (or
@@ -21990,9 +22739,9 @@
<a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
id="dx1-53006"></a>) package option.
-</p><!--l. 11645--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
+</p><!--l. 11746--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target
@@ -22004,12 +22753,12 @@
just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section
etc.
-</p><!--l. 11655--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11756--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11655--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11756--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a
id="sec:printunsrtinner"></a>Partial Glossaries</h3>
-<!--l. 11658--><p class="noindent" >It’s possible that you may require greater customisation over the way the glossary is
+<!--l. 11759--><p class="noindent" >It’s possible that you may require greater customisation over the way the glossary is
displayed that can’t be simply achieved with the hooks or glossary styles. This
section describes a command and environment provided to assist with this, but note
that they aren’t compatible with tabular-like glossary styles, such as <span
@@ -22022,7 +22771,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a
id="dx1-54003"></a>
package).
-</p><!--l. 11668--><p class="indent" > To get a better understanding of how this works, it’s useful to consider how a
+</p><!--l. 11769--><p class="indent" > To get a better understanding of how this works, it’s useful to consider how a
glossary with <a
id="dx1-54004"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
@@ -22031,20 +22780,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage},
- <br /> description={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}}
- <br />\newglossaryentry{broccoli}{name={broccoli},
- <br /> description={vegetable with heads of small green or purple flower buds}}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />\Gls{cabbage} and \gls{broccoli}.
- <br />\printglossary
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11689--><p class="nopar" > When the document is built, <a
+\usepackage{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+\newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage},
+ description={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}}
+\newglossaryentry{broccoli}{name={broccoli},
+ description={vegetable with heads of small green or purple flower buds}}
+\begin{document}
+\Gls{cabbage} and \gls{broccoli}.
+\printglossary
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11790--><p class="nopar" > When the document is built, <a
id="dx1-54005"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> creates a file that contains: </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -22095,7 +22844,7 @@
</div> The <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>command defines the commands shown above after it’s
detected the glossary type, the title and style. It then inputs the file.
-<!--l. 11705--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 11806--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>command performs the same preliminary setup but
there’s no file to input. Instead it then does the section heading (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span>)
@@ -22105,7 +22854,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary} </span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">content</span>⟩ <span
class="cmtt-10">\end{theglossary}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11712--><p class="indent" > The letter group markup (<span
+</p><!--l. 11813--><p class="indent" > The letter group markup (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span>) is inserted
whenever the group label changes between top-level entries. In this case, ⟨<span
@@ -22140,7 +22889,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span>).
-<!--l. 11730--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+<!--l. 11831--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span><br
@@ -22147,7 +22896,7 @@
class="newline" />⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">content</span>⟩ <span
class="cmtt-10">\end{printunsrtglossarywrap} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11733--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11834--><p class="noindent" >
The <span
class="cmss-10">printunsrtglossarywrap</span><a
id="dx1-54021"></a><a
@@ -22158,7 +22907,7 @@
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
id="dx1-54023"></a> key simply provides the
glossary title and doesn’t identify the content.
-</p><!--l. 11740--><p class="indent" > This environment essentially does: </p><div class="alltt">
+</p><!--l. 11841--><p class="indent" > This environment essentially does: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">initial</span><span
@@ -22194,7 +22943,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span>.
-<!--l. 11754--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is possible to explicitly use the commands that create letter group
+<!--l. 11855--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is possible to explicitly use the commands that create letter group
headings and the handler within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">content</span>⟩, it would be quite laborious and prone to
error to do so for anything other than a very short list. This can be illustrated with
@@ -22203,24 +22952,24 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279">
\begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=indexgroup]%
- <br />\glsgroupheading{W}%
- <br />\gdef\glscurrententrylabel{cabbage}%
- <br />\printunsrtglossaryhandler\glscurrententrylabel
- <br />\glsgroupskip
- <br />\glsgroupheading{Z}%
- <br />\gdef\glscurrententrylabel{broccoli}%
- <br />\printunsrtglossaryhandler\glscurrententrylabel
- <br />\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11769--><p class="nopar" > This trivial example will work with a tabular-like style, such as <span
+\glsgroupheading{W}%
+\gdef\glscurrententrylabel{cabbage}%
+\printunsrtglossaryhandler\glscurrententrylabel
+\glsgroupskip
+\glsgroupheading{Z}%
+\gdef\glscurrententrylabel{broccoli}%
+\printunsrtglossaryhandler\glscurrententrylabel
+\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11870--><p class="nopar" > This trivial example will work with a tabular-like style, such as <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
id="dx1-54031"></a> (although the
group headings will be ignored). A more practical example that uses a loop within
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">content</span>⟩ won’t.
-</p><!--l. 11775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 11876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary</span><a
id="dx1-54032"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -22230,7 +22979,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">post-code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11776--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11877--><p class="noindent" >
This command is provided for use within <span
class="cmss-10">printunsrtglossarywrap</span><a
id="dx1-54033"></a><a
@@ -22249,7 +22998,7 @@
id="dx1-54038"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">label</span><a
id="dx1-54039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 11784--><p class="indent" > This will do: </p><div class="alltt">
+</p><!--l. 11885--><p class="indent" > This will do: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10"> \begingroup</span>
@@ -22287,25 +23036,25 @@
class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a
id="dx1-54041"></a><a
id="dx1-54042"></a> environment.
-<!--l. 11800--><p class="indent" > For example:
+<!--l. 11901--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280">
\begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=indexgroup]
- <br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=main]{}{}
- <br />\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11805--><p class="nopar" > This produces a result very similar to that obtained with just:
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=main]{}{}
+\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11906--><p class="nopar" > This produces a result very similar to that obtained with just:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281">
\printunsrtglossary[style=indexgroup,type=main]
-</div>
-<!--l. 11809--><p class="nopar" > The first case is unsuitable for use with a tabular-style. It will also cause a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11910--><p class="nopar" > The first case is unsuitable for use with a tabular-style. It will also cause a
problem with a list style when used with <a
id="dx1-54043"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -22313,7 +23062,7 @@
will be empty on the first LaTeX run which will cause a missing <span
class="cmtt-10">\item</span>
error).
-</p><!--l. 11815--><p class="indent" > This partial glossary command is more useful when you need to apply filtering
+</p><!--l. 11916--><p class="indent" > This partial glossary command is more useful when you need to apply filtering
(which can be set up in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">pre-code</span>⟩ argument as in <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>) or if
@@ -22322,47 +23071,47 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282">
\begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=list]
- <br />\item[Animals]
- <br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=animal]{}{}
- <br />\item[Vegetables]
- <br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=vegetable]{}{}
- <br />\item[Minerals]
- <br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{}
- <br />\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11828--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the <span
+\item[Animals]
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=animal]{}{}
+\item[Vegetables]
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=vegetable]{}{}
+\item[Minerals]
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{}
+\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11929--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-54044"></a> style doesn’t cause a problem as there will be three instances of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\item </span>on the first LaTeX run.
-</p><!--l. 11832--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example:
+</p><!--l. 11933--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283">
\begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=indexgroup]
- <br />\glsgroupheading{animal}%
- <br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=animal]{}{}
- <br />\glsgroupskip
- <br />\glsgroupheading{vegetable}%
- <br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=vegetable]{}{}
- <br />\glsgroupskip
- <br />\glsgroupheading{mineral}%
- <br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{}
- <br />\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11844--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above cases, the inner glossaries have been arranged
+\glsgroupheading{animal}%
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=animal]{}{}
+\glsgroupskip
+\glsgroupheading{vegetable}%
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=vegetable]{}{}
+\glsgroupskip
+\glsgroupheading{mineral}%
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{}
+\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11945--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above cases, the inner glossaries have been arranged
manually (animal, then vegetable and then mineral).
-</p><!--l. 11848--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to use <span
+</p><!--l. 11949--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary </span>within the handler
function used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. The internal scoping within
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary </span>helps to reduce interference.
-</p><!--l. 11853--><p class="indent" > This is a rather more complicated example that requires <a
+</p><!--l. 11954--><p class="indent" > This is a rather more complicated example that requires <a
id="dx1-54045"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. Suppose I have
@@ -22372,37 +23121,37 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284">
@indexplural{animal}
- <br />@indexplural{mineral}
- <br />@indexplural{vegetable}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11860--><p class="nopar" > And also a file called <span
+ at indexplural{mineral}
+ at indexplural{vegetable}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11961--><p class="nopar" > And also a file called <span
class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>that contains entries like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285">
@entry{zebra,
- <br />  name={zebra},
- <br />  description={striped African horse},
- <br />  category={animal}
- <br />}
- <br />@entry{broccoli,
- <br />  name={broccoli},
- <br />  description={vegetable with heads of small green or purple flower buds},
- <br />  category={vegetable}
- <br />}
- <br />@entry{quartz,
- <br />  name={quartz},
- <br />  description={hard mineral consisting of silica},
- <br />  category={mineral}
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11881--><p class="nopar" > Note that the category labels in the second file match the entry labels in the first
+  name={zebra},
+  description={striped African horse},
+  category={animal}
+}
+ at entry{broccoli,
+  name={broccoli},
+  description={vegetable with heads of small green or purple flower buds},
+  category={vegetable}
+}
+ at entry{quartz,
+  name={quartz},
+  description={hard mineral consisting of silica},
+  category={mineral}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11982--><p class="nopar" > Note that the category labels in the second file match the entry labels in the first
file.
-</p><!--l. 11885--><p class="indent" > The simplest way of creating a hierarchical glossary from this data is to input
+</p><!--l. 11986--><p class="indent" > The simplest way of creating a hierarchical glossary from this data is to input
both files and copy the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
id="dx1-54046"></a> field to the <span
@@ -22412,30 +23161,30 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286">
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={topictitles,topics},
- <br /> replicate-fields={category=parent}]
-</div>
-<!--l. 11891--><p class="nopar" > The glossary can then simply be displayed with:
+ replicate-fields={category=parent}]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11992--><p class="nopar" > The glossary can then simply be displayed with:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287">
\printunsrtglossary[style=indexgroup]
-</div>
-<!--l. 11895--><p class="nopar" > This will now be ordered: animal (followed by animal child entries), mineral
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11996--><p class="nopar" > This will now be ordered: animal (followed by animal child entries), mineral
(followed by mineral child entries), vegetable (followed by vegetable child
entries).
-</p><!--l. 11900--><p class="indent" > Suppose (for some strange reason) that I now need the ordering to be vegetable,
+</p><!--l. 12001--><p class="indent" > Suppose (for some strange reason) that I now need the ordering to be vegetable,
mineral, animal (that is, reverse alphabetical) but the child entries still need to be in
the normal alphabetical order.
-</p><!--l. 11904--><p class="indent" > It’s not possible to use different sort methods for different hierarchical levels with
+</p><!--l. 12005--><p class="indent" > It’s not possible to use different sort methods for different hierarchical levels with
<a
id="dx1-54048"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, but it is possible to simulate it.
-</p><!--l. 11908--><p class="indent" > Instead of making the entries within <span
+</p><!--l. 12009--><p class="indent" > Instead of making the entries within <span
class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>children of the entries defined
in <span
class="cmtt-10">topictitles.bib</span>, I’m now going to create separate glossaries for each
@@ -22444,12 +23193,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288">
\newignoredglossary*{animal}
- <br />\newignoredglossary*{mineral}
- <br />\newignoredglossary*{vegetable}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11915--><p class="nopar" > The entries in <span
+\newignoredglossary*{mineral}
+\newignoredglossary*{vegetable}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12016--><p class="nopar" > The entries in <span
class="cmtt-10">topictitles.bib </span>go in the default main glossary and are sorted in
reverse:
@@ -22456,11 +23205,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289">
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=topictitles,type=main,selection=all,
- <br /> sort=en-GB-reverse]
-</div>
-<!--l. 11921--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve selected all entries in this example. It becomes more complicated with
+ sort=en-GB-reverse]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12022--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve selected all entries in this example. It becomes more complicated with
the default selection criteria. (See the <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-nested.tex </span>example provided with
<a
@@ -22467,7 +23216,7 @@
id="dx1-54049"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v2.3+.)
-</p><!--l. 11927--><p class="indent" > Now the entries in <span
+</p><!--l. 12028--><p class="indent" > Now the entries in <span
class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>are selected but the <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
id="dx1-54050"></a> field is set to the <span
@@ -22478,11 +23227,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290">
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=topics,type={same as category},selection=all,
- <br /> sort=en-GB]
-</div>
-<!--l. 11932--><p class="nopar" > The aim here is to use <span
+ sort=en-GB]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12033--><p class="nopar" > The aim here is to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>to list all the entries in the main
glossary (that is, all the topic titles) and use a handler that tests if there is a glossary
that has the same label as the current entry label. If one exists, it’s then listed using
@@ -22493,21 +23242,21 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291">
\newcommand{\nestedhandler}[1]{%
- <br />  \glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}%
- <br />  \ifglossaryexists*{#1}%
- <br />  {%
- <br />    \printunsrtinnerglossary[type={#1},leveloffset=++1]{}{}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  {}%
- <br />}
- <br />\printunsrtglossary*[type=main,style=index]{%
- <br />  \let\printunsrtglossaryhandler\nestedhandler
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11952--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11954--><p class="indent" > I’ve used <span
+  \glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}%
+  \ifglossaryexists*{#1}%
+  {%
+    \printunsrtinnerglossary[type={#1},leveloffset=++1]{}{}%
+  }%
+  {}%
+}
+\printunsrtglossary*[type=main,style=index]{%
+  \let\printunsrtglossaryhandler\nestedhandler
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12053--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12055--><p class="indent" > I’ve used <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary* </span>as I don’t need to specify a title for any of those
glossaries nor do I need to use those glossaries with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>. With
@@ -22524,12 +23273,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span>) in the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex</span>
file.
-</p><!--l. 11962--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12063--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11962--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12063--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.4 </span> <a
id="sec:glossentry"></a>Standalone Entry Items</h3>
-<!--l. 11965--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details
+<!--l. 12066--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details
throughout the document. You can simply do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>followed by
<span
@@ -22546,34 +23295,34 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292">
\newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
- <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent
- <br /> Definition: \glsentryname{#1}.\par
- <br /> \glsentrydesc{#1}
- <br /> \par\medskip
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11979--><p class="nopar" > define your entries
+ \par\medskip\par\noindent
+ Definition: \glsentryname{#1}.\par
+ \glsentrydesc{#1}
+ \par\medskip
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12080--><p class="nopar" > define your entries
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293">
\newglossaryentry{function}{name={function},
- <br />  description={a relation or expression involving variables}
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11985--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text:
+  description={a relation or expression involving variables}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12086--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294">
\displayterm{function}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11989--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11991--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12090--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12092--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-55003"></a> and have commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -22580,18 +23329,19 @@
link back to the place where the term is described. Instead of using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>
use
-</p><!--l. 11995--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-55004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11997--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12098--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 12000--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the
+</p><!--l. 12101--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the
glossary. It performs the following: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Defines <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 12104--><p class="noindent" >Defines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span>to the entry’s label. This is usually
done at the start of the glossary style commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and
@@ -22600,8 +23350,9 @@
hooks. Here the definition is localised so that it’s only available for use in
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Defines <span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 12110--><p class="noindent" >Defines <span
class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>to the entry’s glossary type. This is usually done at
the start of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and may be used by style hooks.
@@ -22610,15 +23361,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span>. The value is obtained by fully
expanding:
- <!--l. 12015--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-55005"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 12116--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-55005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12017--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 12118--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
id="dx1-55006"></a> field for the current entry.
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize">Increments and display the entry counters if the <a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 12122--><p class="noindent" >Increments and display the entry counters if the <a
href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a
id="dx1-55007"></a> or <a
@@ -22625,16 +23377,21 @@
href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span
class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a
id="dx1-55008"></a>
- package options are set. If the entry doesn’t have a parent, then this
- does
+ package options are set. If the entry doesn’t have a parent, then this does
+ </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 12127--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></li></ul>
- <!--l. 12028--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p>
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></p></li></ul>
+ <!--l. 12129--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p>
+
+
+
<ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 12131--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem</span><a
id="dx1-55009"></a>
<span
@@ -22644,11 +23401,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>if the entry has
- a parent but not a grandparent.</li></ul>
-
-
-
- <!--l. 12034--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in
+ a parent but not a grandparent.</p></li></ul>
+ <!--l. 12135--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in
pre-version 1.31 used <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t match
the hierarchical glossary styles. If you want to restore this behaviour, just
@@ -22657,20 +23411,21 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295">
\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem}[1]{\glssubentryitem{#1}}
-</div>
- <!--l. 12040--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 12141--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize">Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 12143--><p class="noindent" >Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>) and displays the entry
name using:
- <!--l. 12044--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-55010"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 12145--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-55010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12046--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 12147--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -22687,16 +23442,16 @@
href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a
id="dx1-55011"></a>.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 12054--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span
+<!--l. 12155--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
id="dx1-55012"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><a
id="dx1-55013"></a> in any of your description fields,
you can use
-</p><!--l. 12056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-55014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12058--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12159--><p class="noindent" >
to make these commands behave as they normally do within a glossary. This needs to
be placed before </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -22709,10 +23464,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsnonextpages </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnextpages </span>have no effect outside
of the glossary and are not intended for use in a standalone context.
-<!--l. 12068--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span
+<!--l. 12169--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-55015"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 12070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-55016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">header</span>⟩<span
@@ -22721,7 +23476,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12072--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12173--><p class="noindent" >
The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be given using its internal field label which may not be the same as
the key used to set the field. See the key to field mappings table in the <span
@@ -22732,7 +23487,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtitleorpdforheading</span>. It may be left empty in which case the default is
determined as follows: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">If <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 12181--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhead</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩ is defined, then ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is <span
@@ -22742,15 +23498,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Otherwise ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is simply the field value.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 12084--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 12183--><p class="noindent" >Otherwise ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is simply the field value.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 12185--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother </span>command internally uses
-</p><!--l. 12085--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12186--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-55017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -22757,7 +23514,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12087--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12188--><p class="noindent" >
instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span>, which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span
@@ -22770,7 +23527,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12092--><p class="indent" > If you have loaded the <span
+</p><!--l. 12193--><p class="indent" > If you have loaded the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-55018"></a> package (through the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
@@ -22790,20 +23547,20 @@
</div>
</div> (for example, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>).
-<!--l. 12101--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to:
+<!--l. 12202--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296">
\newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
- <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent
- <br /> Definition: \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
- <br /> \glsentrydesc{#1}
- <br /> \par\medskip
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12109--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span
+ \par\medskip\par\noindent
+ Definition: \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
+ \glsentrydesc{#1}
+ \par\medskip
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12210--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a
id="dx1-55020"></a> or
<span
@@ -22813,58 +23570,58 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297">
\newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
- <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent
- <br /> Definition \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
- <br /> \glsentrydesc{#1}
- <br /> \par\medskip
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12120--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to
+ \par\medskip\par\noindent
+ Definition \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
+ \glsentrydesc{#1}
+ \par\medskip
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12221--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to
a colon:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298">
\renewcommand*{\glsentrycounterlabel}{\theglossaryentry:\space}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12125--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12226--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to link back to the definition but also use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry </span>to reference the counter and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref </span>to reference the page
number.
-</p><!--l. 12130--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make
+</p><!--l. 12231--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make
the following modification:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299">
\newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
- <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent
- <br /> Definition \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
- <br /> \begingroup
- <br />  \glsxtractivatenopost
- <br />  \glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription
- <br /> \endgroup
- <br /> \par\medskip
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12142--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span
+ \par\medskip\par\noindent
+ Definition \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
+ \begingroup
+  \glsxtractivatenopost
+  \glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription
+ \endgroup
+ \par\medskip
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12243--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 12145--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span
+</p><!--l. 12246--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry </span>within section headings. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300">
\section{\glsxtrglossentry{function}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12149--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12250--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>in PDF bookmarks (if <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>is defined)
and will use <span
@@ -22880,12 +23637,12 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 12159--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12260--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 12159--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12260--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.5 </span> <a
id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3>
-<!--l. 12162--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span
+<!--l. 12263--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
id="dx1-56001"></a> key. The
value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s
@@ -22895,17 +23652,18 @@
id="dx1-56002"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 12169--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 12270--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ is made an alias of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩ then: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">If the <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 12272--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-56003"></a> field wasn’t provided when ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ was defined, the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
id="dx1-56004"></a> key will
- automatically trigger <div class="alltt">
+ automatically trigger </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee{</span>⟨<span
@@ -22916,7 +23674,8 @@
</div>
</div>
</li>
- <li class="itemize">If the <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 12277--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-56005"></a> package has been loaded then <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span
@@ -22929,8 +23688,12 @@
id="dx1-56006"></a> attribute has been set for ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩’s
category.)
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">With <a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 12281--><p class="noindent" >With <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=off</span><a
@@ -22937,7 +23700,7 @@
id="dx1-56007"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
id="dx1-56008"></a>, the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
id="dx1-56009"></a> setting will automatically
@@ -22955,23 +23718,22 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or if the indexing has been explicitly set using
<span
class="cmtt-10">noindex=false</span>.
-
-
-
- <!--l. 12188--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a
+ </p><!--l. 12289--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
id="dx1-56011"></a>, the <a
- id="dx1-56012"></a>location list for aliased entries is controlled
+ id="dx1-56012"></a><a
+href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a> for aliased entries is controlled
with <a
- id="dx1-56013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s settings.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 12192--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by
-</p><!--l. 12193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-56013"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> settings.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 12293--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by
+</p><!--l. 12294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-56014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12296--><p class="noindent" >
This is performed after the default options provided by <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a
id="dx1-56015"></a>
@@ -22982,45 +23744,45 @@
id="dx1-56016"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do
nothing.
-</p><!--l. 12201--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span
+</p><!--l. 12302--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 12202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-56017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12204--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12305--><p class="noindent" >
to index ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 12207--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
+</p><!--l. 12308--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-301">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex}{%
- <br /> \glsxtrindexaliased
- <br /> \setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12214--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12216--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span
+ \glsxtrindexaliased
+ \setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12315--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12317--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
id="dx1-56018"></a> field can be accessed using
-</p><!--l. 12217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-56019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12320--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 12221--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 12221--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12322--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 12322--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a
id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2>
-</p><!--l. 12224--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 12325--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span
@@ -23029,8 +23791,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 12229--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12231--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 12330--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12332--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
id="dx1-57001"></a><a
@@ -23037,15 +23799,16 @@
id="dx1-57002"></a>
environment. As mentioned in <a
href="#sec:pkgopts"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.2 </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts">New or Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a> above, this
-ability is disabled by default with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using the
-<a
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:pkgopts </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts">New or Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a>
+above, this ability is disabled by default with <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using
+the <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a
id="dx1-57003"></a> package options.
-</p><!--l. 12237--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span
+</p><!--l. 12338--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of
defining and using entries within the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
@@ -23058,12 +23821,12 @@
class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span>
This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only
command:
-</p><!--l. 12243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-57007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12245--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12346--><p class="noindent" >
When used, this defines the commands described below.
-</p><!--l. 12248--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
+</p><!--l. 12349--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span
@@ -23074,8 +23837,8 @@
mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there
may be unexpected results. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12254--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12355--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12357--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-57009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
@@ -23084,7 +23847,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12258--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12359--><p class="noindent" >
If an entry with the label ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has already been defined, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -23119,7 +23882,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">}</span>
</div>
</div>
-<!--l. 12270--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span
+<!--l. 12371--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting
commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be
omitted from the ⟨<span
@@ -23128,15 +23891,15 @@
id="dx1-57010"></a> key must be provided in the optional
argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12377--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12278--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 12379--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩ should be empty if the entry has
already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a warning will be
generated with
-</p><!--l. 12281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-57011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarning{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span
@@ -23143,8 +23906,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12283--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12285--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span
+</p><!--l. 12384--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12386--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>
below:
@@ -23151,31 +23914,31 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-302">
\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
- <br /> ... later
- <br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12291--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12293--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like:
+ ... later
+\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12392--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12394--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-303">
\newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}}
- <br />\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{}
- <br /> ... later
- <br />\goose\ some more text here
-</div>
-<!--l. 12299--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
+\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{}
+ ... later
+\goose\ some more text here
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12400--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
preamble with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-57012"></a> and then use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document.
-</p><!--l. 12304--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span
+</p><!--l. 12405--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>:
-</p><!--l. 12305--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-57013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
@@ -23184,12 +23947,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12307--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12408--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-57014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
@@ -23198,12 +23961,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12312--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12413--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-57015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
@@ -23212,12 +23975,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12317--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12418--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12320--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
+</p><!--l. 12421--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> instead of
LaTeX (or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels
without switching to <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> then there is a starred version of
@@ -23225,20 +23988,20 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, but it’s
experimental and may not work in some cases.
-</p><!--l. 12329--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span
+</p><!--l. 12430--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any
commands in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, even if they expand to just text. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12333--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12434--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 12335--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 12335--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12436--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 12436--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a
id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2>
-</p><!--l. 12338--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 12439--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-58001"></a> (for
@@ -23247,10 +24010,10 @@
id="dx1-58002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t
automatically loaded.
</p>
-<!--l. 12343--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12444--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.1 </span> <a
id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3>
-<!--l. 12346--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span
+<!--l. 12447--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-59001"></a> after <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For
@@ -23259,33 +24022,33 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-304">
\documentclass{article}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
- <br />\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
- <br />\makeglossaries
- <br />\newabbreviation
- <br /> [prefix={an\space},
- <br /> prefixfirst={a~}]
- <br /> {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
- <br />\begin{document}
- <br />First use: \pgls{svm}.
- <br />Next use: \pgls{svm}.
- <br />\printglossaries
- <br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12369--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12371--><p class="noindent" >
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
+\makeglossaries
+\newabbreviation
+ [prefix={an\space},
+ prefixfirst={a~}]
+ {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+\begin{document}
+First use: \pgls{svm}.
+Next use: \pgls{svm}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12470--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12472--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 12371--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12472--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.2 </span> <a
id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3>
-<!--l. 12374--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
+<!--l. 12475--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-60001"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features are
liable to change. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12377--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12379--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+</p><!--l. 12478--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12480--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-60002"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through
@@ -23297,10 +24060,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-301">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-305">
\usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12384--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12485--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-60004"></a> or you load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
@@ -23318,7 +24081,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-60007"></a> is loaded
too late.
-</p><!--l. 12393--><p class="indent" > The following <span
+</p><!--l. 12494--><p class="indent" > The following <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands add accessibility information wrapped
around the corresponding <span
@@ -23326,17 +24089,17 @@
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. There is no check for existence
of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing
information.
-</p><!--l. 12398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 12499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-60008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12400--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12501--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-60009"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 12404--><p class="indent" > If the <span
+</p><!--l. 12505--><p class="indent" > If the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-60010"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as:
@@ -23343,35 +24106,35 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-302">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-306">
\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12408--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12509--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-303">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-307">
\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%
- <br />  \glsnameaccessdisplay
- <br />  {%
- <br />    \glsentryname{#1}%
- <br />  }%
- <br />  {#1}%
- <br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12418--><p class="nopar" > (<span
+  \glsnameaccessdisplay
+  {%
+    \glsentryname{#1}%
+  }%
+  {#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12519--><p class="nopar" > (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a
id="dx1-60011"></a> is defined by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-60012"></a> package.) The first
letter upper case version is:
-</p><!--l. 12422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list.